1 /* MIPS-specific support for ELF
2 Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
3 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012
4 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
6 Most of the information added by Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support,
8 N32/64 ABI support added by Mark Mitchell, CodeSourcery, LLC.
9 <mark@codesourcery.com>
10 Traditional MIPS targets support added by Koundinya.K, Dansk Data
11 Elektronik & Operations Research Group. <kk@ddeorg.soft.net>
13 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
15 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
16 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
17 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
18 (at your option) any later version.
20 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
21 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
22 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
23 GNU General Public License for more details.
25 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
26 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
27 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
28 MA 02110-1301, USA. */
31 /* This file handles functionality common to the different MIPS ABI's. */
36 #include "libiberty.h"
38 #include "elfxx-mips.h"
40 #include "elf-vxworks.h"
42 /* Get the ECOFF swapping routines. */
44 #include "coff/symconst.h"
45 #include "coff/ecoff.h"
46 #include "coff/mips.h"
50 /* This structure is used to hold information about one GOT entry.
51 There are three types of entry:
53 (1) absolute addresses
55 (2) SYMBOL + OFFSET addresses, where SYMBOL is local to an input bfd
56 (abfd != NULL, symndx >= 0)
57 (3) SYMBOL addresses, where SYMBOL is not local to an input bfd
58 (abfd != NULL, symndx == -1)
60 Type (3) entries are treated differently for different types of GOT.
61 In the "master" GOT -- i.e. the one that describes every GOT
62 reference needed in the link -- the mips_got_entry is keyed on both
63 the symbol and the input bfd that references it. If it turns out
64 that we need multiple GOTs, we can then use this information to
65 create separate GOTs for each input bfd.
67 However, we want each of these separate GOTs to have at most one
68 entry for a given symbol, so their type (3) entries are keyed only
69 on the symbol. The input bfd given by the "abfd" field is somewhat
70 arbitrary in this case.
72 This means that when there are multiple GOTs, each GOT has a unique
73 mips_got_entry for every symbol within it. We can therefore use the
74 mips_got_entry fields (tls_type and gotidx) to track the symbol's
77 However, if it turns out that we need only a single GOT, we continue
78 to use the master GOT to describe it. There may therefore be several
79 mips_got_entries for the same symbol, each with a different input bfd.
80 We want to make sure that each symbol gets a unique GOT entry, so when
81 there's a single GOT, we use the symbol's hash entry, not the
82 mips_got_entry fields, to track a symbol's GOT index. */
85 /* The input bfd in which the symbol is defined. */
87 /* The index of the symbol, as stored in the relocation r_info, if
88 we have a local symbol; -1 otherwise. */
92 /* If abfd == NULL, an address that must be stored in the got. */
94 /* If abfd != NULL && symndx != -1, the addend of the relocation
95 that should be added to the symbol value. */
97 /* If abfd != NULL && symndx == -1, the hash table entry
98 corresponding to symbol in the GOT. The symbol's entry
99 is in the local area if h->global_got_area is GGA_NONE,
100 otherwise it is in the global area. */
101 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
104 /* The TLS types included in this GOT entry (specifically, GD and
105 IE). The GD and IE flags can be added as we encounter new
106 relocations. LDM can also be set; it will always be alone, not
107 combined with any GD or IE flags. An LDM GOT entry will be
108 a local symbol entry with r_symndx == 0. */
109 unsigned char tls_type
;
111 /* The offset from the beginning of the .got section to the entry
112 corresponding to this symbol+addend. If it's a global symbol
113 whose offset is yet to be decided, it's going to be -1. */
117 /* This structure describes a range of addends: [MIN_ADDEND, MAX_ADDEND].
118 The structures form a non-overlapping list that is sorted by increasing
120 struct mips_got_page_range
122 struct mips_got_page_range
*next
;
123 bfd_signed_vma min_addend
;
124 bfd_signed_vma max_addend
;
127 /* This structure describes the range of addends that are applied to page
128 relocations against a given symbol. */
129 struct mips_got_page_entry
131 /* The input bfd in which the symbol is defined. */
133 /* The index of the symbol, as stored in the relocation r_info. */
135 /* The ranges for this page entry. */
136 struct mips_got_page_range
*ranges
;
137 /* The maximum number of page entries needed for RANGES. */
141 /* This structure is used to hold .got information when linking. */
145 /* The global symbol in the GOT with the lowest index in the dynamic
147 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*global_gotsym
;
148 /* The number of global .got entries. */
149 unsigned int global_gotno
;
150 /* The number of global .got entries that are in the GGA_RELOC_ONLY area. */
151 unsigned int reloc_only_gotno
;
152 /* The number of .got slots used for TLS. */
153 unsigned int tls_gotno
;
154 /* The first unused TLS .got entry. Used only during
155 mips_elf_initialize_tls_index. */
156 unsigned int tls_assigned_gotno
;
157 /* The number of local .got entries, eventually including page entries. */
158 unsigned int local_gotno
;
159 /* The maximum number of page entries needed. */
160 unsigned int page_gotno
;
161 /* The number of local .got entries we have used. */
162 unsigned int assigned_gotno
;
163 /* A hash table holding members of the got. */
164 struct htab
*got_entries
;
165 /* A hash table of mips_got_page_entry structures. */
166 struct htab
*got_page_entries
;
167 /* A hash table mapping input bfds to other mips_got_info. NULL
168 unless multi-got was necessary. */
169 struct htab
*bfd2got
;
170 /* In multi-got links, a pointer to the next got (err, rather, most
171 of the time, it points to the previous got). */
172 struct mips_got_info
*next
;
173 /* This is the GOT index of the TLS LDM entry for the GOT, MINUS_ONE
174 for none, or MINUS_TWO for not yet assigned. This is needed
175 because a single-GOT link may have multiple hash table entries
176 for the LDM. It does not get initialized in multi-GOT mode. */
177 bfd_vma tls_ldm_offset
;
180 /* Map an input bfd to a got in a multi-got link. */
182 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
185 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
188 /* Structure passed when traversing the bfd2got hash table, used to
189 create and merge bfd's gots. */
191 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
193 /* A hashtable that maps bfds to gots. */
195 /* The output bfd. */
197 /* The link information. */
198 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
199 /* A pointer to the primary got, i.e., the one that's going to get
200 the implicit relocations from DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO and
202 struct mips_got_info
*primary
;
203 /* A non-primary got we're trying to merge with other input bfd's
205 struct mips_got_info
*current
;
206 /* The maximum number of got entries that can be addressed with a
208 unsigned int max_count
;
209 /* The maximum number of page entries needed by each got. */
210 unsigned int max_pages
;
211 /* The total number of global entries which will live in the
212 primary got and be automatically relocated. This includes
213 those not referenced by the primary GOT but included in
215 unsigned int global_count
;
218 /* Another structure used to pass arguments for got entries traversal. */
220 struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg
222 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
224 unsigned int needed_relocs
;
225 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
228 /* A structure used to count TLS relocations or GOT entries, for GOT
229 entry or ELF symbol table traversal. */
231 struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg
233 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
237 struct _mips_elf_section_data
239 struct bfd_elf_section_data elf
;
246 #define mips_elf_section_data(sec) \
247 ((struct _mips_elf_section_data *) elf_section_data (sec))
249 #define is_mips_elf(bfd) \
250 (bfd_get_flavour (bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour \
251 && elf_tdata (bfd) != NULL \
252 && elf_object_id (bfd) == MIPS_ELF_DATA)
254 /* The ABI says that every symbol used by dynamic relocations must have
255 a global GOT entry. Among other things, this provides the dynamic
256 linker with a free, directly-indexed cache. The GOT can therefore
257 contain symbols that are not referenced by GOT relocations themselves
258 (in other words, it may have symbols that are not referenced by things
259 like R_MIPS_GOT16 and R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE).
261 GOT relocations are less likely to overflow if we put the associated
262 GOT entries towards the beginning. We therefore divide the global
263 GOT entries into two areas: "normal" and "reloc-only". Entries in
264 the first area can be used for both dynamic relocations and GP-relative
265 accesses, while those in the "reloc-only" area are for dynamic
268 These GGA_* ("Global GOT Area") values are organised so that lower
269 values are more general than higher values. Also, non-GGA_NONE
270 values are ordered by the position of the area in the GOT. */
272 #define GGA_RELOC_ONLY 1
275 /* Information about a non-PIC interface to a PIC function. There are
276 two ways of creating these interfaces. The first is to add:
279 addiu $25,$25,%lo(func)
281 immediately before a PIC function "func". The second is to add:
285 addiu $25,$25,%lo(func)
287 to a separate trampoline section.
289 Stubs of the first kind go in a new section immediately before the
290 target function. Stubs of the second kind go in a single section
291 pointed to by the hash table's "strampoline" field. */
292 struct mips_elf_la25_stub
{
293 /* The generated section that contains this stub. */
294 asection
*stub_section
;
296 /* The offset of the stub from the start of STUB_SECTION. */
299 /* One symbol for the original function. Its location is available
300 in H->root.root.u.def. */
301 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
304 /* Macros for populating a mips_elf_la25_stub. */
306 #define LA25_LUI(VAL) (0x3c190000 | (VAL)) /* lui t9,VAL */
307 #define LA25_J(VAL) (0x08000000 | (((VAL) >> 2) & 0x3ffffff)) /* j VAL */
308 #define LA25_ADDIU(VAL) (0x27390000 | (VAL)) /* addiu t9,t9,VAL */
309 #define LA25_LUI_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
310 (0x41b90000 | (VAL)) /* lui t9,VAL */
311 #define LA25_J_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
312 (0xd4000000 | (((VAL) >> 1) & 0x3ffffff)) /* j VAL */
313 #define LA25_ADDIU_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
314 (0x33390000 | (VAL)) /* addiu t9,t9,VAL */
316 /* This structure is passed to mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f when sorting
317 the dynamic symbols. */
319 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data
321 /* The symbol in the global GOT with the lowest dynamic symbol table
323 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*low
;
324 /* The least dynamic symbol table index corresponding to a non-TLS
325 symbol with a GOT entry. */
326 long min_got_dynindx
;
327 /* The greatest dynamic symbol table index corresponding to a symbol
328 with a GOT entry that is not referenced (e.g., a dynamic symbol
329 with dynamic relocations pointing to it from non-primary GOTs). */
330 long max_unref_got_dynindx
;
331 /* The greatest dynamic symbol table index not corresponding to a
332 symbol without a GOT entry. */
333 long max_non_got_dynindx
;
336 /* The MIPS ELF linker needs additional information for each symbol in
337 the global hash table. */
339 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
341 struct elf_link_hash_entry root
;
343 /* External symbol information. */
346 /* The la25 stub we have created for ths symbol, if any. */
347 struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*la25_stub
;
349 /* Number of R_MIPS_32, R_MIPS_REL32, or R_MIPS_64 relocs against
351 unsigned int possibly_dynamic_relocs
;
353 /* If there is a stub that 32 bit functions should use to call this
354 16 bit function, this points to the section containing the stub. */
357 /* If there is a stub that 16 bit functions should use to call this
358 32 bit function, this points to the section containing the stub. */
361 /* This is like the call_stub field, but it is used if the function
362 being called returns a floating point value. */
363 asection
*call_fp_stub
;
367 #define GOT_TLS_LDM 2
369 #define GOT_TLS_OFFSET_DONE 0x40
370 #define GOT_TLS_DONE 0x80
371 unsigned char tls_type
;
373 /* This is only used in single-GOT mode; in multi-GOT mode there
374 is one mips_got_entry per GOT entry, so the offset is stored
375 there. In single-GOT mode there may be many mips_got_entry
376 structures all referring to the same GOT slot. It might be
377 possible to use root.got.offset instead, but that field is
378 overloaded already. */
379 bfd_vma tls_got_offset
;
381 /* The highest GGA_* value that satisfies all references to this symbol. */
382 unsigned int global_got_area
: 2;
384 /* True if all GOT relocations against this symbol are for calls. This is
385 a looser condition than no_fn_stub below, because there may be other
386 non-call non-GOT relocations against the symbol. */
387 unsigned int got_only_for_calls
: 1;
389 /* True if one of the relocations described by possibly_dynamic_relocs
390 is against a readonly section. */
391 unsigned int readonly_reloc
: 1;
393 /* True if there is a relocation against this symbol that must be
394 resolved by the static linker (in other words, if the relocation
395 cannot possibly be made dynamic). */
396 unsigned int has_static_relocs
: 1;
398 /* True if we must not create a .MIPS.stubs entry for this symbol.
399 This is set, for example, if there are relocations related to
400 taking the function's address, i.e. any but R_MIPS_CALL*16 ones.
401 See "MIPS ABI Supplement, 3rd Edition", p. 4-20. */
402 unsigned int no_fn_stub
: 1;
404 /* Whether we need the fn_stub; this is true if this symbol appears
405 in any relocs other than a 16 bit call. */
406 unsigned int need_fn_stub
: 1;
408 /* True if this symbol is referenced by branch relocations from
409 any non-PIC input file. This is used to determine whether an
410 la25 stub is required. */
411 unsigned int has_nonpic_branches
: 1;
413 /* Does this symbol need a traditional MIPS lazy-binding stub
414 (as opposed to a PLT entry)? */
415 unsigned int needs_lazy_stub
: 1;
418 /* MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
420 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
422 struct elf_link_hash_table root
;
424 /* We no longer use this. */
425 /* String section indices for the dynamic section symbols. */
426 bfd_size_type dynsym_sec_strindex
[SIZEOF_MIPS_DYNSYM_SECNAMES
];
429 /* The number of .rtproc entries. */
430 bfd_size_type procedure_count
;
432 /* The size of the .compact_rel section (if SGI_COMPAT). */
433 bfd_size_type compact_rel_size
;
435 /* This flag indicates that the value of DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP dynamic entry
436 is set to the address of __rld_obj_head as in IRIX5 and IRIX6. */
437 bfd_boolean use_rld_obj_head
;
439 /* The __rld_map or __rld_obj_head symbol. */
440 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*rld_symbol
;
442 /* This is set if we see any mips16 stub sections. */
443 bfd_boolean mips16_stubs_seen
;
445 /* True if we can generate copy relocs and PLTs. */
446 bfd_boolean use_plts_and_copy_relocs
;
448 /* True if we're generating code for VxWorks. */
449 bfd_boolean is_vxworks
;
451 /* True if we already reported the small-data section overflow. */
452 bfd_boolean small_data_overflow_reported
;
454 /* Shortcuts to some dynamic sections, or NULL if they are not
465 /* The master GOT information. */
466 struct mips_got_info
*got_info
;
468 /* The size of the PLT header in bytes. */
469 bfd_vma plt_header_size
;
471 /* The size of a PLT entry in bytes. */
472 bfd_vma plt_entry_size
;
474 /* The number of functions that need a lazy-binding stub. */
475 bfd_vma lazy_stub_count
;
477 /* The size of a function stub entry in bytes. */
478 bfd_vma function_stub_size
;
480 /* The number of reserved entries at the beginning of the GOT. */
481 unsigned int reserved_gotno
;
483 /* The section used for mips_elf_la25_stub trampolines.
484 See the comment above that structure for details. */
485 asection
*strampoline
;
487 /* A table of mips_elf_la25_stubs, indexed by (input_section, offset)
491 /* A function FN (NAME, IS, OS) that creates a new input section
492 called NAME and links it to output section OS. If IS is nonnull,
493 the new section should go immediately before it, otherwise it
494 should go at the (current) beginning of OS.
496 The function returns the new section on success, otherwise it
498 asection
*(*add_stub_section
) (const char *, asection
*, asection
*);
501 /* Get the MIPS ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure. */
503 #define mips_elf_hash_table(p) \
504 (elf_hash_table_id ((struct elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) \
505 == MIPS_ELF_DATA ? ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) : NULL)
507 /* A structure used to communicate with htab_traverse callbacks. */
508 struct mips_htab_traverse_info
510 /* The usual link-wide information. */
511 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
514 /* Starts off FALSE and is set to TRUE if the link should be aborted. */
518 /* MIPS ELF private object data. */
520 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
522 /* Generic ELF private object data. */
523 struct elf_obj_tdata root
;
525 /* Input BFD providing Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP attribute for output. */
529 /* Get MIPS ELF private object data from BFD's tdata. */
531 #define mips_elf_tdata(bfd) \
532 ((struct mips_elf_obj_tdata *) (bfd)->tdata.any)
534 #define TLS_RELOC_P(r_type) \
535 (r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32 \
536 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64 \
537 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32 \
538 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64 \
539 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GD \
540 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_LDM \
541 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16 \
542 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16 \
543 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL \
544 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32 \
545 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64 \
546 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16 \
547 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16 \
548 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_GD \
549 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM \
550 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_HI16 \
551 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_LO16 \
552 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL \
553 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_HI16 \
554 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_LO16 \
555 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD \
556 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM \
557 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16 \
558 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16 \
559 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL \
560 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16 \
561 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16)
563 /* Structure used to pass information to mips_elf_output_extsym. */
568 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
569 struct ecoff_debug_info
*debug
;
570 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
;
574 /* The names of the runtime procedure table symbols used on IRIX5. */
576 static const char * const mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[] =
579 "_procedure_string_table",
580 "_procedure_table_size",
584 /* These structures are used to generate the .compact_rel section on
589 unsigned long id1
; /* Always one? */
590 unsigned long num
; /* Number of compact relocation entries. */
591 unsigned long id2
; /* Always two? */
592 unsigned long offset
; /* The file offset of the first relocation. */
593 unsigned long reserved0
; /* Zero? */
594 unsigned long reserved1
; /* Zero? */
603 bfd_byte reserved0
[4];
604 bfd_byte reserved1
[4];
605 } Elf32_External_compact_rel
;
609 unsigned int ctype
: 1; /* 1: long 0: short format. See below. */
610 unsigned int rtype
: 4; /* Relocation types. See below. */
611 unsigned int dist2to
: 8;
612 unsigned int relvaddr
: 19; /* (VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry)/ 4 */
613 unsigned long konst
; /* KONST field. See below. */
614 unsigned long vaddr
; /* VADDR to be relocated. */
619 unsigned int ctype
: 1; /* 1: long 0: short format. See below. */
620 unsigned int rtype
: 4; /* Relocation types. See below. */
621 unsigned int dist2to
: 8;
622 unsigned int relvaddr
: 19; /* (VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry)/ 4 */
623 unsigned long konst
; /* KONST field. See below. */
631 } Elf32_External_crinfo
;
637 } Elf32_External_crinfo2
;
639 /* These are the constants used to swap the bitfields in a crinfo. */
641 #define CRINFO_CTYPE (0x1)
642 #define CRINFO_CTYPE_SH (31)
643 #define CRINFO_RTYPE (0xf)
644 #define CRINFO_RTYPE_SH (27)
645 #define CRINFO_DIST2TO (0xff)
646 #define CRINFO_DIST2TO_SH (19)
647 #define CRINFO_RELVADDR (0x7ffff)
648 #define CRINFO_RELVADDR_SH (0)
650 /* A compact relocation info has long (3 words) or short (2 words)
651 formats. A short format doesn't have VADDR field and relvaddr
652 fields contains ((VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry) >> 2). */
653 #define CRF_MIPS_LONG 1
654 #define CRF_MIPS_SHORT 0
656 /* There are 4 types of compact relocation at least. The value KONST
657 has different meaning for each type:
660 CT_MIPS_REL32 Address in data
661 CT_MIPS_WORD Address in word (XXX)
662 CT_MIPS_GPHI_LO GP - vaddr
663 CT_MIPS_JMPAD Address to jump
666 #define CRT_MIPS_REL32 0xa
667 #define CRT_MIPS_WORD 0xb
668 #define CRT_MIPS_GPHI_LO 0xc
669 #define CRT_MIPS_JMPAD 0xd
671 #define mips_elf_set_cr_format(x,format) ((x).ctype = (format))
672 #define mips_elf_set_cr_type(x,type) ((x).rtype = (type))
673 #define mips_elf_set_cr_dist2to(x,v) ((x).dist2to = (v))
674 #define mips_elf_set_cr_relvaddr(x,d) ((x).relvaddr = (d)<<2)
676 /* The structure of the runtime procedure descriptor created by the
677 loader for use by the static exception system. */
679 typedef struct runtime_pdr
{
680 bfd_vma adr
; /* Memory address of start of procedure. */
681 long regmask
; /* Save register mask. */
682 long regoffset
; /* Save register offset. */
683 long fregmask
; /* Save floating point register mask. */
684 long fregoffset
; /* Save floating point register offset. */
685 long frameoffset
; /* Frame size. */
686 short framereg
; /* Frame pointer register. */
687 short pcreg
; /* Offset or reg of return pc. */
688 long irpss
; /* Index into the runtime string table. */
690 struct exception_info
*exception_info
;/* Pointer to exception array. */
692 #define cbRPDR sizeof (RPDR)
693 #define rpdNil ((pRPDR) 0)
695 static struct mips_got_entry
*mips_elf_create_local_got_entry
696 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, bfd
*, bfd_vma
, unsigned long,
697 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*, int);
698 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f
699 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*, void *);
700 static bfd_vma mips_elf_high
702 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
703 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*,
704 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*, asection
*, bfd_vma
,
705 bfd_vma
*, asection
*);
706 static hashval_t mips_elf_got_entry_hash
708 static bfd_vma mips_elf_adjust_gp
709 (bfd
*, struct mips_got_info
*, bfd
*);
710 static struct mips_got_info
*mips_elf_got_for_ibfd
711 (struct mips_got_info
*, bfd
*);
713 /* This will be used when we sort the dynamic relocation records. */
714 static bfd
*reldyn_sorting_bfd
;
716 /* True if ABFD is for CPUs with load interlocking that include
717 non-MIPS1 CPUs and R3900. */
718 #define LOAD_INTERLOCKS_P(abfd) \
719 ( ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) != E_MIPS_ARCH_1) \
720 || ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_MACH) == E_MIPS_MACH_3900))
722 /* True if ABFD is for CPUs that are faster if JAL is converted to BAL.
723 This should be safe for all architectures. We enable this predicate
724 for RM9000 for now. */
725 #define JAL_TO_BAL_P(abfd) \
726 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_MACH) == E_MIPS_MACH_9000)
728 /* True if ABFD is for CPUs that are faster if JALR is converted to BAL.
729 This should be safe for all architectures. We enable this predicate for
731 #define JALR_TO_BAL_P(abfd) 1
733 /* True if ABFD is for CPUs that are faster if JR is converted to B.
734 This should be safe for all architectures. We enable this predicate for
736 #define JR_TO_B_P(abfd) 1
738 /* True if ABFD is a PIC object. */
739 #define PIC_OBJECT_P(abfd) \
740 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_PIC) != 0)
742 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using the N32 ABI. */
743 #define ABI_N32_P(abfd) \
744 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI2) != 0)
746 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using the N64 ABI. */
747 #define ABI_64_P(abfd) \
748 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS64)
750 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using NewABI conventions. */
751 #define NEWABI_P(abfd) (ABI_N32_P (abfd) || ABI_64_P (abfd))
753 /* The IRIX compatibility level we are striving for. */
754 #define IRIX_COMPAT(abfd) \
755 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_mips_irix_compat (abfd))
757 /* Whether we are trying to be compatible with IRIX at all. */
758 #define SGI_COMPAT(abfd) \
759 (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) != ict_none)
761 /* The name of the options section. */
762 #define MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME(abfd) \
763 (NEWABI_P (abfd) ? ".MIPS.options" : ".options")
765 /* True if NAME is the recognized name of any SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS section.
766 Some IRIX system files do not use MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME. */
767 #define MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P(NAME) \
768 (strcmp (NAME, ".MIPS.options") == 0 || strcmp (NAME, ".options") == 0)
770 /* Whether the section is readonly. */
771 #define MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION(sec) \
772 ((sec->flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY)) \
773 == (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY))
775 /* The name of the stub section. */
776 #define MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME(abfd) ".MIPS.stubs"
778 /* The size of an external REL relocation. */
779 #define MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE(abfd) \
780 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_rel)
782 /* The size of an external RELA relocation. */
783 #define MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE(abfd) \
784 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_rela)
786 /* The size of an external dynamic table entry. */
787 #define MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE(abfd) \
788 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_dyn)
790 /* The size of a GOT entry. */
791 #define MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE(abfd) \
792 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->arch_size / 8)
794 /* The size of the .rld_map section. */
795 #define MIPS_ELF_RLD_MAP_SIZE(abfd) \
796 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->arch_size / 8)
798 /* The size of a symbol-table entry. */
799 #define MIPS_ELF_SYM_SIZE(abfd) \
800 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym)
802 /* The default alignment for sections, as a power of two. */
803 #define MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN(abfd) \
804 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->log_file_align)
806 /* Get word-sized data. */
807 #define MIPS_ELF_GET_WORD(abfd, ptr) \
808 (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? bfd_get_64 (abfd, ptr) : bfd_get_32 (abfd, ptr))
810 /* Put out word-sized data. */
811 #define MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD(abfd, val, ptr) \
813 ? bfd_put_64 (abfd, val, ptr) \
814 : bfd_put_32 (abfd, val, ptr))
816 /* The opcode for word-sized loads (LW or LD). */
817 #define MIPS_ELF_LOAD_WORD(abfd) \
818 (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? 0xdc000000 : 0x8c000000)
820 /* Add a dynamic symbol table-entry. */
821 #define MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY(info, tag, val) \
822 _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, tag, val)
824 #define MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO(abfd, rtype, rela) \
825 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_mips_rtype_to_howto (rtype, rela))
827 /* The name of the dynamic relocation section. */
828 #define MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME(INFO) \
829 (mips_elf_hash_table (INFO)->is_vxworks ? ".rela.dyn" : ".rel.dyn")
831 /* In case we're on a 32-bit machine, construct a 64-bit "-1" value
832 from smaller values. Start with zero, widen, *then* decrement. */
833 #define MINUS_ONE (((bfd_vma)0) - 1)
834 #define MINUS_TWO (((bfd_vma)0) - 2)
836 /* The value to write into got[1] for SVR4 targets, to identify it is
837 a GNU object. The dynamic linker can then use got[1] to store the
839 #define MIPS_ELF_GNU_GOT1_MASK(abfd) \
840 ((bfd_vma) 1 << (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? 63 : 31))
842 /* The offset of $gp from the beginning of the .got section. */
843 #define ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET(INFO) \
844 (mips_elf_hash_table (INFO)->is_vxworks ? 0x0 : 0x7ff0)
846 /* The maximum size of the GOT for it to be addressable using 16-bit
848 #define MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE(INFO) (ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET (INFO) + 0x7fff)
850 /* Instructions which appear in a stub. */
851 #define STUB_LW(abfd) \
853 ? 0xdf998010 /* ld t9,0x8010(gp) */ \
854 : 0x8f998010)) /* lw t9,0x8010(gp) */
855 #define STUB_MOVE(abfd) \
857 ? 0x03e0782d /* daddu t7,ra */ \
858 : 0x03e07821)) /* addu t7,ra */
859 #define STUB_LUI(VAL) (0x3c180000 + (VAL)) /* lui t8,VAL */
860 #define STUB_JALR 0x0320f809 /* jalr t9,ra */
861 #define STUB_ORI(VAL) (0x37180000 + (VAL)) /* ori t8,t8,VAL */
862 #define STUB_LI16U(VAL) (0x34180000 + (VAL)) /* ori t8,zero,VAL unsigned */
863 #define STUB_LI16S(abfd, VAL) \
865 ? (0x64180000 + (VAL)) /* daddiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */ \
866 : (0x24180000 + (VAL)))) /* addiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */
868 #define MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE 16
869 #define MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE 20
871 /* The name of the dynamic interpreter. This is put in the .interp
874 #define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER(abfd) \
875 (ABI_N32_P (abfd) ? "/usr/lib32/libc.so.1" \
876 : ABI_64_P (abfd) ? "/usr/lib64/libc.so.1" \
877 : "/usr/lib/libc.so.1")
880 #define MNAME(bfd,pre,pos) \
881 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? CONCAT4 (pre,64,_,pos) : CONCAT4 (pre,32,_,pos))
882 #define ELF_R_SYM(bfd, i) \
883 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_R_SYM (i) : ELF32_R_SYM (i))
884 #define ELF_R_TYPE(bfd, i) \
885 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_MIPS_R_TYPE (i) : ELF32_R_TYPE (i))
886 #define ELF_R_INFO(bfd, s, t) \
887 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_R_INFO (s, t) : ELF32_R_INFO (s, t))
889 #define MNAME(bfd,pre,pos) CONCAT4 (pre,32,_,pos)
890 #define ELF_R_SYM(bfd, i) \
892 #define ELF_R_TYPE(bfd, i) \
894 #define ELF_R_INFO(bfd, s, t) \
895 (ELF32_R_INFO (s, t))
898 /* The mips16 compiler uses a couple of special sections to handle
899 floating point arguments.
901 Section names that look like .mips16.fn.FNNAME contain stubs that
902 copy floating point arguments from the fp regs to the gp regs and
903 then jump to FNNAME. If any 32 bit function calls FNNAME, the
904 call should be redirected to the stub instead. If no 32 bit
905 function calls FNNAME, the stub should be discarded. We need to
906 consider any reference to the function, not just a call, because
907 if the address of the function is taken we will need the stub,
908 since the address might be passed to a 32 bit function.
910 Section names that look like .mips16.call.FNNAME contain stubs
911 that copy floating point arguments from the gp regs to the fp
912 regs and then jump to FNNAME. If FNNAME is a 32 bit function,
913 then any 16 bit function that calls FNNAME should be redirected
914 to the stub instead. If FNNAME is not a 32 bit function, the
915 stub should be discarded.
917 .mips16.call.fp.FNNAME sections are similar, but contain stubs
918 which call FNNAME and then copy the return value from the fp regs
919 to the gp regs. These stubs store the return value in $18 while
920 calling FNNAME; any function which might call one of these stubs
921 must arrange to save $18 around the call. (This case is not
922 needed for 32 bit functions that call 16 bit functions, because
923 16 bit functions always return floating point values in both
926 Note that in all cases FNNAME might be defined statically.
927 Therefore, FNNAME is not used literally. Instead, the relocation
928 information will indicate which symbol the section is for.
930 We record any stubs that we find in the symbol table. */
932 #define FN_STUB ".mips16.fn."
933 #define CALL_STUB ".mips16.call."
934 #define CALL_FP_STUB ".mips16.call.fp."
936 #define FN_STUB_P(name) CONST_STRNEQ (name, FN_STUB)
937 #define CALL_STUB_P(name) CONST_STRNEQ (name, CALL_STUB)
938 #define CALL_FP_STUB_P(name) CONST_STRNEQ (name, CALL_FP_STUB)
940 /* The format of the first PLT entry in an O32 executable. */
941 static const bfd_vma mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
[] =
943 0x3c1c0000, /* lui $28, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
944 0x8f990000, /* lw $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($28) */
945 0x279c0000, /* addiu $28, $28, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
946 0x031cc023, /* subu $24, $24, $28 */
947 0x03e07821, /* move $15, $31 # 32-bit move (addu) */
948 0x0018c082, /* srl $24, $24, 2 */
949 0x0320f809, /* jalr $25 */
950 0x2718fffe /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
953 /* The format of the first PLT entry in an N32 executable. Different
954 because gp ($28) is not available; we use t2 ($14) instead. */
955 static const bfd_vma mips_n32_exec_plt0_entry
[] =
957 0x3c0e0000, /* lui $14, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
958 0x8dd90000, /* lw $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($14) */
959 0x25ce0000, /* addiu $14, $14, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
960 0x030ec023, /* subu $24, $24, $14 */
961 0x03e07821, /* move $15, $31 # 32-bit move (addu) */
962 0x0018c082, /* srl $24, $24, 2 */
963 0x0320f809, /* jalr $25 */
964 0x2718fffe /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
967 /* The format of the first PLT entry in an N64 executable. Different
968 from N32 because of the increased size of GOT entries. */
969 static const bfd_vma mips_n64_exec_plt0_entry
[] =
971 0x3c0e0000, /* lui $14, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
972 0xddd90000, /* ld $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($14) */
973 0x25ce0000, /* addiu $14, $14, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
974 0x030ec023, /* subu $24, $24, $14 */
975 0x03e0782d, /* move $15, $31 # 64-bit move (daddu) */
976 0x0018c0c2, /* srl $24, $24, 3 */
977 0x0320f809, /* jalr $25 */
978 0x2718fffe /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
981 /* The format of subsequent PLT entries. */
982 static const bfd_vma mips_exec_plt_entry
[] =
984 0x3c0f0000, /* lui $15, %hi(.got.plt entry) */
985 0x01f90000, /* l[wd] $25, %lo(.got.plt entry)($15) */
986 0x25f80000, /* addiu $24, $15, %lo(.got.plt entry) */
987 0x03200008 /* jr $25 */
990 /* The format of the first PLT entry in a VxWorks executable. */
991 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry
[] =
993 0x3c190000, /* lui t9, %hi(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_) */
994 0x27390000, /* addiu t9, t9, %lo(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_) */
995 0x8f390008, /* lw t9, 8(t9) */
996 0x00000000, /* nop */
997 0x03200008, /* jr t9 */
1001 /* The format of subsequent PLT entries. */
1002 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry
[] =
1004 0x10000000, /* b .PLT_resolver */
1005 0x24180000, /* li t8, <pltindex> */
1006 0x3c190000, /* lui t9, %hi(<.got.plt slot>) */
1007 0x27390000, /* addiu t9, t9, %lo(<.got.plt slot>) */
1008 0x8f390000, /* lw t9, 0(t9) */
1009 0x00000000, /* nop */
1010 0x03200008, /* jr t9 */
1011 0x00000000 /* nop */
1014 /* The format of the first PLT entry in a VxWorks shared object. */
1015 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry
[] =
1017 0x8f990008, /* lw t9, 8(gp) */
1018 0x00000000, /* nop */
1019 0x03200008, /* jr t9 */
1020 0x00000000, /* nop */
1021 0x00000000, /* nop */
1022 0x00000000 /* nop */
1025 /* The format of subsequent PLT entries. */
1026 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry
[] =
1028 0x10000000, /* b .PLT_resolver */
1029 0x24180000 /* li t8, <pltindex> */
1032 /* microMIPS 32-bit opcode helper installer. */
1035 bfd_put_micromips_32 (const bfd
*abfd
, bfd_vma opcode
, bfd_byte
*ptr
)
1037 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, (opcode
>> 16) & 0xffff, ptr
);
1038 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, opcode
& 0xffff, ptr
+ 2);
1041 /* microMIPS 32-bit opcode helper retriever. */
1044 bfd_get_micromips_32 (const bfd
*abfd
, const bfd_byte
*ptr
)
1046 return (bfd_get_16 (abfd
, ptr
) << 16) | bfd_get_16 (abfd
, ptr
+ 2);
1049 /* Look up an entry in a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
1051 #define mips_elf_link_hash_lookup(table, string, create, copy, follow) \
1052 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) \
1053 elf_link_hash_lookup (&(table)->root, (string), (create), \
1056 /* Traverse a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
1058 #define mips_elf_link_hash_traverse(table, func, info) \
1059 (elf_link_hash_traverse \
1061 (bfd_boolean (*) (struct elf_link_hash_entry *, void *)) (func), \
1064 /* Find the base offsets for thread-local storage in this object,
1065 for GD/LD and IE/LE respectively. */
1067 #define TP_OFFSET 0x7000
1068 #define DTP_OFFSET 0x8000
1071 dtprel_base (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
1073 /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */
1074 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
== NULL
)
1076 return elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
1080 tprel_base (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
1082 /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */
1083 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
== NULL
)
1085 return elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
->vma
+ TP_OFFSET
;
1088 /* Create an entry in a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
1090 static struct bfd_hash_entry
*
1091 mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry
*entry
,
1092 struct bfd_hash_table
*table
, const char *string
)
1094 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*ret
=
1095 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) entry
;
1097 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
1100 ret
= bfd_hash_allocate (table
, sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
));
1102 return (struct bfd_hash_entry
*) ret
;
1104 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
1105 ret
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
1106 _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc ((struct bfd_hash_entry
*) ret
,
1110 /* Set local fields. */
1111 memset (&ret
->esym
, 0, sizeof (EXTR
));
1112 /* We use -2 as a marker to indicate that the information has
1113 not been set. -1 means there is no associated ifd. */
1116 ret
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
= 0;
1117 ret
->fn_stub
= NULL
;
1118 ret
->call_stub
= NULL
;
1119 ret
->call_fp_stub
= NULL
;
1120 ret
->tls_type
= GOT_NORMAL
;
1121 ret
->global_got_area
= GGA_NONE
;
1122 ret
->got_only_for_calls
= TRUE
;
1123 ret
->readonly_reloc
= FALSE
;
1124 ret
->has_static_relocs
= FALSE
;
1125 ret
->no_fn_stub
= FALSE
;
1126 ret
->need_fn_stub
= FALSE
;
1127 ret
->has_nonpic_branches
= FALSE
;
1128 ret
->needs_lazy_stub
= FALSE
;
1131 return (struct bfd_hash_entry
*) ret
;
1134 /* Allocate MIPS ELF private object data. */
1137 _bfd_mips_elf_mkobject (bfd
*abfd
)
1139 return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd
, sizeof (struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
),
1144 _bfd_mips_elf_new_section_hook (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
1146 if (!sec
->used_by_bfd
)
1148 struct _mips_elf_section_data
*sdata
;
1149 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (*sdata
);
1151 sdata
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
1154 sec
->used_by_bfd
= sdata
;
1157 return _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (abfd
, sec
);
1160 /* Read ECOFF debugging information from a .mdebug section into a
1161 ecoff_debug_info structure. */
1164 _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*section
,
1165 struct ecoff_debug_info
*debug
)
1168 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
;
1171 swap
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
1172 memset (debug
, 0, sizeof (*debug
));
1174 ext_hdr
= bfd_malloc (swap
->external_hdr_size
);
1175 if (ext_hdr
== NULL
&& swap
->external_hdr_size
!= 0)
1178 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, section
, ext_hdr
, 0,
1179 swap
->external_hdr_size
))
1182 symhdr
= &debug
->symbolic_header
;
1183 (*swap
->swap_hdr_in
) (abfd
, ext_hdr
, symhdr
);
1185 /* The symbolic header contains absolute file offsets and sizes to
1187 #define READ(ptr, offset, count, size, type) \
1188 if (symhdr->count == 0) \
1189 debug->ptr = NULL; \
1192 bfd_size_type amt = (bfd_size_type) size * symhdr->count; \
1193 debug->ptr = bfd_malloc (amt); \
1194 if (debug->ptr == NULL) \
1195 goto error_return; \
1196 if (bfd_seek (abfd, symhdr->offset, SEEK_SET) != 0 \
1197 || bfd_bread (debug->ptr, amt, abfd) != amt) \
1198 goto error_return; \
1201 READ (line
, cbLineOffset
, cbLine
, sizeof (unsigned char), unsigned char *);
1202 READ (external_dnr
, cbDnOffset
, idnMax
, swap
->external_dnr_size
, void *);
1203 READ (external_pdr
, cbPdOffset
, ipdMax
, swap
->external_pdr_size
, void *);
1204 READ (external_sym
, cbSymOffset
, isymMax
, swap
->external_sym_size
, void *);
1205 READ (external_opt
, cbOptOffset
, ioptMax
, swap
->external_opt_size
, void *);
1206 READ (external_aux
, cbAuxOffset
, iauxMax
, sizeof (union aux_ext
),
1208 READ (ss
, cbSsOffset
, issMax
, sizeof (char), char *);
1209 READ (ssext
, cbSsExtOffset
, issExtMax
, sizeof (char), char *);
1210 READ (external_fdr
, cbFdOffset
, ifdMax
, swap
->external_fdr_size
, void *);
1211 READ (external_rfd
, cbRfdOffset
, crfd
, swap
->external_rfd_size
, void *);
1212 READ (external_ext
, cbExtOffset
, iextMax
, swap
->external_ext_size
, void *);
1220 if (ext_hdr
!= NULL
)
1222 if (debug
->line
!= NULL
)
1224 if (debug
->external_dnr
!= NULL
)
1225 free (debug
->external_dnr
);
1226 if (debug
->external_pdr
!= NULL
)
1227 free (debug
->external_pdr
);
1228 if (debug
->external_sym
!= NULL
)
1229 free (debug
->external_sym
);
1230 if (debug
->external_opt
!= NULL
)
1231 free (debug
->external_opt
);
1232 if (debug
->external_aux
!= NULL
)
1233 free (debug
->external_aux
);
1234 if (debug
->ss
!= NULL
)
1236 if (debug
->ssext
!= NULL
)
1237 free (debug
->ssext
);
1238 if (debug
->external_fdr
!= NULL
)
1239 free (debug
->external_fdr
);
1240 if (debug
->external_rfd
!= NULL
)
1241 free (debug
->external_rfd
);
1242 if (debug
->external_ext
!= NULL
)
1243 free (debug
->external_ext
);
1247 /* Swap RPDR (runtime procedure table entry) for output. */
1250 ecoff_swap_rpdr_out (bfd
*abfd
, const RPDR
*in
, struct rpdr_ext
*ex
)
1252 H_PUT_S32 (abfd
, in
->adr
, ex
->p_adr
);
1253 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->regmask
, ex
->p_regmask
);
1254 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->regoffset
, ex
->p_regoffset
);
1255 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->fregmask
, ex
->p_fregmask
);
1256 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->fregoffset
, ex
->p_fregoffset
);
1257 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->frameoffset
, ex
->p_frameoffset
);
1259 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, in
->framereg
, ex
->p_framereg
);
1260 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, in
->pcreg
, ex
->p_pcreg
);
1262 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->irpss
, ex
->p_irpss
);
1265 /* Create a runtime procedure table from the .mdebug section. */
1268 mips_elf_create_procedure_table (void *handle
, bfd
*abfd
,
1269 struct bfd_link_info
*info
, asection
*s
,
1270 struct ecoff_debug_info
*debug
)
1272 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
;
1273 HDRR
*hdr
= &debug
->symbolic_header
;
1275 struct rpdr_ext
*erp
;
1277 struct pdr_ext
*epdr
;
1278 struct sym_ext
*esym
;
1282 bfd_size_type count
;
1283 unsigned long sindex
;
1287 const char *no_name_func
= _("static procedure (no name)");
1295 swap
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
1297 sindex
= strlen (no_name_func
) + 1;
1298 count
= hdr
->ipdMax
;
1301 size
= swap
->external_pdr_size
;
1303 epdr
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
1307 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_pdr (handle
, (bfd_byte
*) epdr
))
1310 size
= sizeof (RPDR
);
1311 rp
= rpdr
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
1315 size
= sizeof (char *);
1316 sv
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
1320 count
= hdr
->isymMax
;
1321 size
= swap
->external_sym_size
;
1322 esym
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
1326 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_sym (handle
, (bfd_byte
*) esym
))
1329 count
= hdr
->issMax
;
1330 ss
= bfd_malloc (count
);
1333 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_ss (handle
, (bfd_byte
*) ss
))
1336 count
= hdr
->ipdMax
;
1337 for (i
= 0; i
< (unsigned long) count
; i
++, rp
++)
1339 (*swap
->swap_pdr_in
) (abfd
, epdr
+ i
, &pdr
);
1340 (*swap
->swap_sym_in
) (abfd
, &esym
[pdr
.isym
], &sym
);
1341 rp
->adr
= sym
.value
;
1342 rp
->regmask
= pdr
.regmask
;
1343 rp
->regoffset
= pdr
.regoffset
;
1344 rp
->fregmask
= pdr
.fregmask
;
1345 rp
->fregoffset
= pdr
.fregoffset
;
1346 rp
->frameoffset
= pdr
.frameoffset
;
1347 rp
->framereg
= pdr
.framereg
;
1348 rp
->pcreg
= pdr
.pcreg
;
1350 sv
[i
] = ss
+ sym
.iss
;
1351 sindex
+= strlen (sv
[i
]) + 1;
1355 size
= sizeof (struct rpdr_ext
) * (count
+ 2) + sindex
;
1356 size
= BFD_ALIGN (size
, 16);
1357 rtproc
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, size
);
1360 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->procedure_count
= 0;
1364 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->procedure_count
= count
+ 2;
1367 memset (erp
, 0, sizeof (struct rpdr_ext
));
1369 str
= (char *) rtproc
+ sizeof (struct rpdr_ext
) * (count
+ 2);
1370 strcpy (str
, no_name_func
);
1371 str
+= strlen (no_name_func
) + 1;
1372 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++)
1374 ecoff_swap_rpdr_out (abfd
, rpdr
+ i
, erp
+ i
);
1375 strcpy (str
, sv
[i
]);
1376 str
+= strlen (sv
[i
]) + 1;
1378 H_PUT_S32 (abfd
, -1, (erp
+ count
)->p_adr
);
1380 /* Set the size and contents of .rtproc section. */
1382 s
->contents
= rtproc
;
1384 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
1385 matters, but someday it might). */
1386 s
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
1415 /* We're going to create a stub for H. Create a symbol for the stub's
1416 value and size, to help make the disassembly easier to read. */
1419 mips_elf_create_stub_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1420 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
1421 const char *prefix
, asection
*s
, bfd_vma value
,
1424 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
1425 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*elfh
;
1428 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (h
->root
.other
))
1431 /* Create a new symbol. */
1432 name
= ACONCAT ((prefix
, h
->root
.root
.root
.string
, NULL
));
1434 if (!_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol (info
, s
->owner
, name
,
1435 BSF_LOCAL
, s
, value
, NULL
,
1439 /* Make it a local function. */
1440 elfh
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
1441 elfh
->type
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_FUNC
);
1443 elfh
->forced_local
= 1;
1447 /* We're about to redefine H. Create a symbol to represent H's
1448 current value and size, to help make the disassembly easier
1452 mips_elf_create_shadow_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1453 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
1456 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
1457 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*elfh
;
1462 /* Read the symbol's value. */
1463 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
1464 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
1465 s
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
1466 value
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
1468 /* Create a new symbol. */
1469 name
= ACONCAT ((prefix
, h
->root
.root
.root
.string
, NULL
));
1471 if (!_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol (info
, s
->owner
, name
,
1472 BSF_LOCAL
, s
, value
, NULL
,
1476 /* Make it local and copy the other attributes from H. */
1477 elfh
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
1478 elfh
->type
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, ELF_ST_TYPE (h
->root
.type
));
1479 elfh
->other
= h
->root
.other
;
1480 elfh
->size
= h
->root
.size
;
1481 elfh
->forced_local
= 1;
1485 /* Return TRUE if relocations in SECTION can refer directly to a MIPS16
1486 function rather than to a hard-float stub. */
1489 section_allows_mips16_refs_p (asection
*section
)
1493 name
= bfd_get_section_name (section
->owner
, section
);
1494 return (FN_STUB_P (name
)
1495 || CALL_STUB_P (name
)
1496 || CALL_FP_STUB_P (name
)
1497 || strcmp (name
, ".pdr") == 0);
1500 /* [RELOCS, RELEND) are the relocations against SEC, which is a MIPS16
1501 stub section of some kind. Return the R_SYMNDX of the target
1502 function, or 0 if we can't decide which function that is. */
1504 static unsigned long
1505 mips16_stub_symndx (const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
,
1506 asection
*sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1507 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
,
1508 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
)
1510 int int_rels_per_ext_rel
= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
1511 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
1513 /* Trust the first R_MIPS_NONE relocation, if any, but not a subsequent
1514 one in a compound relocation. */
1515 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< relend
; rel
+= int_rels_per_ext_rel
)
1516 if (ELF_R_TYPE (sec
->owner
, rel
->r_info
) == R_MIPS_NONE
)
1517 return ELF_R_SYM (sec
->owner
, rel
->r_info
);
1519 /* Otherwise trust the first relocation, whatever its kind. This is
1520 the traditional behavior. */
1521 if (relocs
< relend
)
1522 return ELF_R_SYM (sec
->owner
, relocs
->r_info
);
1527 /* Check the mips16 stubs for a particular symbol, and see if we can
1531 mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1532 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
1534 /* Dynamic symbols must use the standard call interface, in case other
1535 objects try to call them. */
1536 if (h
->fn_stub
!= NULL
1537 && h
->root
.dynindx
!= -1)
1539 mips_elf_create_shadow_symbol (info
, h
, ".mips16.");
1540 h
->need_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
1543 if (h
->fn_stub
!= NULL
1544 && ! h
->need_fn_stub
)
1546 /* We don't need the fn_stub; the only references to this symbol
1547 are 16 bit calls. Clobber the size to 0 to prevent it from
1548 being included in the link. */
1549 h
->fn_stub
->size
= 0;
1550 h
->fn_stub
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
1551 h
->fn_stub
->reloc_count
= 0;
1552 h
->fn_stub
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1555 if (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
1556 && ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h
->root
.other
))
1558 /* We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit function, so
1559 calls from other 16 bit functions are OK. Clobber the size
1560 to 0 to prevent it from being included in the link. */
1561 h
->call_stub
->size
= 0;
1562 h
->call_stub
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
1563 h
->call_stub
->reloc_count
= 0;
1564 h
->call_stub
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1567 if (h
->call_fp_stub
!= NULL
1568 && ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h
->root
.other
))
1570 /* We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit function, so
1571 calls from other 16 bit functions are OK. Clobber the size
1572 to 0 to prevent it from being included in the link. */
1573 h
->call_fp_stub
->size
= 0;
1574 h
->call_fp_stub
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
1575 h
->call_fp_stub
->reloc_count
= 0;
1576 h
->call_fp_stub
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1580 /* Hashtable callbacks for mips_elf_la25_stubs. */
1583 mips_elf_la25_stub_hash (const void *entry_
)
1585 const struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*entry
;
1587 entry
= (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*) entry_
;
1588 return entry
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
->id
1589 + entry
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
1593 mips_elf_la25_stub_eq (const void *entry1_
, const void *entry2_
)
1595 const struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*entry1
, *entry2
;
1597 entry1
= (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*) entry1_
;
1598 entry2
= (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*) entry2_
;
1599 return ((entry1
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
1600 == entry2
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
)
1601 && (entry1
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
1602 == entry2
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
));
1605 /* Called by the linker to set up the la25 stub-creation code. FN is
1606 the linker's implementation of add_stub_function. Return true on
1610 _bfd_mips_elf_init_stubs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1611 asection
*(*fn
) (const char *, asection
*,
1614 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
1616 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
1620 htab
->add_stub_section
= fn
;
1621 htab
->la25_stubs
= htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_la25_stub_hash
,
1622 mips_elf_la25_stub_eq
, NULL
);
1623 if (htab
->la25_stubs
== NULL
)
1629 /* Return true if H is a locally-defined PIC function, in the sense
1630 that it or its fn_stub might need $25 to be valid on entry.
1631 Note that MIPS16 functions set up $gp using PC-relative instructions,
1632 so they themselves never need $25 to be valid. Only non-MIPS16
1633 entry points are of interest here. */
1636 mips_elf_local_pic_function_p (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
1638 return ((h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
1639 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
1640 && h
->root
.def_regular
1641 && !bfd_is_abs_section (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
)
1642 && (!ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h
->root
.other
)
1643 || (h
->fn_stub
&& h
->need_fn_stub
))
1644 && (PIC_OBJECT_P (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
)
1645 || ELF_ST_IS_MIPS_PIC (h
->root
.other
)));
1648 /* Set *SEC to the input section that contains the target of STUB.
1649 Return the offset of the target from the start of that section. */
1652 mips_elf_get_la25_target (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*stub
,
1655 if (ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (stub
->h
->root
.other
))
1657 BFD_ASSERT (stub
->h
->need_fn_stub
);
1658 *sec
= stub
->h
->fn_stub
;
1663 *sec
= stub
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
1664 return stub
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
1668 /* STUB describes an la25 stub that we have decided to implement
1669 by inserting an LUI/ADDIU pair before the target function.
1670 Create the section and redirect the function symbol to it. */
1673 mips_elf_add_la25_intro (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*stub
,
1674 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
1676 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
1678 asection
*s
, *input_section
;
1681 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
1685 /* Create a unique name for the new section. */
1686 name
= bfd_malloc (11 + sizeof (".text.stub."));
1689 sprintf (name
, ".text.stub.%d", (int) htab_elements (htab
->la25_stubs
));
1691 /* Create the section. */
1692 mips_elf_get_la25_target (stub
, &input_section
);
1693 s
= htab
->add_stub_section (name
, input_section
,
1694 input_section
->output_section
);
1698 /* Make sure that any padding goes before the stub. */
1699 align
= input_section
->alignment_power
;
1700 if (!bfd_set_section_alignment (s
->owner
, s
, align
))
1703 s
->size
= (1 << align
) - 8;
1705 /* Create a symbol for the stub. */
1706 mips_elf_create_stub_symbol (info
, stub
->h
, ".pic.", s
, s
->size
, 8);
1707 stub
->stub_section
= s
;
1708 stub
->offset
= s
->size
;
1710 /* Allocate room for it. */
1715 /* STUB describes an la25 stub that we have decided to implement
1716 with a separate trampoline. Allocate room for it and redirect
1717 the function symbol to it. */
1720 mips_elf_add_la25_trampoline (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*stub
,
1721 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
1723 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
1726 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
1730 /* Create a trampoline section, if we haven't already. */
1731 s
= htab
->strampoline
;
1734 asection
*input_section
= stub
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
1735 s
= htab
->add_stub_section (".text", NULL
,
1736 input_section
->output_section
);
1737 if (s
== NULL
|| !bfd_set_section_alignment (s
->owner
, s
, 4))
1739 htab
->strampoline
= s
;
1742 /* Create a symbol for the stub. */
1743 mips_elf_create_stub_symbol (info
, stub
->h
, ".pic.", s
, s
->size
, 16);
1744 stub
->stub_section
= s
;
1745 stub
->offset
= s
->size
;
1747 /* Allocate room for it. */
1752 /* H describes a symbol that needs an la25 stub. Make sure that an
1753 appropriate stub exists and point H at it. */
1756 mips_elf_add_la25_stub (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1757 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
1759 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
1760 struct mips_elf_la25_stub search
, *stub
;
1761 bfd_boolean use_trampoline_p
;
1766 /* Describe the stub we want. */
1767 search
.stub_section
= NULL
;
1771 /* See if we've already created an equivalent stub. */
1772 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
1776 slot
= htab_find_slot (htab
->la25_stubs
, &search
, INSERT
);
1780 stub
= (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*) *slot
;
1783 /* We can reuse the existing stub. */
1784 h
->la25_stub
= stub
;
1788 /* Create a permanent copy of ENTRY and add it to the hash table. */
1789 stub
= bfd_malloc (sizeof (search
));
1795 /* Prefer to use LUI/ADDIU stubs if the function is at the beginning
1796 of the section and if we would need no more than 2 nops. */
1797 value
= mips_elf_get_la25_target (stub
, &s
);
1798 use_trampoline_p
= (value
!= 0 || s
->alignment_power
> 4);
1800 h
->la25_stub
= stub
;
1801 return (use_trampoline_p
1802 ? mips_elf_add_la25_trampoline (stub
, info
)
1803 : mips_elf_add_la25_intro (stub
, info
));
1806 /* A mips_elf_link_hash_traverse callback that is called before sizing
1807 sections. DATA points to a mips_htab_traverse_info structure. */
1810 mips_elf_check_symbols (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
1812 struct mips_htab_traverse_info
*hti
;
1814 hti
= (struct mips_htab_traverse_info
*) data
;
1815 if (!hti
->info
->relocatable
)
1816 mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs (hti
->info
, h
);
1818 if (mips_elf_local_pic_function_p (h
))
1820 /* PR 12845: If H is in a section that has been garbage
1821 collected it will have its output section set to *ABS*. */
1822 if (bfd_is_abs_section (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
))
1825 /* H is a function that might need $25 to be valid on entry.
1826 If we're creating a non-PIC relocatable object, mark H as
1827 being PIC. If we're creating a non-relocatable object with
1828 non-PIC branches and jumps to H, make sure that H has an la25
1830 if (hti
->info
->relocatable
)
1832 if (!PIC_OBJECT_P (hti
->output_bfd
))
1833 h
->root
.other
= ELF_ST_SET_MIPS_PIC (h
->root
.other
);
1835 else if (h
->has_nonpic_branches
&& !mips_elf_add_la25_stub (hti
->info
, h
))
1844 /* R_MIPS16_26 is used for the mips16 jal and jalx instructions.
1845 Most mips16 instructions are 16 bits, but these instructions
1848 The format of these instructions is:
1850 +--------------+--------------------------------+
1851 | JALX | X| Imm 20:16 | Imm 25:21 |
1852 +--------------+--------------------------------+
1854 +-----------------------------------------------+
1856 JALX is the 5-bit value 00011. X is 0 for jal, 1 for jalx.
1857 Note that the immediate value in the first word is swapped.
1859 When producing a relocatable object file, R_MIPS16_26 is
1860 handled mostly like R_MIPS_26. In particular, the addend is
1861 stored as a straight 26-bit value in a 32-bit instruction.
1862 (gas makes life simpler for itself by never adjusting a
1863 R_MIPS16_26 reloc to be against a section, so the addend is
1864 always zero). However, the 32 bit instruction is stored as 2
1865 16-bit values, rather than a single 32-bit value. In a
1866 big-endian file, the result is the same; in a little-endian
1867 file, the two 16-bit halves of the 32 bit value are swapped.
1868 This is so that a disassembler can recognize the jal
1871 When doing a final link, R_MIPS16_26 is treated as a 32 bit
1872 instruction stored as two 16-bit values. The addend A is the
1873 contents of the targ26 field. The calculation is the same as
1874 R_MIPS_26. When storing the calculated value, reorder the
1875 immediate value as shown above, and don't forget to store the
1876 value as two 16-bit values.
1878 To put it in MIPS ABI terms, the relocation field is T-targ26-16,
1882 +--------+----------------------+
1886 +--------+----------------------+
1889 +----------+------+-------------+
1893 +----------+--------------------+
1894 where targ26-16 is sub1 followed by sub2 (i.e., the addend field A is
1895 ((sub1 << 16) | sub2)).
1897 When producing a relocatable object file, the calculation is
1898 (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2)
1899 When producing a fully linked file, the calculation is
1900 let R = (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2)
1901 ((R & 0x1f0000) << 5) | ((R & 0x3e00000) >> 5) | (R & 0xffff)
1903 The table below lists the other MIPS16 instruction relocations.
1904 Each one is calculated in the same way as the non-MIPS16 relocation
1905 given on the right, but using the extended MIPS16 layout of 16-bit
1908 R_MIPS16_GPREL R_MIPS_GPREL16
1909 R_MIPS16_GOT16 R_MIPS_GOT16
1910 R_MIPS16_CALL16 R_MIPS_CALL16
1911 R_MIPS16_HI16 R_MIPS_HI16
1912 R_MIPS16_LO16 R_MIPS_LO16
1914 A typical instruction will have a format like this:
1916 +--------------+--------------------------------+
1917 | EXTEND | Imm 10:5 | Imm 15:11 |
1918 +--------------+--------------------------------+
1919 | Major | rx | ry | Imm 4:0 |
1920 +--------------+--------------------------------+
1922 EXTEND is the five bit value 11110. Major is the instruction
1925 All we need to do here is shuffle the bits appropriately.
1926 As above, the two 16-bit halves must be swapped on a
1927 little-endian system. */
1929 static inline bfd_boolean
1930 mips16_reloc_p (int r_type
)
1935 case R_MIPS16_GPREL
:
1936 case R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
1937 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
1940 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
:
1941 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
:
1942 case R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_HI16
:
1943 case R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_LO16
:
1944 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
1945 case R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_HI16
:
1946 case R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_LO16
:
1954 /* Check if a microMIPS reloc. */
1956 static inline bfd_boolean
1957 micromips_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
1959 return r_type
>= R_MICROMIPS_min
&& r_type
< R_MICROMIPS_max
;
1962 /* Similar to MIPS16, the two 16-bit halves in microMIPS must be swapped
1963 on a little-endian system. This does not apply to R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
1964 and R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1 relocs that apply to 16-bit instructions. */
1966 static inline bfd_boolean
1967 micromips_reloc_shuffle_p (unsigned int r_type
)
1969 return (micromips_reloc_p (r_type
)
1970 && r_type
!= R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
1971 && r_type
!= R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
);
1974 static inline bfd_boolean
1975 got16_reloc_p (int r_type
)
1977 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT16
1978 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_GOT16
1979 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
);
1982 static inline bfd_boolean
1983 call16_reloc_p (int r_type
)
1985 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_CALL16
1986 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_CALL16
1987 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
);
1990 static inline bfd_boolean
1991 got_disp_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
1993 return r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
;
1996 static inline bfd_boolean
1997 got_page_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
1999 return r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE
;
2002 static inline bfd_boolean
2003 got_ofst_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2005 return r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST
;
2008 static inline bfd_boolean
2009 got_hi16_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2011 return r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16
;
2014 static inline bfd_boolean
2015 got_lo16_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2017 return r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16
;
2020 static inline bfd_boolean
2021 call_hi16_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2023 return r_type
== R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
;
2026 static inline bfd_boolean
2027 call_lo16_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2029 return r_type
== R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
;
2032 static inline bfd_boolean
2033 hi16_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2035 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_HI16
2036 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_HI16
2037 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_HI16
);
2040 static inline bfd_boolean
2041 lo16_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2043 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_LO16
2044 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_LO16
2045 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_LO16
);
2048 static inline bfd_boolean
2049 mips16_call_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2051 return r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
|| r_type
== R_MIPS16_CALL16
;
2054 static inline bfd_boolean
2055 jal_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2057 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_26
2058 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
2059 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
);
2062 static inline bfd_boolean
2063 micromips_branch_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2065 return (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
2066 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
2067 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
2068 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
);
2071 static inline bfd_boolean
2072 tls_gd_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2074 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_GD
2075 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
2076 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD
);
2079 static inline bfd_boolean
2080 tls_ldm_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2082 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
2083 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
2084 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM
);
2087 static inline bfd_boolean
2088 tls_gottprel_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2090 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
2091 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
2092 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
);
2096 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (bfd
*abfd
, int r_type
,
2097 bfd_boolean jal_shuffle
, bfd_byte
*data
)
2099 bfd_vma first
, second
, val
;
2101 if (!mips16_reloc_p (r_type
) && !micromips_reloc_shuffle_p (r_type
))
2104 /* Pick up the first and second halfwords of the instruction. */
2105 first
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, data
);
2106 second
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, data
+ 2);
2107 if (micromips_reloc_p (r_type
) || (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
&& !jal_shuffle
))
2108 val
= first
<< 16 | second
;
2109 else if (r_type
!= R_MIPS16_26
)
2110 val
= (((first
& 0xf800) << 16) | ((second
& 0xffe0) << 11)
2111 | ((first
& 0x1f) << 11) | (first
& 0x7e0) | (second
& 0x1f));
2113 val
= (((first
& 0xfc00) << 16) | ((first
& 0x3e0) << 11)
2114 | ((first
& 0x1f) << 21) | second
);
2115 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, val
, data
);
2119 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (bfd
*abfd
, int r_type
,
2120 bfd_boolean jal_shuffle
, bfd_byte
*data
)
2122 bfd_vma first
, second
, val
;
2124 if (!mips16_reloc_p (r_type
) && !micromips_reloc_shuffle_p (r_type
))
2127 val
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, data
);
2128 if (micromips_reloc_p (r_type
) || (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
&& !jal_shuffle
))
2130 second
= val
& 0xffff;
2133 else if (r_type
!= R_MIPS16_26
)
2135 second
= ((val
>> 11) & 0xffe0) | (val
& 0x1f);
2136 first
= ((val
>> 16) & 0xf800) | ((val
>> 11) & 0x1f) | (val
& 0x7e0);
2140 second
= val
& 0xffff;
2141 first
= ((val
>> 16) & 0xfc00) | ((val
>> 11) & 0x3e0)
2142 | ((val
>> 21) & 0x1f);
2144 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, second
, data
+ 2);
2145 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, first
, data
);
2148 bfd_reloc_status_type
2149 _bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*symbol
,
2150 arelent
*reloc_entry
, asection
*input_section
,
2151 bfd_boolean relocatable
, void *data
, bfd_vma gp
)
2155 bfd_reloc_status_type status
;
2157 if (bfd_is_com_section (symbol
->section
))
2160 relocation
= symbol
->value
;
2162 relocation
+= symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
;
2163 relocation
+= symbol
->section
->output_offset
;
2165 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
2166 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
2168 /* Set val to the offset into the section or symbol. */
2169 val
= reloc_entry
->addend
;
2171 _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (val
, 16);
2173 /* Adjust val for the final section location and GP value. If we
2174 are producing relocatable output, we don't want to do this for
2175 an external symbol. */
2177 || (symbol
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) != 0)
2178 val
+= relocation
- gp
;
2180 if (reloc_entry
->howto
->partial_inplace
)
2182 status
= _bfd_relocate_contents (reloc_entry
->howto
, abfd
, val
,
2184 + reloc_entry
->address
);
2185 if (status
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
2189 reloc_entry
->addend
= val
;
2192 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
2194 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
2197 /* Used to store a REL high-part relocation such as R_MIPS_HI16 or
2198 R_MIPS_GOT16. REL is the relocation, INPUT_SECTION is the section
2199 that contains the relocation field and DATA points to the start of
2204 struct mips_hi16
*next
;
2206 asection
*input_section
;
2210 /* FIXME: This should not be a static variable. */
2212 static struct mips_hi16
*mips_hi16_list
;
2214 /* A howto special_function for REL *HI16 relocations. We can only
2215 calculate the correct value once we've seen the partnering
2216 *LO16 relocation, so just save the information for later.
2218 The ABI requires that the *LO16 immediately follow the *HI16.
2219 However, as a GNU extension, we permit an arbitrary number of
2220 *HI16s to be associated with a single *LO16. This significantly
2221 simplies the relocation handling in gcc. */
2223 bfd_reloc_status_type
2224 _bfd_mips_elf_hi16_reloc (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, arelent
*reloc_entry
,
2225 asymbol
*symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, void *data
,
2226 asection
*input_section
, bfd
*output_bfd
,
2227 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
2229 struct mips_hi16
*n
;
2231 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
2232 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
2234 n
= bfd_malloc (sizeof *n
);
2236 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
2238 n
->next
= mips_hi16_list
;
2240 n
->input_section
= input_section
;
2241 n
->rel
= *reloc_entry
;
2244 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
2245 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
2247 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
2250 /* A howto special_function for REL R_MIPS*_GOT16 relocations. This is just
2251 like any other 16-bit relocation when applied to global symbols, but is
2252 treated in the same as R_MIPS_HI16 when applied to local symbols. */
2254 bfd_reloc_status_type
2255 _bfd_mips_elf_got16_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
2256 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
2257 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
2259 if ((symbol
->flags
& (BSF_GLOBAL
| BSF_WEAK
)) != 0
2260 || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_get_section (symbol
))
2261 || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_get_section (symbol
)))
2262 /* The relocation is against a global symbol. */
2263 return _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
2264 input_section
, output_bfd
,
2267 return _bfd_mips_elf_hi16_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
2268 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
2271 /* A howto special_function for REL *LO16 relocations. The *LO16 itself
2272 is a straightforward 16 bit inplace relocation, but we must deal with
2273 any partnering high-part relocations as well. */
2275 bfd_reloc_status_type
2276 _bfd_mips_elf_lo16_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
2277 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
2278 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
2281 bfd_byte
*location
= (bfd_byte
*) data
+ reloc_entry
->address
;
2283 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
2284 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
2286 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd
, reloc_entry
->howto
->type
, FALSE
,
2288 vallo
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, location
);
2289 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd
, reloc_entry
->howto
->type
, FALSE
,
2292 while (mips_hi16_list
!= NULL
)
2294 bfd_reloc_status_type ret
;
2295 struct mips_hi16
*hi
;
2297 hi
= mips_hi16_list
;
2299 /* R_MIPS*_GOT16 relocations are something of a special case. We
2300 want to install the addend in the same way as for a R_MIPS*_HI16
2301 relocation (with a rightshift of 16). However, since GOT16
2302 relocations can also be used with global symbols, their howto
2303 has a rightshift of 0. */
2304 if (hi
->rel
.howto
->type
== R_MIPS_GOT16
)
2305 hi
->rel
.howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, R_MIPS_HI16
, FALSE
);
2306 else if (hi
->rel
.howto
->type
== R_MIPS16_GOT16
)
2307 hi
->rel
.howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, R_MIPS16_HI16
, FALSE
);
2308 else if (hi
->rel
.howto
->type
== R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
)
2309 hi
->rel
.howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, R_MICROMIPS_HI16
, FALSE
);
2311 /* VALLO is a signed 16-bit number. Bias it by 0x8000 so that any
2312 carry or borrow will induce a change of +1 or -1 in the high part. */
2313 hi
->rel
.addend
+= (vallo
+ 0x8000) & 0xffff;
2315 ret
= _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, &hi
->rel
, symbol
, hi
->data
,
2316 hi
->input_section
, output_bfd
,
2318 if (ret
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
2321 mips_hi16_list
= hi
->next
;
2325 return _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
2326 input_section
, output_bfd
,
2330 /* A generic howto special_function. This calculates and installs the
2331 relocation itself, thus avoiding the oft-discussed problems in
2332 bfd_perform_relocation and bfd_install_relocation. */
2334 bfd_reloc_status_type
2335 _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, arelent
*reloc_entry
,
2336 asymbol
*symbol
, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
2337 asection
*input_section
, bfd
*output_bfd
,
2338 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
2341 bfd_reloc_status_type status
;
2342 bfd_boolean relocatable
;
2344 relocatable
= (output_bfd
!= NULL
);
2346 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
2347 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
2349 /* Build up the field adjustment in VAL. */
2351 if (!relocatable
|| (symbol
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) != 0)
2353 /* Either we're calculating the final field value or we have a
2354 relocation against a section symbol. Add in the section's
2355 offset or address. */
2356 val
+= symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
;
2357 val
+= symbol
->section
->output_offset
;
2362 /* We're calculating the final field value. Add in the symbol's value
2363 and, if pc-relative, subtract the address of the field itself. */
2364 val
+= symbol
->value
;
2365 if (reloc_entry
->howto
->pc_relative
)
2367 val
-= input_section
->output_section
->vma
;
2368 val
-= input_section
->output_offset
;
2369 val
-= reloc_entry
->address
;
2373 /* VAL is now the final adjustment. If we're keeping this relocation
2374 in the output file, and if the relocation uses a separate addend,
2375 we just need to add VAL to that addend. Otherwise we need to add
2376 VAL to the relocation field itself. */
2377 if (relocatable
&& !reloc_entry
->howto
->partial_inplace
)
2378 reloc_entry
->addend
+= val
;
2381 bfd_byte
*location
= (bfd_byte
*) data
+ reloc_entry
->address
;
2383 /* Add in the separate addend, if any. */
2384 val
+= reloc_entry
->addend
;
2386 /* Add VAL to the relocation field. */
2387 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd
, reloc_entry
->howto
->type
, FALSE
,
2389 status
= _bfd_relocate_contents (reloc_entry
->howto
, abfd
, val
,
2391 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd
, reloc_entry
->howto
->type
, FALSE
,
2394 if (status
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
2399 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
2401 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
2404 /* Swap an entry in a .gptab section. Note that these routines rely
2405 on the equivalence of the two elements of the union. */
2408 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_External_gptab
*ex
,
2411 in
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
);
2412 in
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
);
2416 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_gptab
*in
,
2417 Elf32_External_gptab
*ex
)
2419 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
);
2420 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
);
2424 bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_compact_rel
*in
,
2425 Elf32_External_compact_rel
*ex
)
2427 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->id1
, ex
->id1
);
2428 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->num
, ex
->num
);
2429 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->id2
, ex
->id2
);
2430 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->offset
, ex
->offset
);
2431 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->reserved0
, ex
->reserved0
);
2432 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->reserved1
, ex
->reserved1
);
2436 bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_crinfo
*in
,
2437 Elf32_External_crinfo
*ex
)
2441 l
= (((in
->ctype
& CRINFO_CTYPE
) << CRINFO_CTYPE_SH
)
2442 | ((in
->rtype
& CRINFO_RTYPE
) << CRINFO_RTYPE_SH
)
2443 | ((in
->dist2to
& CRINFO_DIST2TO
) << CRINFO_DIST2TO_SH
)
2444 | ((in
->relvaddr
& CRINFO_RELVADDR
) << CRINFO_RELVADDR_SH
));
2445 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, l
, ex
->info
);
2446 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->konst
, ex
->konst
);
2447 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->vaddr
, ex
->vaddr
);
2450 /* A .reginfo section holds a single Elf32_RegInfo structure. These
2451 routines swap this structure in and out. They are used outside of
2452 BFD, so they are globally visible. */
2455 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_External_RegInfo
*ex
,
2458 in
->ri_gprmask
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
2459 in
->ri_cprmask
[0] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
2460 in
->ri_cprmask
[1] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
2461 in
->ri_cprmask
[2] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
2462 in
->ri_cprmask
[3] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
2463 in
->ri_gp_value
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
2467 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_RegInfo
*in
,
2468 Elf32_External_RegInfo
*ex
)
2470 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_gprmask
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
2471 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[0], ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
2472 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[1], ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
2473 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[2], ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
2474 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[3], ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
2475 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_gp_value
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
2478 /* In the 64 bit ABI, the .MIPS.options section holds register
2479 information in an Elf64_Reginfo structure. These routines swap
2480 them in and out. They are globally visible because they are used
2481 outside of BFD. These routines are here so that gas can call them
2482 without worrying about whether the 64 bit ABI has been included. */
2485 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf64_External_RegInfo
*ex
,
2486 Elf64_Internal_RegInfo
*in
)
2488 in
->ri_gprmask
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
2489 in
->ri_pad
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_pad
);
2490 in
->ri_cprmask
[0] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
2491 in
->ri_cprmask
[1] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
2492 in
->ri_cprmask
[2] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
2493 in
->ri_cprmask
[3] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
2494 in
->ri_gp_value
= H_GET_64 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
2498 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf64_Internal_RegInfo
*in
,
2499 Elf64_External_RegInfo
*ex
)
2501 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_gprmask
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
2502 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_pad
, ex
->ri_pad
);
2503 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[0], ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
2504 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[1], ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
2505 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[2], ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
2506 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[3], ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
2507 H_PUT_64 (abfd
, in
->ri_gp_value
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
2510 /* Swap in an options header. */
2513 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf_External_Options
*ex
,
2514 Elf_Internal_Options
*in
)
2516 in
->kind
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->kind
);
2517 in
->size
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->size
);
2518 in
->section
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, ex
->section
);
2519 in
->info
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->info
);
2522 /* Swap out an options header. */
2525 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf_Internal_Options
*in
,
2526 Elf_External_Options
*ex
)
2528 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->kind
, ex
->kind
);
2529 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->size
, ex
->size
);
2530 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, in
->section
, ex
->section
);
2531 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->info
, ex
->info
);
2534 /* This function is called via qsort() to sort the dynamic relocation
2535 entries by increasing r_symndx value. */
2538 sort_dynamic_relocs (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
2540 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc1
;
2541 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc2
;
2544 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg1
, &int_reloc1
);
2545 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg2
, &int_reloc2
);
2547 diff
= ELF32_R_SYM (int_reloc1
.r_info
) - ELF32_R_SYM (int_reloc2
.r_info
);
2551 if (int_reloc1
.r_offset
< int_reloc2
.r_offset
)
2553 if (int_reloc1
.r_offset
> int_reloc2
.r_offset
)
2558 /* Like sort_dynamic_relocs, but used for elf64 relocations. */
2561 sort_dynamic_relocs_64 (const void *arg1 ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
2562 const void *arg2 ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
2565 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc1
[3];
2566 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc2
[3];
2568 (*get_elf_backend_data (reldyn_sorting_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_in
)
2569 (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg1
, int_reloc1
);
2570 (*get_elf_backend_data (reldyn_sorting_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_in
)
2571 (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg2
, int_reloc2
);
2573 if (ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc1
[0].r_info
) < ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc2
[0].r_info
))
2575 if (ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc1
[0].r_info
) > ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc2
[0].r_info
))
2578 if (int_reloc1
[0].r_offset
< int_reloc2
[0].r_offset
)
2580 if (int_reloc1
[0].r_offset
> int_reloc2
[0].r_offset
)
2589 /* This routine is used to write out ECOFF debugging external symbol
2590 information. It is called via mips_elf_link_hash_traverse. The
2591 ECOFF external symbol information must match the ELF external
2592 symbol information. Unfortunately, at this point we don't know
2593 whether a symbol is required by reloc information, so the two
2594 tables may wind up being different. We must sort out the external
2595 symbol information before we can set the final size of the .mdebug
2596 section, and we must set the size of the .mdebug section before we
2597 can relocate any sections, and we can't know which symbols are
2598 required by relocation until we relocate the sections.
2599 Fortunately, it is relatively unlikely that any symbol will be
2600 stripped but required by a reloc. In particular, it can not happen
2601 when generating a final executable. */
2604 mips_elf_output_extsym (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
2606 struct extsym_info
*einfo
= data
;
2608 asection
*sec
, *output_section
;
2610 if (h
->root
.indx
== -2)
2612 else if ((h
->root
.def_dynamic
2613 || h
->root
.ref_dynamic
2614 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
2615 && !h
->root
.def_regular
2616 && !h
->root
.ref_regular
)
2618 else if (einfo
->info
->strip
== strip_all
2619 || (einfo
->info
->strip
== strip_some
2620 && bfd_hash_lookup (einfo
->info
->keep_hash
,
2621 h
->root
.root
.root
.string
,
2622 FALSE
, FALSE
) == NULL
))
2630 if (h
->esym
.ifd
== -2)
2633 h
->esym
.cobol_main
= 0;
2634 h
->esym
.weakext
= 0;
2635 h
->esym
.reserved
= 0;
2636 h
->esym
.ifd
= ifdNil
;
2637 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
2638 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stGlobal
;
2640 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
2641 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
2645 /* Use undefined class. Also, set class and type for some
2647 name
= h
->root
.root
.root
.string
;
2648 if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[0]) == 0
2649 || strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[1]) == 0)
2651 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scData
;
2652 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stLabel
;
2653 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
2655 else if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[2]) == 0)
2657 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
2658 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stLabel
;
2659 h
->esym
.asym
.value
=
2660 mips_elf_hash_table (einfo
->info
)->procedure_count
;
2662 else if (strcmp (name
, "_gp_disp") == 0 && ! NEWABI_P (einfo
->abfd
))
2664 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
2665 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stLabel
;
2666 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= elf_gp (einfo
->abfd
);
2669 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scUndefined
;
2671 else if (h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
2672 && h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
2673 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
2678 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
2679 output_section
= sec
->output_section
;
2681 /* When making a shared library and symbol h is the one from
2682 the another shared library, OUTPUT_SECTION may be null. */
2683 if (output_section
== NULL
)
2684 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scUndefined
;
2687 name
= bfd_section_name (output_section
->owner
, output_section
);
2689 if (strcmp (name
, ".text") == 0)
2690 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scText
;
2691 else if (strcmp (name
, ".data") == 0)
2692 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scData
;
2693 else if (strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0)
2694 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scSData
;
2695 else if (strcmp (name
, ".rodata") == 0
2696 || strcmp (name
, ".rdata") == 0)
2697 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scRData
;
2698 else if (strcmp (name
, ".bss") == 0)
2699 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scBss
;
2700 else if (strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0)
2701 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scSBss
;
2702 else if (strcmp (name
, ".init") == 0)
2703 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scInit
;
2704 else if (strcmp (name
, ".fini") == 0)
2705 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scFini
;
2707 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
2711 h
->esym
.asym
.reserved
= 0;
2712 h
->esym
.asym
.index
= indexNil
;
2715 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
2716 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= h
->root
.root
.u
.c
.size
;
2717 else if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
2718 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
2720 if (h
->esym
.asym
.sc
== scCommon
)
2721 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scBss
;
2722 else if (h
->esym
.asym
.sc
== scSCommon
)
2723 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scSBss
;
2725 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
2726 output_section
= sec
->output_section
;
2727 if (output_section
!= NULL
)
2728 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
2729 + sec
->output_offset
2730 + output_section
->vma
);
2732 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
2736 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hd
= h
;
2738 while (hd
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
2739 hd
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
2741 if (hd
->needs_lazy_stub
)
2743 /* Set type and value for a symbol with a function stub. */
2744 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stProc
;
2745 sec
= hd
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
2747 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
2750 output_section
= sec
->output_section
;
2751 if (output_section
!= NULL
)
2752 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= (hd
->root
.plt
.offset
2753 + sec
->output_offset
2754 + output_section
->vma
);
2756 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
2761 if (! bfd_ecoff_debug_one_external (einfo
->abfd
, einfo
->debug
, einfo
->swap
,
2762 h
->root
.root
.root
.string
,
2765 einfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
2772 /* A comparison routine used to sort .gptab entries. */
2775 gptab_compare (const void *p1
, const void *p2
)
2777 const Elf32_gptab
*a1
= p1
;
2778 const Elf32_gptab
*a2
= p2
;
2780 return a1
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
- a2
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
;
2783 /* Functions to manage the got entry hash table. */
2785 /* Use all 64 bits of a bfd_vma for the computation of a 32-bit
2788 static INLINE hashval_t
2789 mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (bfd_vma addr
)
2792 return addr
+ (addr
>> 32);
2798 /* got_entries only match if they're identical, except for gotidx, so
2799 use all fields to compute the hash, and compare the appropriate
2803 mips_elf_got_entry_hash (const void *entry_
)
2805 const struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry_
;
2807 return entry
->symndx
2808 + ((entry
->tls_type
& GOT_TLS_LDM
) << 17)
2809 + (! entry
->abfd
? mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry
->d
.address
)
2811 + (entry
->symndx
>= 0 ? mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry
->d
.addend
)
2812 : entry
->d
.h
->root
.root
.root
.hash
));
2816 mips_elf_got_entry_eq (const void *entry1
, const void *entry2
)
2818 const struct mips_got_entry
*e1
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry1
;
2819 const struct mips_got_entry
*e2
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry2
;
2821 /* An LDM entry can only match another LDM entry. */
2822 if ((e1
->tls_type
^ e2
->tls_type
) & GOT_TLS_LDM
)
2825 return e1
->abfd
== e2
->abfd
&& e1
->symndx
== e2
->symndx
2826 && (! e1
->abfd
? e1
->d
.address
== e2
->d
.address
2827 : e1
->symndx
>= 0 ? e1
->d
.addend
== e2
->d
.addend
2828 : e1
->d
.h
== e2
->d
.h
);
2831 /* multi_got_entries are still a match in the case of global objects,
2832 even if the input bfd in which they're referenced differs, so the
2833 hash computation and compare functions are adjusted
2837 mips_elf_multi_got_entry_hash (const void *entry_
)
2839 const struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry_
;
2841 return entry
->symndx
2843 ? mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry
->d
.address
)
2844 : entry
->symndx
>= 0
2845 ? ((entry
->tls_type
& GOT_TLS_LDM
)
2846 ? (GOT_TLS_LDM
<< 17)
2848 + mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry
->d
.addend
)))
2849 : entry
->d
.h
->root
.root
.root
.hash
);
2853 mips_elf_multi_got_entry_eq (const void *entry1
, const void *entry2
)
2855 const struct mips_got_entry
*e1
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry1
;
2856 const struct mips_got_entry
*e2
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry2
;
2858 /* Any two LDM entries match. */
2859 if (e1
->tls_type
& e2
->tls_type
& GOT_TLS_LDM
)
2862 /* Nothing else matches an LDM entry. */
2863 if ((e1
->tls_type
^ e2
->tls_type
) & GOT_TLS_LDM
)
2866 return e1
->symndx
== e2
->symndx
2867 && (e1
->symndx
>= 0 ? e1
->abfd
== e2
->abfd
&& e1
->d
.addend
== e2
->d
.addend
2868 : e1
->abfd
== NULL
|| e2
->abfd
== NULL
2869 ? e1
->abfd
== e2
->abfd
&& e1
->d
.address
== e2
->d
.address
2870 : e1
->d
.h
== e2
->d
.h
);
2874 mips_got_page_entry_hash (const void *entry_
)
2876 const struct mips_got_page_entry
*entry
;
2878 entry
= (const struct mips_got_page_entry
*) entry_
;
2879 return entry
->abfd
->id
+ entry
->symndx
;
2883 mips_got_page_entry_eq (const void *entry1_
, const void *entry2_
)
2885 const struct mips_got_page_entry
*entry1
, *entry2
;
2887 entry1
= (const struct mips_got_page_entry
*) entry1_
;
2888 entry2
= (const struct mips_got_page_entry
*) entry2_
;
2889 return entry1
->abfd
== entry2
->abfd
&& entry1
->symndx
== entry2
->symndx
;
2892 /* Return the dynamic relocation section. If it doesn't exist, try to
2893 create a new it if CREATE_P, otherwise return NULL. Also return NULL
2894 if creation fails. */
2897 mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd_boolean create_p
)
2903 dname
= MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info
);
2904 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
2905 sreloc
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, dname
);
2906 if (sreloc
== NULL
&& create_p
)
2908 sreloc
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, dname
,
2913 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
2916 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj
, sreloc
,
2917 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (dynobj
)))
2923 /* Count the number of relocations needed for a TLS GOT entry, with
2924 access types from TLS_TYPE, and symbol H (or a local symbol if H
2928 mips_tls_got_relocs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, unsigned char tls_type
,
2929 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
2933 bfd_boolean need_relocs
= FALSE
;
2934 bfd_boolean dyn
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
;
2936 if (h
&& WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn
, info
->shared
, h
)
2937 && (!info
->shared
|| !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
)))
2940 if ((info
->shared
|| indx
!= 0)
2942 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_DEFAULT
2943 || h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
2949 if (tls_type
& GOT_TLS_GD
)
2956 if (tls_type
& GOT_TLS_IE
)
2959 if ((tls_type
& GOT_TLS_LDM
) && info
->shared
)
2965 /* Count the number of TLS relocations required for the GOT entry in
2966 ARG1, if it describes a local symbol. */
2969 mips_elf_count_local_tls_relocs (void **arg1
, void *arg2
)
2971 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= * (struct mips_got_entry
**) arg1
;
2972 struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg
*arg
= arg2
;
2974 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
&& entry
->symndx
!= -1)
2975 arg
->needed
+= mips_tls_got_relocs (arg
->info
, entry
->tls_type
, NULL
);
2980 /* Count the number of TLS GOT entries required for the global (or
2981 forced-local) symbol in ARG1. */
2984 mips_elf_count_global_tls_entries (void *arg1
, void *arg2
)
2986 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hm
2987 = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) arg1
;
2988 struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg
*arg
= arg2
;
2990 if (hm
->tls_type
& GOT_TLS_GD
)
2992 if (hm
->tls_type
& GOT_TLS_IE
)
2998 /* Count the number of TLS relocations required for the global (or
2999 forced-local) symbol in ARG1. */
3002 mips_elf_count_global_tls_relocs (void *arg1
, void *arg2
)
3004 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hm
3005 = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) arg1
;
3006 struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg
*arg
= arg2
;
3008 arg
->needed
+= mips_tls_got_relocs (arg
->info
, hm
->tls_type
, &hm
->root
);
3013 /* Output a simple dynamic relocation into SRELOC. */
3016 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation (bfd
*output_bfd
,
3018 unsigned long reloc_index
,
3023 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
[3];
3025 memset (rel
, 0, sizeof (rel
));
3027 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, indx
, r_type
);
3028 rel
[0].r_offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
= rel
[2].r_offset
= offset
;
3030 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
3032 (*get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_out
)
3033 (output_bfd
, &rel
[0],
3035 + reloc_index
* sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
)));
3038 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out
3039 (output_bfd
, &rel
[0],
3041 + reloc_index
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
)));
3044 /* Initialize a set of TLS GOT entries for one symbol. */
3047 mips_elf_initialize_tls_slots (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_vma got_offset
,
3048 unsigned char *tls_type_p
,
3049 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3050 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
3053 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3055 asection
*sreloc
, *sgot
;
3056 bfd_vma offset
, offset2
;
3057 bfd_boolean need_relocs
= FALSE
;
3059 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3068 bfd_boolean dyn
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
;
3070 if (WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn
, info
->shared
, &h
->root
)
3071 && (!info
->shared
|| !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->root
)))
3072 indx
= h
->root
.dynindx
;
3075 if (*tls_type_p
& GOT_TLS_DONE
)
3078 if ((info
->shared
|| indx
!= 0)
3080 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->root
.other
) == STV_DEFAULT
3081 || h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
3084 /* MINUS_ONE means the symbol is not defined in this object. It may not
3085 be defined at all; assume that the value doesn't matter in that
3086 case. Otherwise complain if we would use the value. */
3087 BFD_ASSERT (value
!= MINUS_ONE
|| (indx
!= 0 && need_relocs
)
3088 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
);
3090 /* Emit necessary relocations. */
3091 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
3093 /* General Dynamic. */
3094 if (*tls_type_p
& GOT_TLS_GD
)
3096 offset
= got_offset
;
3097 offset2
= offset
+ MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
3101 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
3102 (abfd
, sreloc
, sreloc
->reloc_count
++, indx
,
3103 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64
: R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32
,
3104 sgot
->output_offset
+ sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ offset
);
3107 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
3108 (abfd
, sreloc
, sreloc
->reloc_count
++, indx
,
3109 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64
: R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32
,
3110 sgot
->output_offset
+ sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ offset2
);
3112 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
- dtprel_base (info
),
3113 sgot
->contents
+ offset2
);
3117 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, 1,
3118 sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
3119 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
- dtprel_base (info
),
3120 sgot
->contents
+ offset2
);
3123 got_offset
+= 2 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
3126 /* Initial Exec model. */
3127 if (*tls_type_p
& GOT_TLS_IE
)
3129 offset
= got_offset
;
3134 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
- elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
->vma
,
3135 sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
3137 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, 0,
3138 sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
3140 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
3141 (abfd
, sreloc
, sreloc
->reloc_count
++, indx
,
3142 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64
: R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32
,
3143 sgot
->output_offset
+ sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ offset
);
3146 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
- tprel_base (info
),
3147 sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
3150 if (*tls_type_p
& GOT_TLS_LDM
)
3152 /* The initial offset is zero, and the LD offsets will include the
3153 bias by DTP_OFFSET. */
3154 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, 0,
3155 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
3156 + MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
));
3159 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, 1,
3160 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
);
3162 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
3163 (abfd
, sreloc
, sreloc
->reloc_count
++, indx
,
3164 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64
: R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32
,
3165 sgot
->output_offset
+ sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ got_offset
);
3168 *tls_type_p
|= GOT_TLS_DONE
;
3171 /* Return the GOT index to use for a relocation of type R_TYPE against
3172 a symbol accessed using TLS_TYPE models. The GOT entries for this
3173 symbol in this GOT start at GOT_INDEX. This function initializes the
3174 GOT entries and corresponding relocations. */
3177 mips_tls_got_index (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_vma got_index
, unsigned char *tls_type
,
3178 int r_type
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3179 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, bfd_vma symbol
)
3181 BFD_ASSERT (tls_gottprel_reloc_p (r_type
)
3182 || tls_gd_reloc_p (r_type
)
3183 || tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type
));
3185 mips_elf_initialize_tls_slots (abfd
, got_index
, tls_type
, info
, h
, symbol
);
3187 if (tls_gottprel_reloc_p (r_type
))
3189 BFD_ASSERT (*tls_type
& GOT_TLS_IE
);
3190 if (*tls_type
& GOT_TLS_GD
)
3191 return got_index
+ 2 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
3196 if (tls_gd_reloc_p (r_type
))
3198 BFD_ASSERT (*tls_type
& GOT_TLS_GD
);
3202 if (tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type
))
3204 BFD_ASSERT (*tls_type
& GOT_TLS_LDM
);
3211 /* Return the offset from _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ of the .got.plt entry
3212 for global symbol H. .got.plt comes before the GOT, so the offset
3213 will be negative. */
3216 mips_elf_gotplt_index (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3217 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
3219 bfd_vma plt_index
, got_address
, got_value
;
3220 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3222 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3223 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3225 BFD_ASSERT (h
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1);
3227 /* This function only works for VxWorks, because a non-VxWorks .got.plt
3228 section starts with reserved entries. */
3229 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->is_vxworks
);
3231 /* Calculate the index of the symbol's PLT entry. */
3232 plt_index
= (h
->plt
.offset
- htab
->plt_header_size
) / htab
->plt_entry_size
;
3234 /* Calculate the address of the associated .got.plt entry. */
3235 got_address
= (htab
->sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
3236 + htab
->sgotplt
->output_offset
3239 /* Calculate the value of _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
3240 got_value
= (htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
3241 + htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
3242 + htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
3244 return got_address
- got_value
;
3247 /* Return the GOT offset for address VALUE. If there is not yet a GOT
3248 entry for this value, create one. If R_SYMNDX refers to a TLS symbol,
3249 create a TLS GOT entry instead. Return -1 if no satisfactory GOT
3250 offset can be found. */
3253 mips_elf_local_got_index (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3254 bfd_vma value
, unsigned long r_symndx
,
3255 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, int r_type
)
3257 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3258 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
3260 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3261 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3263 entry
= mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd
, info
, ibfd
, value
,
3264 r_symndx
, h
, r_type
);
3268 if (TLS_RELOC_P (r_type
))
3270 if (entry
->symndx
== -1 && htab
->got_info
->next
== NULL
)
3271 /* A type (3) entry in the single-GOT case. We use the symbol's
3272 hash table entry to track the index. */
3273 return mips_tls_got_index (abfd
, h
->tls_got_offset
, &h
->tls_type
,
3274 r_type
, info
, h
, value
);
3276 return mips_tls_got_index (abfd
, entry
->gotidx
, &entry
->tls_type
,
3277 r_type
, info
, h
, value
);
3280 return entry
->gotidx
;
3283 /* Returns the GOT index for the global symbol indicated by H. */
3286 mips_elf_global_got_index (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*ibfd
, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
3287 int r_type
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3289 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3291 struct mips_got_info
*g
, *gg
;
3292 long global_got_dynindx
= 0;
3294 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3295 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3297 gg
= g
= htab
->got_info
;
3298 if (g
->bfd2got
&& ibfd
)
3300 struct mips_got_entry e
, *p
;
3302 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
>= 0);
3304 g
= mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (g
, ibfd
);
3305 if (g
->next
!= gg
|| TLS_RELOC_P (r_type
))
3309 e
.d
.h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)h
;
3312 p
= htab_find (g
->got_entries
, &e
);
3314 BFD_ASSERT (p
->gotidx
> 0);
3316 if (TLS_RELOC_P (r_type
))
3318 bfd_vma value
= MINUS_ONE
;
3319 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
3320 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
3321 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
)
3322 value
= (h
->root
.u
.def
.value
3323 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
3324 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
);
3326 return mips_tls_got_index (abfd
, p
->gotidx
, &p
->tls_type
, r_type
,
3327 info
, e
.d
.h
, value
);
3334 if (gg
->global_gotsym
!= NULL
)
3335 global_got_dynindx
= gg
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
;
3337 if (TLS_RELOC_P (r_type
))
3339 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hm
3340 = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
3341 bfd_vma value
= MINUS_ONE
;
3343 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
3344 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
3345 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
)
3346 value
= (h
->root
.u
.def
.value
3347 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
3348 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
);
3350 got_index
= mips_tls_got_index (abfd
, hm
->tls_got_offset
, &hm
->tls_type
,
3351 r_type
, info
, hm
, value
);
3355 /* Once we determine the global GOT entry with the lowest dynamic
3356 symbol table index, we must put all dynamic symbols with greater
3357 indices into the GOT. That makes it easy to calculate the GOT
3359 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
>= global_got_dynindx
);
3360 got_index
= ((h
->dynindx
- global_got_dynindx
+ g
->local_gotno
)
3361 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
));
3363 BFD_ASSERT (got_index
< htab
->sgot
->size
);
3368 /* Find a GOT page entry that points to within 32KB of VALUE. These
3369 entries are supposed to be placed at small offsets in the GOT, i.e.,
3370 within 32KB of GP. Return the index of the GOT entry, or -1 if no
3371 entry could be created. If OFFSETP is nonnull, use it to return the
3372 offset of the GOT entry from VALUE. */
3375 mips_elf_got_page (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3376 bfd_vma value
, bfd_vma
*offsetp
)
3378 bfd_vma page
, got_index
;
3379 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
3381 page
= (value
+ 0x8000) & ~(bfd_vma
) 0xffff;
3382 entry
= mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd
, info
, ibfd
, page
, 0,
3383 NULL
, R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
);
3388 got_index
= entry
->gotidx
;
3391 *offsetp
= value
- entry
->d
.address
;
3396 /* Find a local GOT entry for an R_MIPS*_GOT16 relocation against VALUE.
3397 EXTERNAL is true if the relocation was originally against a global
3398 symbol that binds locally. */
3401 mips_elf_got16_entry (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3402 bfd_vma value
, bfd_boolean external
)
3404 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
3406 /* GOT16 relocations against local symbols are followed by a LO16
3407 relocation; those against global symbols are not. Thus if the
3408 symbol was originally local, the GOT16 relocation should load the
3409 equivalent of %hi(VALUE), otherwise it should load VALUE itself. */
3411 value
= mips_elf_high (value
) << 16;
3413 /* It doesn't matter whether the original relocation was R_MIPS_GOT16,
3414 R_MIPS16_GOT16, R_MIPS_CALL16, etc. The format of the entry is the
3415 same in all cases. */
3416 entry
= mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd
, info
, ibfd
, value
, 0,
3417 NULL
, R_MIPS_GOT16
);
3419 return entry
->gotidx
;
3424 /* Returns the offset for the entry at the INDEXth position
3428 mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd
*output_bfd
,
3429 bfd
*input_bfd
, bfd_vma got_index
)
3431 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3435 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3436 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3439 gp
= _bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd
)
3440 + mips_elf_adjust_gp (output_bfd
, htab
->got_info
, input_bfd
);
3442 return sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ sgot
->output_offset
+ got_index
- gp
;
3445 /* Create and return a local GOT entry for VALUE, which was calculated
3446 from a symbol belonging to INPUT_SECTON. Return NULL if it could not
3447 be created. If R_SYMNDX refers to a TLS symbol, create a TLS entry
3450 static struct mips_got_entry
*
3451 mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3452 bfd
*ibfd
, bfd_vma value
,
3453 unsigned long r_symndx
,
3454 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
3457 struct mips_got_entry entry
, **loc
;
3458 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3459 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3461 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3462 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3466 entry
.d
.address
= value
;
3469 g
= mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (htab
->got_info
, ibfd
);
3472 g
= mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (htab
->got_info
, abfd
);
3473 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
3476 /* This function shouldn't be called for symbols that live in the global
3478 BFD_ASSERT (h
== NULL
|| h
->global_got_area
== GGA_NONE
);
3479 if (TLS_RELOC_P (r_type
))
3481 struct mips_got_entry
*p
;
3484 if (tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type
))
3486 entry
.tls_type
= GOT_TLS_LDM
;
3492 entry
.symndx
= r_symndx
;
3498 p
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)
3499 htab_find (g
->got_entries
, &entry
);
3505 loc
= (struct mips_got_entry
**) htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, &entry
,
3510 entry
.gotidx
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
) * g
->assigned_gotno
++;
3513 *loc
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof entry
);
3518 memcpy (*loc
, &entry
, sizeof entry
);
3520 if (g
->assigned_gotno
> g
->local_gotno
)
3522 (*loc
)->gotidx
= -1;
3523 /* We didn't allocate enough space in the GOT. */
3524 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
3525 (_("not enough GOT space for local GOT entries"));
3526 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3530 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
,
3531 (htab
->sgot
->contents
+ entry
.gotidx
));
3533 /* These GOT entries need a dynamic relocation on VxWorks. */
3534 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
3536 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
;
3539 bfd_vma got_address
;
3541 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
3542 got_address
= (htab
->sgot
->output_section
->vma
3543 + htab
->sgot
->output_offset
3546 rloc
= s
->contents
+ (s
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
3547 outrel
.r_offset
= got_address
;
3548 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_MIPS_32
);
3549 outrel
.r_addend
= value
;
3550 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (abfd
, &outrel
, rloc
);
3556 /* Return the number of dynamic section symbols required by OUTPUT_BFD.
3557 The number might be exact or a worst-case estimate, depending on how
3558 much information is available to elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym at
3559 the current linking stage. */
3561 static bfd_size_type
3562 count_section_dynsyms (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3564 bfd_size_type count
;
3567 if (info
->shared
|| elf_hash_table (info
)->is_relocatable_executable
)
3570 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3572 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
3573 for (p
= output_bfd
->sections
; p
; p
= p
->next
)
3574 if ((p
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0
3575 && (p
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
3576 && !(*bed
->elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym
) (output_bfd
, info
, p
))
3582 /* Sort the dynamic symbol table so that symbols that need GOT entries
3583 appear towards the end. */
3586 mips_elf_sort_hash_table (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3588 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3589 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data hsd
;
3590 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3592 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
== 0)
3595 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3596 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3603 hsd
.max_unref_got_dynindx
3604 = hsd
.min_got_dynindx
3605 = (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
- g
->reloc_only_gotno
);
3606 hsd
.max_non_got_dynindx
= count_section_dynsyms (abfd
, info
) + 1;
3607 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (((struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*)
3608 elf_hash_table (info
)),
3609 mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f
,
3612 /* There should have been enough room in the symbol table to
3613 accommodate both the GOT and non-GOT symbols. */
3614 BFD_ASSERT (hsd
.max_non_got_dynindx
<= hsd
.min_got_dynindx
);
3615 BFD_ASSERT ((unsigned long) hsd
.max_unref_got_dynindx
3616 == elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
);
3617 BFD_ASSERT (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
- hsd
.min_got_dynindx
3618 == g
->global_gotno
);
3620 /* Now we know which dynamic symbol has the lowest dynamic symbol
3621 table index in the GOT. */
3622 g
->global_gotsym
= hsd
.low
;
3627 /* If H needs a GOT entry, assign it the highest available dynamic
3628 index. Otherwise, assign it the lowest available dynamic
3632 mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
3634 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data
*hsd
= data
;
3636 /* Symbols without dynamic symbol table entries aren't interesting
3638 if (h
->root
.dynindx
== -1)
3641 switch (h
->global_got_area
)
3644 h
->root
.dynindx
= hsd
->max_non_got_dynindx
++;
3648 BFD_ASSERT (h
->tls_type
== GOT_NORMAL
);
3650 h
->root
.dynindx
= --hsd
->min_got_dynindx
;
3651 hsd
->low
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
3654 case GGA_RELOC_ONLY
:
3655 BFD_ASSERT (h
->tls_type
== GOT_NORMAL
);
3657 if (hsd
->max_unref_got_dynindx
== hsd
->min_got_dynindx
)
3658 hsd
->low
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
3659 h
->root
.dynindx
= hsd
->max_unref_got_dynindx
++;
3666 /* If H is a symbol that needs a global GOT entry, but has a dynamic
3667 symbol table index lower than any we've seen to date, record it for
3668 posterity. FOR_CALL is true if the caller is only interested in
3669 using the GOT entry for calls. */
3672 mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
3673 bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3674 bfd_boolean for_call
,
3675 unsigned char tls_flag
)
3677 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3678 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
3679 struct mips_got_entry entry
, **loc
;
3680 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3682 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3683 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3685 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
3687 hmips
->got_only_for_calls
= FALSE
;
3689 /* A global symbol in the GOT must also be in the dynamic symbol
3691 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
3693 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
))
3697 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, h
, TRUE
);
3700 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
3704 /* Make sure we have a GOT to put this entry into. */
3706 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
3710 entry
.d
.h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
3713 loc
= (struct mips_got_entry
**) htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, &entry
,
3716 /* If we've already marked this entry as needing GOT space, we don't
3717 need to do it again. */
3720 (*loc
)->tls_type
|= tls_flag
;
3724 *loc
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof entry
);
3730 entry
.tls_type
= tls_flag
;
3732 memcpy (*loc
, &entry
, sizeof entry
);
3735 hmips
->global_got_area
= GGA_NORMAL
;
3740 /* Reserve space in G for a GOT entry containing the value of symbol
3741 SYMNDX in input bfd ABDF, plus ADDEND. */
3744 mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (bfd
*abfd
, long symndx
, bfd_vma addend
,
3745 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3746 unsigned char tls_flag
)
3748 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3749 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3750 struct mips_got_entry entry
, **loc
;
3752 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3753 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3756 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
3759 entry
.symndx
= symndx
;
3760 entry
.d
.addend
= addend
;
3761 entry
.tls_type
= tls_flag
;
3762 loc
= (struct mips_got_entry
**)
3763 htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, &entry
, INSERT
);
3767 if (tls_flag
== GOT_TLS_GD
&& !((*loc
)->tls_type
& GOT_TLS_GD
))
3770 (*loc
)->tls_type
|= tls_flag
;
3772 else if (tls_flag
== GOT_TLS_IE
&& !((*loc
)->tls_type
& GOT_TLS_IE
))
3775 (*loc
)->tls_type
|= tls_flag
;
3783 entry
.tls_type
= tls_flag
;
3784 if (tls_flag
== GOT_TLS_IE
)
3786 else if (tls_flag
== GOT_TLS_GD
)
3788 else if (g
->tls_ldm_offset
== MINUS_ONE
)
3790 g
->tls_ldm_offset
= MINUS_TWO
;
3796 entry
.gotidx
= g
->local_gotno
++;
3800 *loc
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof entry
);
3805 memcpy (*loc
, &entry
, sizeof entry
);
3810 /* Return the maximum number of GOT page entries required for RANGE. */
3813 mips_elf_pages_for_range (const struct mips_got_page_range
*range
)
3815 return (range
->max_addend
- range
->min_addend
+ 0x1ffff) >> 16;
3818 /* Record that ABFD has a page relocation against symbol SYMNDX and
3819 that ADDEND is the addend for that relocation.
3821 This function creates an upper bound on the number of GOT slots
3822 required; no attempt is made to combine references to non-overridable
3823 global symbols across multiple input files. */
3826 mips_elf_record_got_page_entry (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd
*abfd
,
3827 long symndx
, bfd_signed_vma addend
)
3829 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3830 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3831 struct mips_got_page_entry lookup
, *entry
;
3832 struct mips_got_page_range
**range_ptr
, *range
;
3833 bfd_vma old_pages
, new_pages
;
3836 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3837 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3840 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
3842 /* Find the mips_got_page_entry hash table entry for this symbol. */
3844 lookup
.symndx
= symndx
;
3845 loc
= htab_find_slot (g
->got_page_entries
, &lookup
, INSERT
);
3849 /* Create a mips_got_page_entry if this is the first time we've
3851 entry
= (struct mips_got_page_entry
*) *loc
;
3854 entry
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
3859 entry
->symndx
= symndx
;
3860 entry
->ranges
= NULL
;
3861 entry
->num_pages
= 0;
3865 /* Skip over ranges whose maximum extent cannot share a page entry
3867 range_ptr
= &entry
->ranges
;
3868 while (*range_ptr
&& addend
> (*range_ptr
)->max_addend
+ 0xffff)
3869 range_ptr
= &(*range_ptr
)->next
;
3871 /* If we scanned to the end of the list, or found a range whose
3872 minimum extent cannot share a page entry with ADDEND, create
3873 a new singleton range. */
3875 if (!range
|| addend
< range
->min_addend
- 0xffff)
3877 range
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (*range
));
3881 range
->next
= *range_ptr
;
3882 range
->min_addend
= addend
;
3883 range
->max_addend
= addend
;
3891 /* Remember how many pages the old range contributed. */
3892 old_pages
= mips_elf_pages_for_range (range
);
3894 /* Update the ranges. */
3895 if (addend
< range
->min_addend
)
3896 range
->min_addend
= addend
;
3897 else if (addend
> range
->max_addend
)
3899 if (range
->next
&& addend
>= range
->next
->min_addend
- 0xffff)
3901 old_pages
+= mips_elf_pages_for_range (range
->next
);
3902 range
->max_addend
= range
->next
->max_addend
;
3903 range
->next
= range
->next
->next
;
3906 range
->max_addend
= addend
;
3909 /* Record any change in the total estimate. */
3910 new_pages
= mips_elf_pages_for_range (range
);
3911 if (old_pages
!= new_pages
)
3913 entry
->num_pages
+= new_pages
- old_pages
;
3914 g
->page_gotno
+= new_pages
- old_pages
;
3920 /* Add room for N relocations to the .rel(a).dyn section in ABFD. */
3923 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3927 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3929 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3930 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3932 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
3933 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
3935 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
3936 s
->size
+= n
* MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE (abfd
);
3941 /* Make room for a null element. */
3942 s
->size
+= MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd
);
3945 s
->size
+= n
* MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd
);
3949 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries. Set boolean *DATA to true
3950 if the GOT entry is for an indirect or warning symbol. */
3953 mips_elf_check_recreate_got (void **entryp
, void *data
)
3955 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
3956 bfd_boolean
*must_recreate
;
3958 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
3959 must_recreate
= (bfd_boolean
*) data
;
3960 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
&& entry
->symndx
== -1)
3962 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
3965 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
3966 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
3968 *must_recreate
= TRUE
;
3975 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries. Add all entries to
3976 hash table *DATA, converting entries for indirect and warning
3977 symbols into entries for the target symbol. Set *DATA to null
3981 mips_elf_recreate_got (void **entryp
, void *data
)
3984 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
3987 new_got
= (htab_t
*) data
;
3988 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
3989 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
&& entry
->symndx
== -1)
3991 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
3994 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
3995 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
3997 BFD_ASSERT (h
->global_got_area
== GGA_NONE
);
3998 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
4002 slot
= htab_find_slot (*new_got
, entry
, INSERT
);
4015 /* If any entries in G->got_entries are for indirect or warning symbols,
4016 replace them with entries for the target symbol. */
4019 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (struct mips_got_info
*g
)
4021 bfd_boolean must_recreate
;
4024 must_recreate
= FALSE
;
4025 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_check_recreate_got
, &must_recreate
);
4028 new_got
= htab_create (htab_size (g
->got_entries
),
4029 mips_elf_got_entry_hash
,
4030 mips_elf_got_entry_eq
, NULL
);
4031 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_recreate_got
, &new_got
);
4032 if (new_got
== NULL
)
4035 /* Each entry in g->got_entries has either been copied to new_got
4036 or freed. Now delete the hash table itself. */
4037 htab_delete (g
->got_entries
);
4038 g
->got_entries
= new_got
;
4043 /* A mips_elf_link_hash_traverse callback for which DATA points
4044 to the link_info structure. Count the number of type (3) entries
4045 in the master GOT. */
4048 mips_elf_count_got_symbols (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
4050 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
4051 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4052 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
4054 info
= (struct bfd_link_info
*) data
;
4055 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
4057 if (h
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
)
4059 /* Make a final decision about whether the symbol belongs in the
4060 local or global GOT. Symbols that bind locally can (and in the
4061 case of forced-local symbols, must) live in the local GOT.
4062 Those that are aren't in the dynamic symbol table must also
4063 live in the local GOT.
4065 Note that the former condition does not always imply the
4066 latter: symbols do not bind locally if they are completely
4067 undefined. We'll report undefined symbols later if appropriate. */
4068 if (h
->root
.dynindx
== -1
4069 || (h
->got_only_for_calls
4070 ? SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, &h
->root
)
4071 : SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->root
)))
4073 /* The symbol belongs in the local GOT. We no longer need this
4074 entry if it was only used for relocations; those relocations
4075 will be against the null or section symbol instead of H. */
4076 if (h
->global_got_area
!= GGA_RELOC_ONLY
)
4078 h
->global_got_area
= GGA_NONE
;
4080 else if (htab
->is_vxworks
4081 && h
->got_only_for_calls
4082 && h
->root
.plt
.offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
4083 /* On VxWorks, calls can refer directly to the .got.plt entry;
4084 they don't need entries in the regular GOT. .got.plt entries
4085 will be allocated by _bfd_mips_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol. */
4086 h
->global_got_area
= GGA_NONE
;
4090 if (h
->global_got_area
== GGA_RELOC_ONLY
)
4091 g
->reloc_only_gotno
++;
4097 /* Compute the hash value of the bfd in a bfd2got hash entry. */
4100 mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_hash (const void *entry_
)
4102 const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*entry
4103 = (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)entry_
;
4105 return entry
->bfd
->id
;
4108 /* Check whether two hash entries have the same bfd. */
4111 mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_eq (const void *entry1
, const void *entry2
)
4113 const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*e1
4114 = (const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)entry1
;
4115 const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*e2
4116 = (const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)entry2
;
4118 return e1
->bfd
== e2
->bfd
;
4121 /* In a multi-got link, determine the GOT to be used for IBFD. G must
4122 be the master GOT data. */
4124 static struct mips_got_info
*
4125 mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (struct mips_got_info
*g
, bfd
*ibfd
)
4127 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash e
, *p
;
4133 p
= htab_find (g
->bfd2got
, &e
);
4134 return p
? p
->g
: NULL
;
4137 /* Use BFD2GOT to find ABFD's got entry, creating one if none exists.
4138 Return NULL if an error occured. */
4140 static struct mips_got_info
*
4141 mips_elf_get_got_for_bfd (struct htab
*bfd2got
, bfd
*output_bfd
,
4144 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash bfdgot_entry
, *bfdgot
;
4145 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
4148 bfdgot_entry
.bfd
= input_bfd
;
4149 bfdgotp
= htab_find_slot (bfd2got
, &bfdgot_entry
, INSERT
);
4150 bfdgot
= (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*) *bfdgotp
;
4154 bfdgot
= ((struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)
4155 bfd_alloc (output_bfd
, sizeof (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
)));
4161 g
= ((struct mips_got_info
*)
4162 bfd_alloc (output_bfd
, sizeof (struct mips_got_info
)));
4166 bfdgot
->bfd
= input_bfd
;
4169 g
->global_gotsym
= NULL
;
4170 g
->global_gotno
= 0;
4171 g
->reloc_only_gotno
= 0;
4174 g
->assigned_gotno
= -1;
4176 g
->tls_assigned_gotno
= 0;
4177 g
->tls_ldm_offset
= MINUS_ONE
;
4178 g
->got_entries
= htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_multi_got_entry_hash
,
4179 mips_elf_multi_got_entry_eq
, NULL
);
4180 if (g
->got_entries
== NULL
)
4183 g
->got_page_entries
= htab_try_create (1, mips_got_page_entry_hash
,
4184 mips_got_page_entry_eq
, NULL
);
4185 if (g
->got_page_entries
== NULL
)
4195 /* A htab_traverse callback for the entries in the master got.
4196 Create one separate got for each bfd that has entries in the global
4197 got, such that we can tell how many local and global entries each
4201 mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd (void **entryp
, void *p
)
4203 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)*entryp
;
4204 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
*arg
= (struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
*)p
;
4205 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
4207 g
= mips_elf_get_got_for_bfd (arg
->bfd2got
, arg
->obfd
, entry
->abfd
);
4214 /* Insert the GOT entry in the bfd's got entry hash table. */
4215 entryp
= htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, entry
, INSERT
);
4216 if (*entryp
!= NULL
)
4221 if (entry
->tls_type
)
4223 if (entry
->tls_type
& (GOT_TLS_GD
| GOT_TLS_LDM
))
4225 if (entry
->tls_type
& GOT_TLS_IE
)
4228 else if (entry
->symndx
>= 0 || entry
->d
.h
->global_got_area
== GGA_NONE
)
4236 /* A htab_traverse callback for the page entries in the master got.
4237 Associate each page entry with the bfd's got. */
4240 mips_elf_make_got_pages_per_bfd (void **entryp
, void *p
)
4242 struct mips_got_page_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_page_entry
*) *entryp
;
4243 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
*arg
= (struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
*) p
;
4244 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
4246 g
= mips_elf_get_got_for_bfd (arg
->bfd2got
, arg
->obfd
, entry
->abfd
);
4253 /* Insert the GOT entry in the bfd's got entry hash table. */
4254 entryp
= htab_find_slot (g
->got_page_entries
, entry
, INSERT
);
4255 if (*entryp
!= NULL
)
4259 g
->page_gotno
+= entry
->num_pages
;
4263 /* Consider merging the got described by BFD2GOT with TO, using the
4264 information given by ARG. Return -1 if this would lead to overflow,
4265 1 if they were merged successfully, and 0 if a merge failed due to
4266 lack of memory. (These values are chosen so that nonnegative return
4267 values can be returned by a htab_traverse callback.) */
4270 mips_elf_merge_got_with (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*bfd2got
,
4271 struct mips_got_info
*to
,
4272 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
*arg
)
4274 struct mips_got_info
*from
= bfd2got
->g
;
4275 unsigned int estimate
;
4277 /* Work out how many page entries we would need for the combined GOT. */
4278 estimate
= arg
->max_pages
;
4279 if (estimate
>= from
->page_gotno
+ to
->page_gotno
)
4280 estimate
= from
->page_gotno
+ to
->page_gotno
;
4282 /* And conservatively estimate how many local and TLS entries
4284 estimate
+= from
->local_gotno
+ to
->local_gotno
;
4285 estimate
+= from
->tls_gotno
+ to
->tls_gotno
;
4287 /* If we're merging with the primary got, we will always have
4288 the full set of global entries. Otherwise estimate those
4289 conservatively as well. */
4290 if (to
== arg
->primary
)
4291 estimate
+= arg
->global_count
;
4293 estimate
+= from
->global_gotno
+ to
->global_gotno
;
4295 /* Bail out if the combined GOT might be too big. */
4296 if (estimate
> arg
->max_count
)
4299 /* Commit to the merge. Record that TO is now the bfd for this got. */
4302 /* Transfer the bfd's got information from FROM to TO. */
4303 htab_traverse (from
->got_entries
, mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd
, arg
);
4304 if (arg
->obfd
== NULL
)
4307 htab_traverse (from
->got_page_entries
, mips_elf_make_got_pages_per_bfd
, arg
);
4308 if (arg
->obfd
== NULL
)
4311 /* We don't have to worry about releasing memory of the actual
4312 got entries, since they're all in the master got_entries hash
4314 htab_delete (from
->got_entries
);
4315 htab_delete (from
->got_page_entries
);
4319 /* Attempt to merge gots of different input bfds. Try to use as much
4320 as possible of the primary got, since it doesn't require explicit
4321 dynamic relocations, but don't use bfds that would reference global
4322 symbols out of the addressable range. Failing the primary got,
4323 attempt to merge with the current got, or finish the current got
4324 and then make make the new got current. */
4327 mips_elf_merge_gots (void **bfd2got_
, void *p
)
4329 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*bfd2got
4330 = (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)*bfd2got_
;
4331 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
*arg
= (struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
*)p
;
4332 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
4333 unsigned int estimate
;
4338 /* Work out the number of page, local and TLS entries. */
4339 estimate
= arg
->max_pages
;
4340 if (estimate
> g
->page_gotno
)
4341 estimate
= g
->page_gotno
;
4342 estimate
+= g
->local_gotno
+ g
->tls_gotno
;
4344 /* We place TLS GOT entries after both locals and globals. The globals
4345 for the primary GOT may overflow the normal GOT size limit, so be
4346 sure not to merge a GOT which requires TLS with the primary GOT in that
4347 case. This doesn't affect non-primary GOTs. */
4348 estimate
+= (g
->tls_gotno
> 0 ? arg
->global_count
: g
->global_gotno
);
4350 if (estimate
<= arg
->max_count
)
4352 /* If we don't have a primary GOT, use it as
4353 a starting point for the primary GOT. */
4356 arg
->primary
= bfd2got
->g
;
4360 /* Try merging with the primary GOT. */
4361 result
= mips_elf_merge_got_with (bfd2got
, arg
->primary
, arg
);
4366 /* If we can merge with the last-created got, do it. */
4369 result
= mips_elf_merge_got_with (bfd2got
, arg
->current
, arg
);
4374 /* Well, we couldn't merge, so create a new GOT. Don't check if it
4375 fits; if it turns out that it doesn't, we'll get relocation
4376 overflows anyway. */
4377 g
->next
= arg
->current
;
4383 /* Set the TLS GOT index for the GOT entry in ENTRYP. ENTRYP's NEXT field
4384 is null iff there is just a single GOT. */
4387 mips_elf_initialize_tls_index (void **entryp
, void *p
)
4389 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)*entryp
;
4390 struct mips_got_info
*g
= p
;
4392 unsigned char tls_type
;
4394 /* We're only interested in TLS symbols. */
4395 if (entry
->tls_type
== 0)
4398 next_index
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (entry
->abfd
) * (long) g
->tls_assigned_gotno
;
4400 if (entry
->symndx
== -1 && g
->next
== NULL
)
4402 /* A type (3) got entry in the single-GOT case. We use the symbol's
4403 hash table entry to track its index. */
4404 if (entry
->d
.h
->tls_type
& GOT_TLS_OFFSET_DONE
)
4406 entry
->d
.h
->tls_type
|= GOT_TLS_OFFSET_DONE
;
4407 entry
->d
.h
->tls_got_offset
= next_index
;
4408 tls_type
= entry
->d
.h
->tls_type
;
4412 if (entry
->tls_type
& GOT_TLS_LDM
)
4414 /* There are separate mips_got_entry objects for each input bfd
4415 that requires an LDM entry. Make sure that all LDM entries in
4416 a GOT resolve to the same index. */
4417 if (g
->tls_ldm_offset
!= MINUS_TWO
&& g
->tls_ldm_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
4419 entry
->gotidx
= g
->tls_ldm_offset
;
4422 g
->tls_ldm_offset
= next_index
;
4424 entry
->gotidx
= next_index
;
4425 tls_type
= entry
->tls_type
;
4428 /* Account for the entries we've just allocated. */
4429 if (tls_type
& (GOT_TLS_GD
| GOT_TLS_LDM
))
4430 g
->tls_assigned_gotno
+= 2;
4431 if (tls_type
& GOT_TLS_IE
)
4432 g
->tls_assigned_gotno
+= 1;
4437 /* If passed a NULL mips_got_info in the argument, set the marker used
4438 to tell whether a global symbol needs a got entry (in the primary
4439 got) to the given VALUE.
4441 If passed a pointer G to a mips_got_info in the argument (it must
4442 not be the primary GOT), compute the offset from the beginning of
4443 the (primary) GOT section to the entry in G corresponding to the
4444 global symbol. G's assigned_gotno must contain the index of the
4445 first available global GOT entry in G. VALUE must contain the size
4446 of a GOT entry in bytes. For each global GOT entry that requires a
4447 dynamic relocation, NEEDED_RELOCS is incremented, and the symbol is
4448 marked as not eligible for lazy resolution through a function
4451 mips_elf_set_global_got_offset (void **entryp
, void *p
)
4453 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)*entryp
;
4454 struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg
*arg
4455 = (struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg
*)p
;
4456 struct mips_got_info
*g
= arg
->g
;
4458 if (g
&& entry
->tls_type
!= GOT_NORMAL
)
4459 arg
->needed_relocs
+=
4460 mips_tls_got_relocs (arg
->info
, entry
->tls_type
,
4461 entry
->symndx
== -1 ? &entry
->d
.h
->root
: NULL
);
4463 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
4464 && entry
->symndx
== -1
4465 && entry
->d
.h
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
)
4469 BFD_ASSERT (g
->global_gotsym
== NULL
);
4471 entry
->gotidx
= arg
->value
* (long) g
->assigned_gotno
++;
4472 if (arg
->info
->shared
4473 || (elf_hash_table (arg
->info
)->dynamic_sections_created
4474 && entry
->d
.h
->root
.def_dynamic
4475 && !entry
->d
.h
->root
.def_regular
))
4476 ++arg
->needed_relocs
;
4479 entry
->d
.h
->global_got_area
= arg
->value
;
4485 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries for which DATA is the
4486 bfd_link_info. Forbid any global symbols from having traditional
4487 lazy-binding stubs. */
4490 mips_elf_forbid_lazy_stubs (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4492 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
4493 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4494 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4496 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4497 info
= (struct bfd_link_info
*) data
;
4498 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
4499 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
4501 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
4502 && entry
->symndx
== -1
4503 && entry
->d
.h
->needs_lazy_stub
)
4505 entry
->d
.h
->needs_lazy_stub
= FALSE
;
4506 htab
->lazy_stub_count
--;
4512 /* Return the offset of an input bfd IBFD's GOT from the beginning of
4515 mips_elf_adjust_gp (bfd
*abfd
, struct mips_got_info
*g
, bfd
*ibfd
)
4517 if (g
->bfd2got
== NULL
)
4520 g
= mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (g
, ibfd
);
4524 BFD_ASSERT (g
->next
);
4528 return (g
->local_gotno
+ g
->global_gotno
+ g
->tls_gotno
)
4529 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
4532 /* Turn a single GOT that is too big for 16-bit addressing into
4533 a sequence of GOTs, each one 16-bit addressable. */
4536 mips_elf_multi_got (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4537 asection
*got
, bfd_size_type pages
)
4539 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4540 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg got_per_bfd_arg
;
4541 struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg set_got_offset_arg
;
4542 struct mips_got_info
*g
, *gg
;
4543 unsigned int assign
, needed_relocs
;
4546 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
4547 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
4548 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
4551 g
->bfd2got
= htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_hash
,
4552 mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_eq
, NULL
);
4553 if (g
->bfd2got
== NULL
)
4556 got_per_bfd_arg
.bfd2got
= g
->bfd2got
;
4557 got_per_bfd_arg
.obfd
= abfd
;
4558 got_per_bfd_arg
.info
= info
;
4560 /* Count how many GOT entries each input bfd requires, creating a
4561 map from bfd to got info while at that. */
4562 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd
, &got_per_bfd_arg
);
4563 if (got_per_bfd_arg
.obfd
== NULL
)
4566 /* Also count how many page entries each input bfd requires. */
4567 htab_traverse (g
->got_page_entries
, mips_elf_make_got_pages_per_bfd
,
4569 if (got_per_bfd_arg
.obfd
== NULL
)
4572 got_per_bfd_arg
.current
= NULL
;
4573 got_per_bfd_arg
.primary
= NULL
;
4574 got_per_bfd_arg
.max_count
= ((MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (info
)
4575 / MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
))
4576 - htab
->reserved_gotno
);
4577 got_per_bfd_arg
.max_pages
= pages
;
4578 /* The number of globals that will be included in the primary GOT.
4579 See the calls to mips_elf_set_global_got_offset below for more
4581 got_per_bfd_arg
.global_count
= g
->global_gotno
;
4583 /* Try to merge the GOTs of input bfds together, as long as they
4584 don't seem to exceed the maximum GOT size, choosing one of them
4585 to be the primary GOT. */
4586 htab_traverse (g
->bfd2got
, mips_elf_merge_gots
, &got_per_bfd_arg
);
4587 if (got_per_bfd_arg
.obfd
== NULL
)
4590 /* If we do not find any suitable primary GOT, create an empty one. */
4591 if (got_per_bfd_arg
.primary
== NULL
)
4593 g
->next
= (struct mips_got_info
*)
4594 bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (struct mips_got_info
));
4595 if (g
->next
== NULL
)
4598 g
->next
->global_gotsym
= NULL
;
4599 g
->next
->global_gotno
= 0;
4600 g
->next
->reloc_only_gotno
= 0;
4601 g
->next
->local_gotno
= 0;
4602 g
->next
->page_gotno
= 0;
4603 g
->next
->tls_gotno
= 0;
4604 g
->next
->assigned_gotno
= 0;
4605 g
->next
->tls_assigned_gotno
= 0;
4606 g
->next
->tls_ldm_offset
= MINUS_ONE
;
4607 g
->next
->got_entries
= htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_multi_got_entry_hash
,
4608 mips_elf_multi_got_entry_eq
,
4610 if (g
->next
->got_entries
== NULL
)
4612 g
->next
->got_page_entries
= htab_try_create (1, mips_got_page_entry_hash
,
4613 mips_got_page_entry_eq
,
4615 if (g
->next
->got_page_entries
== NULL
)
4617 g
->next
->bfd2got
= NULL
;
4620 g
->next
= got_per_bfd_arg
.primary
;
4621 g
->next
->next
= got_per_bfd_arg
.current
;
4623 /* GG is now the master GOT, and G is the primary GOT. */
4627 /* Map the output bfd to the primary got. That's what we're going
4628 to use for bfds that use GOT16 or GOT_PAGE relocations that we
4629 didn't mark in check_relocs, and we want a quick way to find it.
4630 We can't just use gg->next because we're going to reverse the
4633 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*bfdgot
;
4636 bfdgot
= (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)bfd_alloc
4637 (abfd
, sizeof (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
));
4644 bfdgotp
= htab_find_slot (gg
->bfd2got
, bfdgot
, INSERT
);
4646 BFD_ASSERT (*bfdgotp
== NULL
);
4650 /* Every symbol that is referenced in a dynamic relocation must be
4651 present in the primary GOT, so arrange for them to appear after
4652 those that are actually referenced. */
4653 gg
->reloc_only_gotno
= gg
->global_gotno
- g
->global_gotno
;
4654 g
->global_gotno
= gg
->global_gotno
;
4656 set_got_offset_arg
.g
= NULL
;
4657 set_got_offset_arg
.value
= GGA_RELOC_ONLY
;
4658 htab_traverse (gg
->got_entries
, mips_elf_set_global_got_offset
,
4659 &set_got_offset_arg
);
4660 set_got_offset_arg
.value
= GGA_NORMAL
;
4661 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_set_global_got_offset
,
4662 &set_got_offset_arg
);
4664 /* Now go through the GOTs assigning them offset ranges.
4665 [assigned_gotno, local_gotno[ will be set to the range of local
4666 entries in each GOT. We can then compute the end of a GOT by
4667 adding local_gotno to global_gotno. We reverse the list and make
4668 it circular since then we'll be able to quickly compute the
4669 beginning of a GOT, by computing the end of its predecessor. To
4670 avoid special cases for the primary GOT, while still preserving
4671 assertions that are valid for both single- and multi-got links,
4672 we arrange for the main got struct to have the right number of
4673 global entries, but set its local_gotno such that the initial
4674 offset of the primary GOT is zero. Remember that the primary GOT
4675 will become the last item in the circular linked list, so it
4676 points back to the master GOT. */
4677 gg
->local_gotno
= -g
->global_gotno
;
4678 gg
->global_gotno
= g
->global_gotno
;
4685 struct mips_got_info
*gn
;
4687 assign
+= htab
->reserved_gotno
;
4688 g
->assigned_gotno
= assign
;
4689 g
->local_gotno
+= assign
;
4690 g
->local_gotno
+= (pages
< g
->page_gotno
? pages
: g
->page_gotno
);
4691 assign
= g
->local_gotno
+ g
->global_gotno
+ g
->tls_gotno
;
4693 /* Take g out of the direct list, and push it onto the reversed
4694 list that gg points to. g->next is guaranteed to be nonnull after
4695 this operation, as required by mips_elf_initialize_tls_index. */
4700 /* Set up any TLS entries. We always place the TLS entries after
4701 all non-TLS entries. */
4702 g
->tls_assigned_gotno
= g
->local_gotno
+ g
->global_gotno
;
4703 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_initialize_tls_index
, g
);
4705 /* Move onto the next GOT. It will be a secondary GOT if nonull. */
4708 /* Forbid global symbols in every non-primary GOT from having
4709 lazy-binding stubs. */
4711 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_forbid_lazy_stubs
, info
);
4715 got
->size
= (gg
->next
->local_gotno
4716 + gg
->next
->global_gotno
4717 + gg
->next
->tls_gotno
) * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
4720 set_got_offset_arg
.value
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
4721 set_got_offset_arg
.info
= info
;
4722 for (g
= gg
->next
; g
&& g
->next
!= gg
; g
= g
->next
)
4724 unsigned int save_assign
;
4726 /* Assign offsets to global GOT entries. */
4727 save_assign
= g
->assigned_gotno
;
4728 g
->assigned_gotno
= g
->local_gotno
;
4729 set_got_offset_arg
.g
= g
;
4730 set_got_offset_arg
.needed_relocs
= 0;
4731 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
,
4732 mips_elf_set_global_got_offset
,
4733 &set_got_offset_arg
);
4734 needed_relocs
+= set_got_offset_arg
.needed_relocs
;
4735 BFD_ASSERT (g
->assigned_gotno
- g
->local_gotno
<= g
->global_gotno
);
4737 g
->assigned_gotno
= save_assign
;
4740 needed_relocs
+= g
->local_gotno
- g
->assigned_gotno
;
4741 BFD_ASSERT (g
->assigned_gotno
== g
->next
->local_gotno
4742 + g
->next
->global_gotno
4743 + g
->next
->tls_gotno
4744 + htab
->reserved_gotno
);
4749 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
,
4756 /* Returns the first relocation of type r_type found, beginning with
4757 RELOCATION. RELEND is one-past-the-end of the relocation table. */
4759 static const Elf_Internal_Rela
*
4760 mips_elf_next_relocation (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, unsigned int r_type
,
4761 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
4762 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
)
4764 unsigned long r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
4766 while (relocation
< relend
)
4768 if (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, relocation
->r_info
) == r_type
4769 && ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, relocation
->r_info
) == r_symndx
)
4775 /* We didn't find it. */
4779 /* Return whether an input relocation is against a local symbol. */
4782 mips_elf_local_relocation_p (bfd
*input_bfd
,
4783 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
4784 asection
**local_sections
)
4786 unsigned long r_symndx
;
4787 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
4790 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
4791 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
4792 extsymoff
= (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
4794 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
)
4796 if (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
) && local_sections
[r_symndx
] != NULL
)
4802 /* Sign-extend VALUE, which has the indicated number of BITS. */
4805 _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (bfd_vma value
, int bits
)
4807 if (value
& ((bfd_vma
) 1 << (bits
- 1)))
4808 /* VALUE is negative. */
4809 value
|= ((bfd_vma
) - 1) << bits
;
4814 /* Return non-zero if the indicated VALUE has overflowed the maximum
4815 range expressible by a signed number with the indicated number of
4819 mips_elf_overflow_p (bfd_vma value
, int bits
)
4821 bfd_signed_vma svalue
= (bfd_signed_vma
) value
;
4823 if (svalue
> (1 << (bits
- 1)) - 1)
4824 /* The value is too big. */
4826 else if (svalue
< -(1 << (bits
- 1)))
4827 /* The value is too small. */
4834 /* Calculate the %high function. */
4837 mips_elf_high (bfd_vma value
)
4839 return ((value
+ (bfd_vma
) 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
4842 /* Calculate the %higher function. */
4845 mips_elf_higher (bfd_vma value ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
4848 return ((value
+ (bfd_vma
) 0x80008000) >> 32) & 0xffff;
4855 /* Calculate the %highest function. */
4858 mips_elf_highest (bfd_vma value ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
4861 return ((value
+ (((bfd_vma
) 0x8000 << 32) | 0x80008000)) >> 48) & 0xffff;
4868 /* Create the .compact_rel section. */
4871 mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section
4872 (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
4875 register asection
*s
;
4877 if (bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".compact_rel") == NULL
)
4879 flags
= (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
4882 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".compact_rel", flags
);
4884 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
4885 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
)))
4888 s
->size
= sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel
);
4894 /* Create the .got section to hold the global offset table. */
4897 mips_elf_create_got_section (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4900 register asection
*s
;
4901 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4902 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
4903 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
4905 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4907 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
4908 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
4910 /* This function may be called more than once. */
4914 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
4915 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
4917 /* We have to use an alignment of 2**4 here because this is hardcoded
4918 in the function stub generation and in the linker script. */
4919 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".got", flags
);
4921 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, 4))
4925 /* Define the symbol _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. We don't do this in the
4926 linker script because we don't want to define the symbol if we
4927 are not creating a global offset table. */
4929 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
4930 (info
, abfd
, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_", BSF_GLOBAL
, s
,
4931 0, NULL
, FALSE
, get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
4934 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
4937 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
4938 elf_hash_table (info
)->hgot
= h
;
4941 && ! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
4944 amt
= sizeof (struct mips_got_info
);
4945 g
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
4948 g
->global_gotsym
= NULL
;
4949 g
->global_gotno
= 0;
4950 g
->reloc_only_gotno
= 0;
4954 g
->assigned_gotno
= 0;
4957 g
->tls_ldm_offset
= MINUS_ONE
;
4958 g
->got_entries
= htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_got_entry_hash
,
4959 mips_elf_got_entry_eq
, NULL
);
4960 if (g
->got_entries
== NULL
)
4962 g
->got_page_entries
= htab_try_create (1, mips_got_page_entry_hash
,
4963 mips_got_page_entry_eq
, NULL
);
4964 if (g
->got_page_entries
== NULL
)
4967 mips_elf_section_data (s
)->elf
.this_hdr
.sh_flags
4968 |= SHF_ALLOC
| SHF_WRITE
| SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
4970 /* We also need a .got.plt section when generating PLTs. */
4971 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".got.plt",
4972 SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
4975 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
4983 /* Return true if H refers to the special VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ or
4984 __GOTT_INDEX__ symbols. These symbols are only special for
4985 shared objects; they are not used in executables. */
4988 is_gott_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
4990 return (mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->is_vxworks
4992 && (strcmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "__GOTT_BASE__") == 0
4993 || strcmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "__GOTT_INDEX__") == 0));
4996 /* Return TRUE if a relocation of type R_TYPE from INPUT_BFD might
4997 require an la25 stub. See also mips_elf_local_pic_function_p,
4998 which determines whether the destination function ever requires a
5002 mips_elf_relocation_needs_la25_stub (bfd
*input_bfd
, int r_type
,
5003 bfd_boolean target_is_16_bit_code_p
)
5005 /* We specifically ignore branches and jumps from EF_PIC objects,
5006 where the onus is on the compiler or programmer to perform any
5007 necessary initialization of $25. Sometimes such initialization
5008 is unnecessary; for example, -mno-shared functions do not use
5009 the incoming value of $25, and may therefore be called directly. */
5010 if (PIC_OBJECT_P (input_bfd
))
5017 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
:
5018 case R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
:
5019 case R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
:
5020 case R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
:
5021 case R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2
:
5025 return !target_is_16_bit_code_p
;
5032 /* Calculate the value produced by the RELOCATION (which comes from
5033 the INPUT_BFD). The ADDEND is the addend to use for this
5034 RELOCATION; RELOCATION->R_ADDEND is ignored.
5036 The result of the relocation calculation is stored in VALUEP.
5037 On exit, set *CROSS_MODE_JUMP_P to true if the relocation field
5038 is a MIPS16 or microMIPS jump to standard MIPS code, or vice versa.
5040 This function returns bfd_reloc_continue if the caller need take no
5041 further action regarding this relocation, bfd_reloc_notsupported if
5042 something goes dramatically wrong, bfd_reloc_overflow if an
5043 overflow occurs, and bfd_reloc_ok to indicate success. */
5045 static bfd_reloc_status_type
5046 mips_elf_calculate_relocation (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*input_bfd
,
5047 asection
*input_section
,
5048 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
5049 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
5050 bfd_vma addend
, reloc_howto_type
*howto
,
5051 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
,
5052 asection
**local_sections
, bfd_vma
*valuep
,
5054 bfd_boolean
*cross_mode_jump_p
,
5055 bfd_boolean save_addend
)
5057 /* The eventual value we will return. */
5059 /* The address of the symbol against which the relocation is
5062 /* The final GP value to be used for the relocatable, executable, or
5063 shared object file being produced. */
5065 /* The place (section offset or address) of the storage unit being
5068 /* The value of GP used to create the relocatable object. */
5070 /* The offset into the global offset table at which the address of
5071 the relocation entry symbol, adjusted by the addend, resides
5072 during execution. */
5073 bfd_vma g
= MINUS_ONE
;
5074 /* The section in which the symbol referenced by the relocation is
5076 asection
*sec
= NULL
;
5077 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= NULL
;
5078 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is a local
5080 bfd_boolean local_p
, was_local_p
;
5081 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is "_gp_disp". */
5082 bfd_boolean gp_disp_p
= FALSE
;
5083 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is
5084 "__gnu_local_gp". */
5085 bfd_boolean gnu_local_gp_p
= FALSE
;
5086 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
5088 unsigned long r_symndx
;
5090 /* TRUE if overflow occurred during the calculation of the
5091 relocation value. */
5092 bfd_boolean overflowed_p
;
5093 /* TRUE if this relocation refers to a MIPS16 function. */
5094 bfd_boolean target_is_16_bit_code_p
= FALSE
;
5095 bfd_boolean target_is_micromips_code_p
= FALSE
;
5096 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
5099 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
5100 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
5101 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
5103 /* Parse the relocation. */
5104 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
5105 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
5106 p
= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
5107 + input_section
->output_offset
5108 + relocation
->r_offset
);
5110 /* Assume that there will be no overflow. */
5111 overflowed_p
= FALSE
;
5113 /* Figure out whether or not the symbol is local, and get the offset
5114 used in the array of hash table entries. */
5115 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
5116 local_p
= mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, relocation
,
5118 was_local_p
= local_p
;
5119 if (! elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
))
5120 extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
5123 /* The symbol table does not follow the rule that local symbols
5124 must come before globals. */
5128 /* Figure out the value of the symbol. */
5131 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
5133 sym
= local_syms
+ r_symndx
;
5134 sec
= local_sections
[r_symndx
];
5136 symbol
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
5137 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) != STT_SECTION
5138 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
))
5139 symbol
+= sym
->st_value
;
5140 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
5141 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
5143 addend
= _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (abfd
, sym
, &sec
, addend
);
5145 addend
+= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
5148 /* MIPS16/microMIPS text labels should be treated as odd. */
5149 if (ELF_ST_IS_COMPRESSED (sym
->st_other
))
5152 /* Record the name of this symbol, for our caller. */
5153 *namep
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd
,
5154 symtab_hdr
->sh_link
,
5157 *namep
= bfd_section_name (input_bfd
, sec
);
5159 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (sym
->st_other
);
5160 target_is_micromips_code_p
= ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (sym
->st_other
);
5164 /* ??? Could we use RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL here ? */
5166 /* For global symbols we look up the symbol in the hash-table. */
5167 h
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
5168 elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
) [r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
5169 /* Find the real hash-table entry for this symbol. */
5170 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
5171 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
5172 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
5174 /* Record the name of this symbol, for our caller. */
5175 *namep
= h
->root
.root
.root
.string
;
5177 /* See if this is the special _gp_disp symbol. Note that such a
5178 symbol must always be a global symbol. */
5179 if (strcmp (*namep
, "_gp_disp") == 0
5180 && ! NEWABI_P (input_bfd
))
5182 /* Relocations against _gp_disp are permitted only with
5183 R_MIPS_HI16 and R_MIPS_LO16 relocations. */
5184 if (!hi16_reloc_p (r_type
) && !lo16_reloc_p (r_type
))
5185 return bfd_reloc_notsupported
;
5189 /* See if this is the special _gp symbol. Note that such a
5190 symbol must always be a global symbol. */
5191 else if (strcmp (*namep
, "__gnu_local_gp") == 0)
5192 gnu_local_gp_p
= TRUE
;
5195 /* If this symbol is defined, calculate its address. Note that
5196 _gp_disp is a magic symbol, always implicitly defined by the
5197 linker, so it's inappropriate to check to see whether or not
5199 else if ((h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5200 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
5201 && h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
)
5203 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
5204 if (sec
->output_section
)
5205 symbol
= (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
5206 + sec
->output_section
->vma
5207 + sec
->output_offset
);
5209 symbol
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
5211 else if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
5212 /* We allow relocations against undefined weak symbols, giving
5213 it the value zero, so that you can undefined weak functions
5214 and check to see if they exist by looking at their
5217 else if (info
->unresolved_syms_in_objects
== RM_IGNORE
5218 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->root
.other
) == STV_DEFAULT
)
5220 else if (strcmp (*namep
, SGI_COMPAT (input_bfd
)
5221 ? "_DYNAMIC_LINK" : "_DYNAMIC_LINKING") == 0)
5223 /* If this is a dynamic link, we should have created a
5224 _DYNAMIC_LINK symbol or _DYNAMIC_LINKING(for normal mips) symbol
5225 in in _bfd_mips_elf_create_dynamic_sections.
5226 Otherwise, we should define the symbol with a value of 0.
5227 FIXME: It should probably get into the symbol table
5229 BFD_ASSERT (! info
->shared
);
5230 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") == NULL
);
5233 else if (ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (h
->root
.other
))
5235 /* This is an optional symbol - an Irix specific extension to the
5236 ELF spec. Ignore it for now.
5237 XXX - FIXME - there is more to the spec for OPTIONAL symbols
5238 than simply ignoring them, but we do not handle this for now.
5239 For information see the "64-bit ELF Object File Specification"
5240 which is available from here:
5241 http://techpubs.sgi.com/library/manuals/4000/007-4658-001/pdf/007-4658-001.pdf */
5244 else if ((*info
->callbacks
->undefined_symbol
)
5245 (info
, h
->root
.root
.root
.string
, input_bfd
,
5246 input_section
, relocation
->r_offset
,
5247 (info
->unresolved_syms_in_objects
== RM_GENERATE_ERROR
)
5248 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->root
.other
)))
5250 return bfd_reloc_undefined
;
5254 return bfd_reloc_notsupported
;
5257 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h
->root
.other
);
5258 /* If the output section is the PLT section,
5259 then the target is not microMIPS. */
5260 target_is_micromips_code_p
= (htab
->splt
!= sec
5261 && ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (h
->root
.other
));
5264 /* If this is a reference to a 16-bit function with a stub, we need
5265 to redirect the relocation to the stub unless:
5267 (a) the relocation is for a MIPS16 JAL;
5269 (b) the relocation is for a MIPS16 PIC call, and there are no
5270 non-MIPS16 uses of the GOT slot; or
5272 (c) the section allows direct references to MIPS16 functions. */
5273 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS16_26
5274 && !info
->relocatable
5276 && h
->fn_stub
!= NULL
5277 && (r_type
!= R_MIPS16_CALL16
|| h
->need_fn_stub
))
5279 && elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_stubs
!= NULL
5280 && elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_stubs
[r_symndx
] != NULL
))
5281 && !section_allows_mips16_refs_p (input_section
))
5283 /* This is a 32- or 64-bit call to a 16-bit function. We should
5284 have already noticed that we were going to need the
5288 sec
= elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_stubs
[r_symndx
];
5293 BFD_ASSERT (h
->need_fn_stub
);
5296 /* If a LA25 header for the stub itself exists, point to the
5297 prepended LUI/ADDIU sequence. */
5298 sec
= h
->la25_stub
->stub_section
;
5299 value
= h
->la25_stub
->offset
;
5308 symbol
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
+ value
;
5309 /* The target is 16-bit, but the stub isn't. */
5310 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= FALSE
;
5312 /* If this is a 16-bit call to a 32- or 64-bit function with a stub, we
5313 need to redirect the call to the stub. Note that we specifically
5314 exclude R_MIPS16_CALL16 from this behavior; indirect calls should
5315 use an indirect stub instead. */
5316 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
&& !info
->relocatable
5317 && ((h
!= NULL
&& (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
|| h
->call_fp_stub
!= NULL
))
5319 && elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_call_stubs
!= NULL
5320 && elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_call_stubs
[r_symndx
] != NULL
))
5321 && !target_is_16_bit_code_p
)
5324 sec
= elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_call_stubs
[r_symndx
];
5327 /* If both call_stub and call_fp_stub are defined, we can figure
5328 out which one to use by checking which one appears in the input
5330 if (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
&& h
->call_fp_stub
!= NULL
)
5335 for (o
= input_bfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
5337 if (CALL_FP_STUB_P (bfd_get_section_name (input_bfd
, o
)))
5339 sec
= h
->call_fp_stub
;
5346 else if (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
)
5349 sec
= h
->call_fp_stub
;
5352 BFD_ASSERT (sec
->size
> 0);
5353 symbol
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
5355 /* If this is a direct call to a PIC function, redirect to the
5357 else if (h
!= NULL
&& h
->la25_stub
5358 && mips_elf_relocation_needs_la25_stub (input_bfd
, r_type
,
5359 target_is_16_bit_code_p
))
5360 symbol
= (h
->la25_stub
->stub_section
->output_section
->vma
5361 + h
->la25_stub
->stub_section
->output_offset
5362 + h
->la25_stub
->offset
);
5364 /* Make sure MIPS16 and microMIPS are not used together. */
5365 if ((r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
&& target_is_micromips_code_p
)
5366 || (micromips_branch_reloc_p (r_type
) && target_is_16_bit_code_p
))
5368 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
5369 (_("MIPS16 and microMIPS functions cannot call each other"));
5370 return bfd_reloc_notsupported
;
5373 /* Calls from 16-bit code to 32-bit code and vice versa require the
5374 mode change. However, we can ignore calls to undefined weak symbols,
5375 which should never be executed at runtime. This exception is important
5376 because the assembly writer may have "known" that any definition of the
5377 symbol would be 16-bit code, and that direct jumps were therefore
5379 *cross_mode_jump_p
= (!info
->relocatable
5380 && !(h
&& h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
5381 && ((r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
&& !target_is_16_bit_code_p
)
5382 || (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
5383 && !target_is_micromips_code_p
)
5384 || ((r_type
== R_MIPS_26
|| r_type
== R_MIPS_JALR
)
5385 && (target_is_16_bit_code_p
5386 || target_is_micromips_code_p
))));
5388 local_p
= (h
== NULL
5389 || (h
->got_only_for_calls
5390 ? SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, &h
->root
)
5391 : SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->root
)));
5393 gp0
= _bfd_get_gp_value (input_bfd
);
5394 gp
= _bfd_get_gp_value (abfd
);
5396 gp
+= mips_elf_adjust_gp (abfd
, htab
->got_info
, input_bfd
);
5401 /* Global R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE/R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE relocations are equivalent
5402 to R_MIPS_GOT_DISP/R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP. The addend is applied by the
5403 corresponding R_MIPS_GOT_OFST/R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST. */
5404 if (got_page_reloc_p (r_type
) && !local_p
)
5406 r_type
= (micromips_reloc_p (r_type
)
5407 ? R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
: R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
);
5411 /* If we haven't already determined the GOT offset, and we're going
5412 to need it, get it now. */
5415 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
5416 case R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
5419 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
5420 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
5421 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
5422 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
5423 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
5424 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
:
5425 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
:
5426 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
:
5427 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16
:
5428 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
:
5429 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16
:
5430 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
:
5432 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
5433 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
:
5434 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
:
5435 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
5436 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
:
5437 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD
:
5438 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
5439 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM
:
5440 /* Find the index into the GOT where this value is located. */
5441 if (tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type
))
5443 g
= mips_elf_local_got_index (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
,
5444 0, 0, NULL
, r_type
);
5446 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
5450 /* On VxWorks, CALL relocations should refer to the .got.plt
5451 entry, which is initialized to point at the PLT stub. */
5452 if (htab
->is_vxworks
5453 && (call_hi16_reloc_p (r_type
)
5454 || call_lo16_reloc_p (r_type
)
5455 || call16_reloc_p (r_type
)))
5457 BFD_ASSERT (addend
== 0);
5458 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.needs_plt
);
5459 g
= mips_elf_gotplt_index (info
, &h
->root
);
5463 BFD_ASSERT (addend
== 0);
5464 g
= mips_elf_global_got_index (dynobj
, input_bfd
,
5465 &h
->root
, r_type
, info
);
5466 if (h
->tls_type
== GOT_NORMAL
5467 && !elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
5468 /* This is a static link. We must initialize the GOT entry. */
5469 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (dynobj
, symbol
, htab
->sgot
->contents
+ g
);
5472 else if (!htab
->is_vxworks
5473 && (call16_reloc_p (r_type
) || got16_reloc_p (r_type
)))
5474 /* The calculation below does not involve "g". */
5478 g
= mips_elf_local_got_index (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
,
5479 symbol
+ addend
, r_symndx
, h
, r_type
);
5481 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
5484 /* Convert GOT indices to actual offsets. */
5485 g
= mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (info
, abfd
, input_bfd
, g
);
5489 /* Relocations against the VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ and __GOTT_INDEX__
5490 symbols are resolved by the loader. Add them to .rela.dyn. */
5491 if (h
!= NULL
&& is_gott_symbol (info
, &h
->root
))
5493 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
;
5497 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
5498 loc
= s
->contents
+ s
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5500 outrel
.r_offset
= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
5501 + input_section
->output_offset
5502 + relocation
->r_offset
);
5503 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->root
.dynindx
, r_type
);
5504 outrel
.r_addend
= addend
;
5505 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (abfd
, &outrel
, loc
);
5507 /* If we've written this relocation for a readonly section,
5508 we need to set DF_TEXTREL again, so that we do not delete the
5510 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (input_section
))
5511 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
5514 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
5517 /* Figure out what kind of relocation is being performed. */
5521 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
5524 value
= symbol
+ _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 16);
5525 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
5532 || (htab
->root
.dynamic_sections_created
5534 && h
->root
.def_dynamic
5535 && !h
->root
.def_regular
5536 && !h
->has_static_relocs
))
5537 && r_symndx
!= STN_UNDEF
5539 || h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
5540 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->root
.other
) == STV_DEFAULT
)
5541 && (input_section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
5543 /* If we're creating a shared library, then we can't know
5544 where the symbol will end up. So, we create a relocation
5545 record in the output, and leave the job up to the dynamic
5546 linker. We must do the same for executable references to
5547 shared library symbols, unless we've decided to use copy
5548 relocs or PLTs instead. */
5550 if (!mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation (abfd
,
5558 return bfd_reloc_undefined
;
5562 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS_REL32
)
5563 value
= symbol
+ addend
;
5567 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5571 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
5572 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5576 /* The calculation for R_MIPS16_26 is just the same as for an
5577 R_MIPS_26. It's only the storage of the relocated field into
5578 the output file that's different. That's handled in
5579 mips_elf_perform_relocation. So, we just fall through to the
5580 R_MIPS_26 case here. */
5582 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
:
5586 /* Make sure the target of JALX is word-aligned. Bit 0 must be
5587 the correct ISA mode selector and bit 1 must be 0. */
5588 if (*cross_mode_jump_p
&& (symbol
& 3) != (r_type
== R_MIPS_26
))
5589 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
5591 /* Shift is 2, unusually, for microMIPS JALX. */
5592 shift
= (!*cross_mode_jump_p
&& r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
) ? 1 : 2;
5595 value
= addend
| ((p
+ 4) & (0xfc000000 << shift
));
5597 value
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 26 + shift
);
5598 value
= (value
+ symbol
) >> shift
;
5599 if (!was_local_p
&& h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
5600 overflowed_p
= (value
>> 26) != ((p
+ 4) >> (26 + shift
));
5601 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5605 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16
:
5606 case R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_HI16
:
5607 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16
:
5608 value
= (mips_elf_high (addend
+ symbol
- dtprel_base (info
))
5612 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16
:
5613 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32
:
5614 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64
:
5615 case R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_LO16
:
5616 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16
:
5617 value
= (symbol
+ addend
- dtprel_base (info
)) & howto
->dst_mask
;
5620 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16
:
5621 case R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_HI16
:
5622 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16
:
5623 value
= (mips_elf_high (addend
+ symbol
- tprel_base (info
))
5627 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16
:
5628 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32
:
5629 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64
:
5630 case R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_LO16
:
5631 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16
:
5632 value
= (symbol
+ addend
- tprel_base (info
)) & howto
->dst_mask
;
5637 case R_MICROMIPS_HI16
:
5640 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ symbol
);
5641 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5645 /* For MIPS16 ABI code we generate this sequence
5646 0: li $v0,%hi(_gp_disp)
5647 4: addiupc $v1,%lo(_gp_disp)
5651 So the offsets of hi and lo relocs are the same, but the
5652 base $pc is that used by the ADDIUPC instruction at $t9 + 4.
5653 ADDIUPC clears the low two bits of the instruction address,
5654 so the base is ($t9 + 4) & ~3. */
5655 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_HI16
)
5656 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ gp
- ((p
+ 4) & ~(bfd_vma
) 0x3));
5657 /* The microMIPS .cpload sequence uses the same assembly
5658 instructions as the traditional psABI version, but the
5659 incoming $t9 has the low bit set. */
5660 else if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_HI16
)
5661 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ gp
- p
- 1);
5663 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ gp
- p
);
5664 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
5670 case R_MICROMIPS_LO16
:
5671 case R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16
:
5673 value
= (symbol
+ addend
) & howto
->dst_mask
;
5676 /* See the comment for R_MIPS16_HI16 above for the reason
5677 for this conditional. */
5678 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_LO16
)
5679 value
= addend
+ gp
- (p
& ~(bfd_vma
) 0x3);
5680 else if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_LO16
5681 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16
)
5682 value
= addend
+ gp
- p
+ 3;
5684 value
= addend
+ gp
- p
+ 4;
5685 /* The MIPS ABI requires checking the R_MIPS_LO16 relocation
5686 for overflow. But, on, say, IRIX5, relocations against
5687 _gp_disp are normally generated from the .cpload
5688 pseudo-op. It generates code that normally looks like
5691 lui $gp,%hi(_gp_disp)
5692 addiu $gp,$gp,%lo(_gp_disp)
5695 Here $t9 holds the address of the function being called,
5696 as required by the MIPS ELF ABI. The R_MIPS_LO16
5697 relocation can easily overflow in this situation, but the
5698 R_MIPS_HI16 relocation will handle the overflow.
5699 Therefore, we consider this a bug in the MIPS ABI, and do
5700 not check for overflow here. */
5704 case R_MIPS_LITERAL
:
5705 case R_MICROMIPS_LITERAL
:
5706 /* Because we don't merge literal sections, we can handle this
5707 just like R_MIPS_GPREL16. In the long run, we should merge
5708 shared literals, and then we will need to additional work
5713 case R_MIPS16_GPREL
:
5714 /* The R_MIPS16_GPREL performs the same calculation as
5715 R_MIPS_GPREL16, but stores the relocated bits in a different
5716 order. We don't need to do anything special here; the
5717 differences are handled in mips_elf_perform_relocation. */
5718 case R_MIPS_GPREL16
:
5719 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL7_S2
:
5720 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL16
:
5721 /* Only sign-extend the addend if it was extracted from the
5722 instruction. If the addend was separate, leave it alone,
5723 otherwise we may lose significant bits. */
5724 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
5725 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 16);
5726 value
= symbol
+ addend
- gp
;
5727 /* If the symbol was local, any earlier relocatable links will
5728 have adjusted its addend with the gp offset, so compensate
5729 for that now. Don't do it for symbols forced local in this
5730 link, though, since they won't have had the gp offset applied
5734 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
5737 case R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
5738 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
5741 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
:
5742 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
:
5743 /* VxWorks does not have separate local and global semantics for
5744 R_MIPS*_GOT16; every relocation evaluates to "G". */
5745 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
&& local_p
)
5747 value
= mips_elf_got16_entry (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
,
5748 symbol
+ addend
, !was_local_p
);
5749 if (value
== MINUS_ONE
)
5750 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
5752 = mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (info
, abfd
, input_bfd
, value
);
5753 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
5760 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
5761 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
:
5762 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
5763 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
:
5764 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
5765 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
:
5766 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD
:
5767 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
5768 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM
:
5769 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
:
5771 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
5774 case R_MIPS_GPREL32
:
5775 value
= (addend
+ symbol
+ gp0
- gp
);
5777 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5781 case R_MIPS_GNU_REL16_S2
:
5782 value
= symbol
+ _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 18) - p
;
5783 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 18);
5784 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
5785 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5788 case R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
:
5789 value
= symbol
+ _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 8) - p
;
5790 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 8);
5791 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
5792 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5795 case R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
:
5796 value
= symbol
+ _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 11) - p
;
5797 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 11);
5798 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
5799 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5802 case R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
:
5803 value
= symbol
+ _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 17) - p
;
5804 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 17);
5805 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
5806 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5809 case R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2
:
5810 value
= symbol
+ _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 25) - ((p
| 3) ^ 3);
5811 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 25);
5812 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
5813 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5816 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
5817 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
5818 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16
:
5819 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
:
5820 /* We're allowed to handle these two relocations identically.
5821 The dynamic linker is allowed to handle the CALL relocations
5822 differently by creating a lazy evaluation stub. */
5824 value
= mips_elf_high (value
);
5825 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5828 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
5829 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
5830 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16
:
5831 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
:
5832 value
= g
& howto
->dst_mask
;
5835 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
5836 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
5837 value
= mips_elf_got_page (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
, symbol
+ addend
, NULL
);
5838 if (value
== MINUS_ONE
)
5839 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
5840 value
= mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (info
, abfd
, input_bfd
, value
);
5841 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
5844 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
:
5845 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST
:
5847 mips_elf_got_page (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
, symbol
+ addend
, &value
);
5850 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
5854 case R_MICROMIPS_SUB
:
5855 value
= symbol
- addend
;
5856 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5860 case R_MICROMIPS_HIGHER
:
5861 value
= mips_elf_higher (addend
+ symbol
);
5862 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5865 case R_MIPS_HIGHEST
:
5866 case R_MICROMIPS_HIGHEST
:
5867 value
= mips_elf_highest (addend
+ symbol
);
5868 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5871 case R_MIPS_SCN_DISP
:
5872 case R_MICROMIPS_SCN_DISP
:
5873 value
= symbol
+ addend
- sec
->output_offset
;
5874 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5878 case R_MICROMIPS_JALR
:
5879 /* This relocation is only a hint. In some cases, we optimize
5880 it into a bal instruction. But we don't try to optimize
5881 when the symbol does not resolve locally. */
5882 if (h
!= NULL
&& !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, &h
->root
))
5883 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
5884 value
= symbol
+ addend
;
5888 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
5889 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY
:
5890 /* We don't do anything with these at present. */
5891 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
5894 /* An unrecognized relocation type. */
5895 return bfd_reloc_notsupported
;
5898 /* Store the VALUE for our caller. */
5900 return overflowed_p
? bfd_reloc_overflow
: bfd_reloc_ok
;
5903 /* Obtain the field relocated by RELOCATION. */
5906 mips_elf_obtain_contents (reloc_howto_type
*howto
,
5907 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
5908 bfd
*input_bfd
, bfd_byte
*contents
)
5911 bfd_byte
*location
= contents
+ relocation
->r_offset
;
5913 /* Obtain the bytes. */
5914 x
= bfd_get ((8 * bfd_get_reloc_size (howto
)), input_bfd
, location
);
5919 /* It has been determined that the result of the RELOCATION is the
5920 VALUE. Use HOWTO to place VALUE into the output file at the
5921 appropriate position. The SECTION is the section to which the
5923 CROSS_MODE_JUMP_P is true if the relocation field
5924 is a MIPS16 or microMIPS jump to standard MIPS code, or vice versa.
5926 Returns FALSE if anything goes wrong. */
5929 mips_elf_perform_relocation (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
5930 reloc_howto_type
*howto
,
5931 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
5932 bfd_vma value
, bfd
*input_bfd
,
5933 asection
*input_section
, bfd_byte
*contents
,
5934 bfd_boolean cross_mode_jump_p
)
5938 int r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
5940 /* Figure out where the relocation is occurring. */
5941 location
= contents
+ relocation
->r_offset
;
5943 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (input_bfd
, r_type
, FALSE
, location
);
5945 /* Obtain the current value. */
5946 x
= mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto
, relocation
, input_bfd
, contents
);
5948 /* Clear the field we are setting. */
5949 x
&= ~howto
->dst_mask
;
5951 /* Set the field. */
5952 x
|= (value
& howto
->dst_mask
);
5954 /* If required, turn JAL into JALX. */
5955 if (cross_mode_jump_p
&& jal_reloc_p (r_type
))
5958 bfd_vma opcode
= x
>> 26;
5959 bfd_vma jalx_opcode
;
5961 /* Check to see if the opcode is already JAL or JALX. */
5962 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
)
5964 ok
= ((opcode
== 0x6) || (opcode
== 0x7));
5967 else if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
)
5969 ok
= ((opcode
== 0x3d) || (opcode
== 0x3c));
5974 ok
= ((opcode
== 0x3) || (opcode
== 0x1d));
5978 /* If the opcode is not JAL or JALX, there's a problem. We cannot
5979 convert J or JALS to JALX. */
5982 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
5983 (_("%B: %A+0x%lx: Unsupported jump between ISA modes; consider recompiling with interlinking enabled."),
5986 (unsigned long) relocation
->r_offset
);
5987 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
5991 /* Make this the JALX opcode. */
5992 x
= (x
& ~(0x3f << 26)) | (jalx_opcode
<< 26);
5995 /* Try converting JAL to BAL and J(AL)R to B(AL), if the target is in
5997 if (!info
->relocatable
5998 && !cross_mode_jump_p
5999 && ((JAL_TO_BAL_P (input_bfd
)
6000 && r_type
== R_MIPS_26
6001 && (x
>> 26) == 0x3) /* jal addr */
6002 || (JALR_TO_BAL_P (input_bfd
)
6003 && r_type
== R_MIPS_JALR
6004 && x
== 0x0320f809) /* jalr t9 */
6005 || (JR_TO_B_P (input_bfd
)
6006 && r_type
== R_MIPS_JALR
6007 && x
== 0x03200008))) /* jr t9 */
6013 addr
= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
6014 + input_section
->output_offset
6015 + relocation
->r_offset
6017 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_26
)
6018 dest
= (value
<< 2) | ((addr
>> 28) << 28);
6022 if (off
<= 0x1ffff && off
>= -0x20000)
6024 if (x
== 0x03200008) /* jr t9 */
6025 x
= 0x10000000 | (((bfd_vma
) off
>> 2) & 0xffff); /* b addr */
6027 x
= 0x04110000 | (((bfd_vma
) off
>> 2) & 0xffff); /* bal addr */
6031 /* Put the value into the output. */
6032 bfd_put (8 * bfd_get_reloc_size (howto
), input_bfd
, x
, location
);
6034 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (input_bfd
, r_type
, !info
->relocatable
,
6040 /* Create a rel.dyn relocation for the dynamic linker to resolve. REL
6041 is the original relocation, which is now being transformed into a
6042 dynamic relocation. The ADDENDP is adjusted if necessary; the
6043 caller should store the result in place of the original addend. */
6046 mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation (bfd
*output_bfd
,
6047 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6048 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
6049 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
6050 asection
*sec
, bfd_vma symbol
,
6051 bfd_vma
*addendp
, asection
*input_section
)
6053 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
[3];
6058 bfd_boolean defined_p
;
6059 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
6061 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
6062 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
6064 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
6065 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
6066 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
6067 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc
!= NULL
);
6068 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc
->contents
!= NULL
);
6069 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc
->reloc_count
* MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (output_bfd
)
6072 outrel
[0].r_offset
=
6073 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
, rel
[0].r_offset
);
6074 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
6076 outrel
[1].r_offset
=
6077 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
, rel
[1].r_offset
);
6078 outrel
[2].r_offset
=
6079 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
, rel
[2].r_offset
);
6082 if (outrel
[0].r_offset
== MINUS_ONE
)
6083 /* The relocation field has been deleted. */
6086 if (outrel
[0].r_offset
== MINUS_TWO
)
6088 /* The relocation field has been converted into a relative value of
6089 some sort. Functions like _bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame expect
6090 the field to be fully relocated, so add in the symbol's value. */
6095 /* We must now calculate the dynamic symbol table index to use
6096 in the relocation. */
6097 if (h
!= NULL
&& ! SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->root
))
6099 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->is_vxworks
|| h
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
);
6100 indx
= h
->root
.dynindx
;
6101 if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
6102 defined_p
= h
->root
.def_regular
;
6104 /* ??? glibc's ld.so just adds the final GOT entry to the
6105 relocation field. It therefore treats relocs against
6106 defined symbols in the same way as relocs against
6107 undefined symbols. */
6112 if (sec
!= NULL
&& bfd_is_abs_section (sec
))
6114 else if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->owner
== NULL
)
6116 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
6121 indx
= elf_section_data (sec
->output_section
)->dynindx
;
6124 asection
*osec
= htab
->root
.text_index_section
;
6125 indx
= elf_section_data (osec
)->dynindx
;
6131 /* Instead of generating a relocation using the section
6132 symbol, we may as well make it a fully relative
6133 relocation. We want to avoid generating relocations to
6134 local symbols because we used to generate them
6135 incorrectly, without adding the original symbol value,
6136 which is mandated by the ABI for section symbols. In
6137 order to give dynamic loaders and applications time to
6138 phase out the incorrect use, we refrain from emitting
6139 section-relative relocations. It's not like they're
6140 useful, after all. This should be a bit more efficient
6142 /* ??? Although this behavior is compatible with glibc's ld.so,
6143 the ABI says that relocations against STN_UNDEF should have
6144 a symbol value of 0. Irix rld honors this, so relocations
6145 against STN_UNDEF have no effect. */
6146 if (!SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
6151 /* If the relocation was previously an absolute relocation and
6152 this symbol will not be referred to by the relocation, we must
6153 adjust it by the value we give it in the dynamic symbol table.
6154 Otherwise leave the job up to the dynamic linker. */
6155 if (defined_p
&& r_type
!= R_MIPS_REL32
)
6158 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
6159 /* VxWorks uses non-relative relocations for this. */
6160 outrel
[0].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, R_MIPS_32
);
6162 /* The relocation is always an REL32 relocation because we don't
6163 know where the shared library will wind up at load-time. */
6164 outrel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, (unsigned long) indx
,
6167 /* For strict adherence to the ABI specification, we should
6168 generate a R_MIPS_64 relocation record by itself before the
6169 _REL32/_64 record as well, such that the addend is read in as
6170 a 64-bit value (REL32 is a 32-bit relocation, after all).
6171 However, since none of the existing ELF64 MIPS dynamic
6172 loaders seems to care, we don't waste space with these
6173 artificial relocations. If this turns out to not be true,
6174 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocation() should be tweaked so
6175 as to make room for a pair of dynamic relocations per
6176 invocation if ABI_64_P, and here we should generate an
6177 additional relocation record with R_MIPS_64 by itself for a
6178 NULL symbol before this relocation record. */
6179 outrel
[1].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0,
6180 ABI_64_P (output_bfd
)
6183 outrel
[2].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_NONE
);
6185 /* Adjust the output offset of the relocation to reference the
6186 correct location in the output file. */
6187 outrel
[0].r_offset
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
6188 + input_section
->output_offset
);
6189 outrel
[1].r_offset
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
6190 + input_section
->output_offset
);
6191 outrel
[2].r_offset
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
6192 + input_section
->output_offset
);
6194 /* Put the relocation back out. We have to use the special
6195 relocation outputter in the 64-bit case since the 64-bit
6196 relocation format is non-standard. */
6197 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
6199 (*get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_out
)
6200 (output_bfd
, &outrel
[0],
6202 + sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
)));
6204 else if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
6206 /* VxWorks uses RELA rather than REL dynamic relocations. */
6207 outrel
[0].r_addend
= *addendp
;
6208 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out
6209 (output_bfd
, &outrel
[0],
6211 + sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
)));
6214 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out
6215 (output_bfd
, &outrel
[0],
6216 (sreloc
->contents
+ sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
)));
6218 /* We've now added another relocation. */
6219 ++sreloc
->reloc_count
;
6221 /* Make sure the output section is writable. The dynamic linker
6222 will be writing to it. */
6223 elf_section_data (input_section
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_flags
6226 /* On IRIX5, make an entry of compact relocation info. */
6227 if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd
) == ict_irix5
)
6229 asection
*scpt
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".compact_rel");
6234 Elf32_crinfo cptrel
;
6236 mips_elf_set_cr_format (cptrel
, CRF_MIPS_LONG
);
6237 cptrel
.vaddr
= (rel
->r_offset
6238 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
6239 + input_section
->output_offset
);
6240 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_REL32
)
6241 mips_elf_set_cr_type (cptrel
, CRT_MIPS_REL32
);
6243 mips_elf_set_cr_type (cptrel
, CRT_MIPS_WORD
);
6244 mips_elf_set_cr_dist2to (cptrel
, 0);
6245 cptrel
.konst
= *addendp
;
6247 cr
= (scpt
->contents
6248 + sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel
));
6249 mips_elf_set_cr_relvaddr (cptrel
, 0);
6250 bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out (output_bfd
, &cptrel
,
6251 ((Elf32_External_crinfo
*) cr
6252 + scpt
->reloc_count
));
6253 ++scpt
->reloc_count
;
6257 /* If we've written this relocation for a readonly section,
6258 we need to set DF_TEXTREL again, so that we do not delete the
6260 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (input_section
))
6261 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
6266 /* Return the MACH for a MIPS e_flags value. */
6269 _bfd_elf_mips_mach (flagword flags
)
6271 switch (flags
& EF_MIPS_MACH
)
6273 case E_MIPS_MACH_3900
:
6274 return bfd_mach_mips3900
;
6276 case E_MIPS_MACH_4010
:
6277 return bfd_mach_mips4010
;
6279 case E_MIPS_MACH_4100
:
6280 return bfd_mach_mips4100
;
6282 case E_MIPS_MACH_4111
:
6283 return bfd_mach_mips4111
;
6285 case E_MIPS_MACH_4120
:
6286 return bfd_mach_mips4120
;
6288 case E_MIPS_MACH_4650
:
6289 return bfd_mach_mips4650
;
6291 case E_MIPS_MACH_5400
:
6292 return bfd_mach_mips5400
;
6294 case E_MIPS_MACH_5500
:
6295 return bfd_mach_mips5500
;
6297 case E_MIPS_MACH_9000
:
6298 return bfd_mach_mips9000
;
6300 case E_MIPS_MACH_SB1
:
6301 return bfd_mach_mips_sb1
;
6303 case E_MIPS_MACH_LS2E
:
6304 return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e
;
6306 case E_MIPS_MACH_LS2F
:
6307 return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f
;
6309 case E_MIPS_MACH_LS3A
:
6310 return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_3a
;
6312 case E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON2
:
6313 return bfd_mach_mips_octeon2
;
6315 case E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON
:
6316 return bfd_mach_mips_octeon
;
6318 case E_MIPS_MACH_XLR
:
6319 return bfd_mach_mips_xlr
;
6322 switch (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
)
6326 return bfd_mach_mips3000
;
6329 return bfd_mach_mips6000
;
6332 return bfd_mach_mips4000
;
6335 return bfd_mach_mips8000
;
6338 return bfd_mach_mips5
;
6340 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32
:
6341 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32
;
6343 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64
:
6344 return bfd_mach_mipsisa64
;
6346 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
:
6347 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
;
6349 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
:
6350 return bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
;
6357 /* Return printable name for ABI. */
6359 static INLINE
char *
6360 elf_mips_abi_name (bfd
*abfd
)
6364 flags
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
;
6365 switch (flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
)
6368 if (ABI_N32_P (abfd
))
6370 else if (ABI_64_P (abfd
))
6374 case E_MIPS_ABI_O32
:
6376 case E_MIPS_ABI_O64
:
6378 case E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
:
6380 case E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64
:
6383 return "unknown abi";
6387 /* MIPS ELF uses two common sections. One is the usual one, and the
6388 other is for small objects. All the small objects are kept
6389 together, and then referenced via the gp pointer, which yields
6390 faster assembler code. This is what we use for the small common
6391 section. This approach is copied from ecoff.c. */
6392 static asection mips_elf_scom_section
;
6393 static asymbol mips_elf_scom_symbol
;
6394 static asymbol
*mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr
;
6396 /* MIPS ELF also uses an acommon section, which represents an
6397 allocated common symbol which may be overridden by a
6398 definition in a shared library. */
6399 static asection mips_elf_acom_section
;
6400 static asymbol mips_elf_acom_symbol
;
6401 static asymbol
*mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr
;
6403 /* This is used for both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
6406 _bfd_mips_elf_symbol_processing (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*asym
)
6408 elf_symbol_type
*elfsym
;
6410 /* Handle the special MIPS section numbers that a symbol may use. */
6411 elfsym
= (elf_symbol_type
*) asym
;
6412 switch (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
)
6414 case SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
:
6415 /* This section is used in a dynamically linked executable file.
6416 It is an allocated common section. The dynamic linker can
6417 either resolve these symbols to something in a shared
6418 library, or it can just leave them here. For our purposes,
6419 we can consider these symbols to be in a new section. */
6420 if (mips_elf_acom_section
.name
== NULL
)
6422 /* Initialize the acommon section. */
6423 mips_elf_acom_section
.name
= ".acommon";
6424 mips_elf_acom_section
.flags
= SEC_ALLOC
;
6425 mips_elf_acom_section
.output_section
= &mips_elf_acom_section
;
6426 mips_elf_acom_section
.symbol
= &mips_elf_acom_symbol
;
6427 mips_elf_acom_section
.symbol_ptr_ptr
= &mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr
;
6428 mips_elf_acom_symbol
.name
= ".acommon";
6429 mips_elf_acom_symbol
.flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
;
6430 mips_elf_acom_symbol
.section
= &mips_elf_acom_section
;
6431 mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr
= &mips_elf_acom_symbol
;
6433 asym
->section
= &mips_elf_acom_section
;
6437 /* Common symbols less than the GP size are automatically
6438 treated as SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON symbols on IRIX5. */
6439 if (asym
->value
> elf_gp_size (abfd
)
6440 || ELF_ST_TYPE (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_info
) == STT_TLS
6441 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
)
6444 case SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
:
6445 if (mips_elf_scom_section
.name
== NULL
)
6447 /* Initialize the small common section. */
6448 mips_elf_scom_section
.name
= ".scommon";
6449 mips_elf_scom_section
.flags
= SEC_IS_COMMON
;
6450 mips_elf_scom_section
.output_section
= &mips_elf_scom_section
;
6451 mips_elf_scom_section
.symbol
= &mips_elf_scom_symbol
;
6452 mips_elf_scom_section
.symbol_ptr_ptr
= &mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr
;
6453 mips_elf_scom_symbol
.name
= ".scommon";
6454 mips_elf_scom_symbol
.flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
;
6455 mips_elf_scom_symbol
.section
= &mips_elf_scom_section
;
6456 mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr
= &mips_elf_scom_symbol
;
6458 asym
->section
= &mips_elf_scom_section
;
6459 asym
->value
= elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
;
6462 case SHN_MIPS_SUNDEFINED
:
6463 asym
->section
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
6468 asection
*section
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".text");
6470 if (section
!= NULL
)
6472 asym
->section
= section
;
6473 /* MIPS_TEXT is a bit special, the address is not an offset
6474 to the base of the .text section. So substract the section
6475 base address to make it an offset. */
6476 asym
->value
-= section
->vma
;
6483 asection
*section
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".data");
6485 if (section
!= NULL
)
6487 asym
->section
= section
;
6488 /* MIPS_DATA is a bit special, the address is not an offset
6489 to the base of the .data section. So substract the section
6490 base address to make it an offset. */
6491 asym
->value
-= section
->vma
;
6497 /* If this is an odd-valued function symbol, assume it's a MIPS16
6498 or microMIPS one. */
6499 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_info
) == STT_FUNC
6500 && (asym
->value
& 1) != 0)
6503 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS
)
6504 elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
6505 = ELF_ST_SET_MICROMIPS (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
);
6507 elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
6508 = ELF_ST_SET_MIPS16 (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
);
6512 /* Implement elf_backend_eh_frame_address_size. This differs from
6513 the default in the way it handles EABI64.
6515 EABI64 was originally specified as an LP64 ABI, and that is what
6516 -mabi=eabi normally gives on a 64-bit target. However, gcc has
6517 historically accepted the combination of -mabi=eabi and -mlong32,
6518 and this ILP32 variation has become semi-official over time.
6519 Both forms use elf32 and have pointer-sized FDE addresses.
6521 If an EABI object was generated by GCC 4.0 or above, it will have
6522 an empty .gcc_compiled_longXX section, where XX is the size of longs
6523 in bits. Unfortunately, ILP32 objects generated by earlier compilers
6524 have no special marking to distinguish them from LP64 objects.
6526 We don't want users of the official LP64 ABI to be punished for the
6527 existence of the ILP32 variant, but at the same time, we don't want
6528 to mistakenly interpret pre-4.0 ILP32 objects as being LP64 objects.
6529 We therefore take the following approach:
6531 - If ABFD contains a .gcc_compiled_longXX section, use it to
6532 determine the pointer size.
6534 - Otherwise check the type of the first relocation. Assume that
6535 the LP64 ABI is being used if the relocation is of type R_MIPS_64.
6539 The second check is enough to detect LP64 objects generated by pre-4.0
6540 compilers because, in the kind of output generated by those compilers,
6541 the first relocation will be associated with either a CIE personality
6542 routine or an FDE start address. Furthermore, the compilers never
6543 used a special (non-pointer) encoding for this ABI.
6545 Checking the relocation type should also be safe because there is no
6546 reason to use R_MIPS_64 in an ILP32 object. Pre-4.0 compilers never
6550 _bfd_mips_elf_eh_frame_address_size (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
6552 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == ELFCLASS64
)
6554 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64
)
6556 bfd_boolean long32_p
, long64_p
;
6558 long32_p
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".gcc_compiled_long32") != 0;
6559 long64_p
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".gcc_compiled_long64") != 0;
6560 if (long32_p
&& long64_p
)
6567 if (sec
->reloc_count
> 0
6568 && elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= NULL
6569 && (ELF32_R_TYPE (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
[0].r_info
)
6578 /* There appears to be a bug in the MIPSpro linker that causes GOT_DISP
6579 relocations against two unnamed section symbols to resolve to the
6580 same address. For example, if we have code like:
6582 lw $4,%got_disp(.data)($gp)
6583 lw $25,%got_disp(.text)($gp)
6586 then the linker will resolve both relocations to .data and the program
6587 will jump there rather than to .text.
6589 We can work around this problem by giving names to local section symbols.
6590 This is also what the MIPSpro tools do. */
6593 _bfd_mips_elf_name_local_section_symbols (bfd
*abfd
)
6595 return SGI_COMPAT (abfd
);
6598 /* Work over a section just before writing it out. This routine is
6599 used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. FIXME: We recognize
6600 sections that need the SHF_MIPS_GPREL flag by name; there has to be
6604 _bfd_mips_elf_section_processing (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
)
6606 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
6607 && hdr
->sh_size
> 0)
6611 BFD_ASSERT (hdr
->sh_size
== sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
));
6612 BFD_ASSERT (hdr
->contents
== NULL
);
6615 hdr
->sh_offset
+ sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
) - 4,
6618 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, elf_gp (abfd
), buf
);
6619 if (bfd_bwrite (buf
, 4, abfd
) != 4)
6623 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
6624 && hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
6625 && mips_elf_section_data (hdr
->bfd_section
) != NULL
6626 && mips_elf_section_data (hdr
->bfd_section
)->u
.tdata
!= NULL
)
6628 bfd_byte
*contents
, *l
, *lend
;
6630 /* We stored the section contents in the tdata field in the
6631 set_section_contents routine. We save the section contents
6632 so that we don't have to read them again.
6633 At this point we know that elf_gp is set, so we can look
6634 through the section contents to see if there is an
6635 ODK_REGINFO structure. */
6637 contents
= mips_elf_section_data (hdr
->bfd_section
)->u
.tdata
;
6639 lend
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
;
6640 while (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
) <= lend
)
6642 Elf_Internal_Options intopt
;
6644 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd
, (Elf_External_Options
*) l
,
6646 if (intopt
.size
< sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))
6648 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
6649 (_("%B: Warning: bad `%s' option size %u smaller than its header"),
6650 abfd
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd
), intopt
.size
);
6653 if (ABI_64_P (abfd
) && intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
6660 + sizeof (Elf_External_Options
)
6661 + (sizeof (Elf64_External_RegInfo
) - 8)),
6664 H_PUT_64 (abfd
, elf_gp (abfd
), buf
);
6665 if (bfd_bwrite (buf
, 8, abfd
) != 8)
6668 else if (intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
6675 + sizeof (Elf_External_Options
)
6676 + (sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
) - 4)),
6679 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, elf_gp (abfd
), buf
);
6680 if (bfd_bwrite (buf
, 4, abfd
) != 4)
6687 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
6689 const char *name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
);
6691 /* .sbss is not handled specially here because the GNU/Linux
6692 prelinker can convert .sbss from NOBITS to PROGBITS and
6693 changing it back to NOBITS breaks the binary. The entry in
6694 _bfd_mips_elf_special_sections will ensure the correct flags
6695 are set on .sbss if BFD creates it without reading it from an
6696 input file, and without special handling here the flags set
6697 on it in an input file will be followed. */
6698 if (strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0
6699 || strcmp (name
, ".lit8") == 0
6700 || strcmp (name
, ".lit4") == 0)
6702 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
| SHF_WRITE
| SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
6703 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_PROGBITS
;
6705 else if (strcmp (name
, ".srdata") == 0)
6707 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
| SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
6708 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_PROGBITS
;
6710 else if (strcmp (name
, ".compact_rel") == 0)
6713 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_PROGBITS
;
6715 else if (strcmp (name
, ".rtproc") == 0)
6717 if (hdr
->sh_addralign
!= 0 && hdr
->sh_entsize
== 0)
6719 unsigned int adjust
;
6721 adjust
= hdr
->sh_size
% hdr
->sh_addralign
;
6723 hdr
->sh_size
+= hdr
->sh_addralign
- adjust
;
6731 /* Handle a MIPS specific section when reading an object file. This
6732 is called when elfcode.h finds a section with an unknown type.
6733 This routine supports both the 32-bit and 64-bit ELF ABI.
6735 FIXME: We need to handle the SHF_MIPS_GPREL flag, but I'm not sure
6739 _bfd_mips_elf_section_from_shdr (bfd
*abfd
,
6740 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
,
6746 /* There ought to be a place to keep ELF backend specific flags, but
6747 at the moment there isn't one. We just keep track of the
6748 sections by their name, instead. Fortunately, the ABI gives
6749 suggested names for all the MIPS specific sections, so we will
6750 probably get away with this. */
6751 switch (hdr
->sh_type
)
6753 case SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST
:
6754 if (strcmp (name
, ".liblist") != 0)
6758 if (strcmp (name
, ".msym") != 0)
6761 case SHT_MIPS_CONFLICT
:
6762 if (strcmp (name
, ".conflict") != 0)
6765 case SHT_MIPS_GPTAB
:
6766 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gptab."))
6769 case SHT_MIPS_UCODE
:
6770 if (strcmp (name
, ".ucode") != 0)
6773 case SHT_MIPS_DEBUG
:
6774 if (strcmp (name
, ".mdebug") != 0)
6776 flags
= SEC_DEBUGGING
;
6778 case SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
:
6779 if (strcmp (name
, ".reginfo") != 0
6780 || hdr
->sh_size
!= sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
))
6782 flags
= (SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_SAME_SIZE
);
6784 case SHT_MIPS_IFACE
:
6785 if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.interfaces") != 0)
6788 case SHT_MIPS_CONTENT
:
6789 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.content"))
6792 case SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
:
6793 if (!MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (name
))
6796 case SHT_MIPS_DWARF
:
6797 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".debug_")
6798 && ! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".zdebug_"))
6801 case SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
:
6802 if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.symlib") != 0)
6805 case SHT_MIPS_EVENTS
:
6806 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.events")
6807 && ! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.post_rel"))
6814 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
6819 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
,
6820 (bfd_get_section_flags (abfd
,
6826 /* FIXME: We should record sh_info for a .gptab section. */
6828 /* For a .reginfo section, set the gp value in the tdata information
6829 from the contents of this section. We need the gp value while
6830 processing relocs, so we just get it now. The .reginfo section
6831 is not used in the 64-bit MIPS ELF ABI. */
6832 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
)
6834 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext
;
6837 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
,
6838 &ext
, 0, sizeof ext
))
6840 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (abfd
, &ext
, &s
);
6841 elf_gp (abfd
) = s
.ri_gp_value
;
6844 /* For a SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS section, look for a ODK_REGINFO entry, and
6845 set the gp value based on what we find. We may see both
6846 SHT_MIPS_REGINFO and SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS/ODK_REGINFO; in that case,
6847 they should agree. */
6848 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
)
6850 bfd_byte
*contents
, *l
, *lend
;
6852 contents
= bfd_malloc (hdr
->sh_size
);
6853 if (contents
== NULL
)
6855 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
, contents
,
6862 lend
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
;
6863 while (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
) <= lend
)
6865 Elf_Internal_Options intopt
;
6867 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd
, (Elf_External_Options
*) l
,
6869 if (intopt
.size
< sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))
6871 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
6872 (_("%B: Warning: bad `%s' option size %u smaller than its header"),
6873 abfd
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd
), intopt
.size
);
6876 if (ABI_64_P (abfd
) && intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
6878 Elf64_Internal_RegInfo intreg
;
6880 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_in
6882 ((Elf64_External_RegInfo
*)
6883 (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))),
6885 elf_gp (abfd
) = intreg
.ri_gp_value
;
6887 else if (intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
6889 Elf32_RegInfo intreg
;
6891 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in
6893 ((Elf32_External_RegInfo
*)
6894 (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))),
6896 elf_gp (abfd
) = intreg
.ri_gp_value
;
6906 /* Set the correct type for a MIPS ELF section. We do this by the
6907 section name, which is a hack, but ought to work. This routine is
6908 used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
6911 _bfd_mips_elf_fake_sections (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
, asection
*sec
)
6913 const char *name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
);
6915 if (strcmp (name
, ".liblist") == 0)
6917 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST
;
6918 hdr
->sh_info
= sec
->size
/ sizeof (Elf32_Lib
);
6919 /* The sh_link field is set in final_write_processing. */
6921 else if (strcmp (name
, ".conflict") == 0)
6922 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_CONFLICT
;
6923 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gptab."))
6925 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_GPTAB
;
6926 hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
6927 /* The sh_info field is set in final_write_processing. */
6929 else if (strcmp (name
, ".ucode") == 0)
6930 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_UCODE
;
6931 else if (strcmp (name
, ".mdebug") == 0)
6933 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_DEBUG
;
6934 /* In a shared object on IRIX 5.3, the .mdebug section has an
6935 entsize of 0. FIXME: Does this matter? */
6936 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
6937 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
6939 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 1;
6941 else if (strcmp (name
, ".reginfo") == 0)
6943 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
;
6944 /* In a shared object on IRIX 5.3, the .reginfo section has an
6945 entsize of 0x18. FIXME: Does this matter? */
6946 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
6948 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
6949 hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
);
6951 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 1;
6954 hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
);
6956 else if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
6957 && (strcmp (name
, ".hash") == 0
6958 || strcmp (name
, ".dynamic") == 0
6959 || strcmp (name
, ".dynstr") == 0))
6961 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
6962 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
6964 /* This isn't how the IRIX6 linker behaves. */
6965 hdr
->sh_info
= SIZEOF_MIPS_DYNSYM_SECNAMES
;
6968 else if (strcmp (name
, ".got") == 0
6969 || strcmp (name
, ".srdata") == 0
6970 || strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0
6971 || strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0
6972 || strcmp (name
, ".lit4") == 0
6973 || strcmp (name
, ".lit8") == 0)
6974 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
6975 else if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.interfaces") == 0)
6977 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_IFACE
;
6978 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
6980 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.content"))
6982 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_CONTENT
;
6983 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
6984 /* The sh_info field is set in final_write_processing. */
6986 else if (MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (name
))
6988 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
;
6989 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 1;
6990 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
6992 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".debug_")
6993 || CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".zdebug_"))
6995 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_DWARF
;
6997 /* Irix facilities such as libexc expect a single .debug_frame
6998 per executable, the system ones have NOSTRIP set and the linker
6999 doesn't merge sections with different flags so ... */
7000 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".debug_frame"))
7001 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
7003 else if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.symlib") == 0)
7005 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
;
7006 /* The sh_link and sh_info fields are set in
7007 final_write_processing. */
7009 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.events")
7010 || CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.post_rel"))
7012 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_EVENTS
;
7013 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
7014 /* The sh_link field is set in final_write_processing. */
7016 else if (strcmp (name
, ".msym") == 0)
7018 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_MSYM
;
7019 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
;
7020 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 8;
7023 /* The generic elf_fake_sections will set up REL_HDR using the default
7024 kind of relocations. We used to set up a second header for the
7025 non-default kind of relocations here, but only NewABI would use
7026 these, and the IRIX ld doesn't like resulting empty RELA sections.
7027 Thus we create those header only on demand now. */
7032 /* Given a BFD section, try to locate the corresponding ELF section
7033 index. This is used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI.
7034 Actually, it's not clear to me that the 64-bit ABI supports these,
7035 but for non-PIC objects we will certainly want support for at least
7036 the .scommon section. */
7039 _bfd_mips_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7040 asection
*sec
, int *retval
)
7042 if (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
), ".scommon") == 0)
7044 *retval
= SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
;
7047 if (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
), ".acommon") == 0)
7049 *retval
= SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
;
7055 /* Hook called by the linker routine which adds symbols from an object
7056 file. We must handle the special MIPS section numbers here. */
7059 _bfd_mips_elf_add_symbol_hook (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
7060 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
, const char **namep
,
7061 flagword
*flagsp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7062 asection
**secp
, bfd_vma
*valp
)
7064 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
7065 && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0
7066 && strcmp (*namep
, "_rld_new_interface") == 0)
7068 /* Skip IRIX5 rld entry name. */
7073 /* Shared objects may have a dynamic symbol '_gp_disp' defined as
7074 a SECTION *ABS*. This causes ld to think it can resolve _gp_disp
7075 by setting a DT_NEEDED for the shared object. Since _gp_disp is
7076 a magic symbol resolved by the linker, we ignore this bogus definition
7077 of _gp_disp. New ABI objects do not suffer from this problem so this
7078 is not done for them. */
7080 && (sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
7081 && (strcmp (*namep
, "_gp_disp") == 0))
7087 switch (sym
->st_shndx
)
7090 /* Common symbols less than the GP size are automatically
7091 treated as SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON symbols. */
7092 if (sym
->st_size
> elf_gp_size (abfd
)
7093 || ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_TLS
7094 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
)
7097 case SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
:
7098 *secp
= bfd_make_section_old_way (abfd
, ".scommon");
7099 (*secp
)->flags
|= SEC_IS_COMMON
;
7100 *valp
= sym
->st_size
;
7104 /* This section is used in a shared object. */
7105 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_section
== NULL
)
7107 asymbol
*elf_text_symbol
;
7108 asection
*elf_text_section
;
7109 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (asection
);
7111 elf_text_section
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7112 if (elf_text_section
== NULL
)
7115 amt
= sizeof (asymbol
);
7116 elf_text_symbol
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7117 if (elf_text_symbol
== NULL
)
7120 /* Initialize the section. */
7122 elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_section
= elf_text_section
;
7123 elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_symbol
= elf_text_symbol
;
7125 elf_text_section
->symbol
= elf_text_symbol
;
7126 elf_text_section
->symbol_ptr_ptr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_symbol
;
7128 elf_text_section
->name
= ".text";
7129 elf_text_section
->flags
= SEC_NO_FLAGS
;
7130 elf_text_section
->output_section
= NULL
;
7131 elf_text_section
->owner
= abfd
;
7132 elf_text_symbol
->name
= ".text";
7133 elf_text_symbol
->flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_DYNAMIC
;
7134 elf_text_symbol
->section
= elf_text_section
;
7136 /* This code used to do *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr if
7137 info->shared. I don't know why, and that doesn't make sense,
7138 so I took it out. */
7139 *secp
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_section
;
7142 case SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
:
7143 /* Fall through. XXX Can we treat this as allocated data? */
7145 /* This section is used in a shared object. */
7146 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_section
== NULL
)
7148 asymbol
*elf_data_symbol
;
7149 asection
*elf_data_section
;
7150 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (asection
);
7152 elf_data_section
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7153 if (elf_data_section
== NULL
)
7156 amt
= sizeof (asymbol
);
7157 elf_data_symbol
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7158 if (elf_data_symbol
== NULL
)
7161 /* Initialize the section. */
7163 elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_section
= elf_data_section
;
7164 elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_symbol
= elf_data_symbol
;
7166 elf_data_section
->symbol
= elf_data_symbol
;
7167 elf_data_section
->symbol_ptr_ptr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_symbol
;
7169 elf_data_section
->name
= ".data";
7170 elf_data_section
->flags
= SEC_NO_FLAGS
;
7171 elf_data_section
->output_section
= NULL
;
7172 elf_data_section
->owner
= abfd
;
7173 elf_data_symbol
->name
= ".data";
7174 elf_data_symbol
->flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_DYNAMIC
;
7175 elf_data_symbol
->section
= elf_data_section
;
7177 /* This code used to do *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr if
7178 info->shared. I don't know why, and that doesn't make sense,
7179 so I took it out. */
7180 *secp
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_section
;
7183 case SHN_MIPS_SUNDEFINED
:
7184 *secp
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
7188 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
7190 && info
->output_bfd
->xvec
== abfd
->xvec
7191 && strcmp (*namep
, "__rld_obj_head") == 0)
7193 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7194 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
7196 /* Mark __rld_obj_head as dynamic. */
7198 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
7199 (info
, abfd
, *namep
, BSF_GLOBAL
, *secp
, *valp
, NULL
, FALSE
,
7200 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
7203 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
7206 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
7208 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
7211 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
= TRUE
;
7212 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_symbol
= h
;
7215 /* If this is a mips16 text symbol, add 1 to the value to make it
7216 odd. This will cause something like .word SYM to come up with
7217 the right value when it is loaded into the PC. */
7218 if (ELF_ST_IS_COMPRESSED (sym
->st_other
))
7224 /* This hook function is called before the linker writes out a global
7225 symbol. We mark symbols as small common if appropriate. This is
7226 also where we undo the increment of the value for a mips16 symbol. */
7229 _bfd_mips_elf_link_output_symbol_hook
7230 (struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7231 const char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
7232 asection
*input_sec
, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
7234 /* If we see a common symbol, which implies a relocatable link, then
7235 if a symbol was small common in an input file, mark it as small
7236 common in the output file. */
7237 if (sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
7238 && strcmp (input_sec
->name
, ".scommon") == 0)
7239 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
;
7241 if (ELF_ST_IS_COMPRESSED (sym
->st_other
))
7242 sym
->st_value
&= ~1;
7247 /* Functions for the dynamic linker. */
7249 /* Create dynamic sections when linking against a dynamic object. */
7252 _bfd_mips_elf_create_dynamic_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7254 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7255 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
7257 register asection
*s
;
7258 const char * const *namep
;
7259 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
7261 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
7262 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
7264 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
7265 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
| SEC_READONLY
);
7267 /* The psABI requires a read-only .dynamic section, but the VxWorks
7269 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
)
7271 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".dynamic");
7274 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, s
, flags
))
7279 /* We need to create .got section. */
7280 if (!mips_elf_create_got_section (abfd
, info
))
7283 if (! mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, TRUE
))
7286 /* Create .stub section. */
7287 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
,
7288 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (abfd
),
7291 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
7292 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
)))
7296 if (!mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
7298 && bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".rld_map") == NULL
)
7300 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".rld_map",
7301 flags
&~ (flagword
) SEC_READONLY
);
7303 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
7304 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
)))
7308 /* On IRIX5, we adjust add some additional symbols and change the
7309 alignments of several sections. There is no ABI documentation
7310 indicating that this is necessary on IRIX6, nor any evidence that
7311 the linker takes such action. */
7312 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
)
7314 for (namep
= mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
; *namep
!= NULL
; namep
++)
7317 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
7318 (info
, abfd
, *namep
, BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_und_section_ptr
, 0,
7319 NULL
, FALSE
, get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
7322 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
7325 h
->type
= STT_SECTION
;
7327 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
7331 /* We need to create a .compact_rel section. */
7332 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
7334 if (!mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section (abfd
, info
))
7338 /* Change alignments of some sections. */
7339 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".hash");
7341 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
7342 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".dynsym");
7344 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
7345 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".dynstr");
7347 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
7349 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".reginfo");
7351 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
7352 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".dynamic");
7354 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
7361 name
= SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) ? "_DYNAMIC_LINK" : "_DYNAMIC_LINKING";
7363 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
7364 (info
, abfd
, name
, BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_abs_section_ptr
, 0,
7365 NULL
, FALSE
, get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
7368 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
7371 h
->type
= STT_SECTION
;
7373 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
7376 if (! mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
)
7378 /* __rld_map is a four byte word located in the .data section
7379 and is filled in by the rtld to contain a pointer to
7380 the _r_debug structure. Its symbol value will be set in
7381 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol. */
7382 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".rld_map");
7383 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
7385 name
= SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) ? "__rld_map" : "__RLD_MAP";
7387 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
7388 (info
, abfd
, name
, BSF_GLOBAL
, s
, 0, NULL
, FALSE
,
7389 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
7392 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
7395 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
7397 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
7399 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_symbol
= h
;
7403 /* Create the .plt, .rel(a).plt, .dynbss and .rel(a).bss sections.
7404 Also create the _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE symbol. */
7405 if (!_bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections (abfd
, info
))
7408 /* Cache the sections created above. */
7409 htab
->splt
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".plt");
7410 htab
->sdynbss
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".dynbss");
7411 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
7413 htab
->srelbss
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".rela.bss");
7414 htab
->srelplt
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".rela.plt");
7417 htab
->srelplt
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".rel.plt");
7419 || (htab
->is_vxworks
&& !htab
->srelbss
&& !info
->shared
)
7424 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
7426 /* Do the usual VxWorks handling. */
7427 if (!elf_vxworks_create_dynamic_sections (abfd
, info
, &htab
->srelplt2
))
7430 /* Work out the PLT sizes. */
7433 htab
->plt_header_size
7434 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry
);
7435 htab
->plt_entry_size
7436 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry
);
7440 htab
->plt_header_size
7441 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry
);
7442 htab
->plt_entry_size
7443 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry
);
7446 else if (!info
->shared
)
7448 /* All variants of the plt0 entry are the same size. */
7449 htab
->plt_header_size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
);
7450 htab
->plt_entry_size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry
);
7456 /* Return true if relocation REL against section SEC is a REL rather than
7457 RELA relocation. RELOCS is the first relocation in the section and
7458 ABFD is the bfd that contains SEC. */
7461 mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
,
7462 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
,
7463 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
7465 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
7466 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
7468 /* To determine which flavor of relocation this is, we depend on the
7469 fact that the INPUT_SECTION's REL_HDR is read before RELA_HDR. */
7470 rel_hdr
= elf_section_data (sec
)->rel
.hdr
;
7471 if (rel_hdr
== NULL
)
7473 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
7474 return ((size_t) (rel
- relocs
)
7475 < NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (rel_hdr
) * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
);
7478 /* Read the addend for REL relocation REL, which belongs to bfd ABFD.
7479 HOWTO is the relocation's howto and CONTENTS points to the contents
7480 of the section that REL is against. */
7483 mips_elf_read_rel_addend (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
7484 reloc_howto_type
*howto
, bfd_byte
*contents
)
7487 unsigned int r_type
;
7490 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, rel
->r_info
);
7491 location
= contents
+ rel
->r_offset
;
7493 /* Get the addend, which is stored in the input file. */
7494 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd
, r_type
, FALSE
, location
);
7495 addend
= mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto
, rel
, abfd
, contents
);
7496 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd
, r_type
, FALSE
, location
);
7498 return addend
& howto
->src_mask
;
7501 /* REL is a relocation in ABFD that needs a partnering LO16 relocation
7502 and *ADDEND is the addend for REL itself. Look for the LO16 relocation
7503 and update *ADDEND with the final addend. Return true on success
7504 or false if the LO16 could not be found. RELEND is the exclusive
7505 upper bound on the relocations for REL's section. */
7508 mips_elf_add_lo16_rel_addend (bfd
*abfd
,
7509 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
7510 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
,
7511 bfd_byte
*contents
, bfd_vma
*addend
)
7513 unsigned int r_type
, lo16_type
;
7514 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*lo16_relocation
;
7515 reloc_howto_type
*lo16_howto
;
7518 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, rel
->r_info
);
7519 if (mips16_reloc_p (r_type
))
7520 lo16_type
= R_MIPS16_LO16
;
7521 else if (micromips_reloc_p (r_type
))
7522 lo16_type
= R_MICROMIPS_LO16
;
7524 lo16_type
= R_MIPS_LO16
;
7526 /* The combined value is the sum of the HI16 addend, left-shifted by
7527 sixteen bits, and the LO16 addend, sign extended. (Usually, the
7528 code does a `lui' of the HI16 value, and then an `addiu' of the
7531 Scan ahead to find a matching LO16 relocation.
7533 According to the MIPS ELF ABI, the R_MIPS_LO16 relocation must
7534 be immediately following. However, for the IRIX6 ABI, the next
7535 relocation may be a composed relocation consisting of several
7536 relocations for the same address. In that case, the R_MIPS_LO16
7537 relocation may occur as one of these. We permit a similar
7538 extension in general, as that is useful for GCC.
7540 In some cases GCC dead code elimination removes the LO16 but keeps
7541 the corresponding HI16. This is strictly speaking a violation of
7542 the ABI but not immediately harmful. */
7543 lo16_relocation
= mips_elf_next_relocation (abfd
, lo16_type
, rel
, relend
);
7544 if (lo16_relocation
== NULL
)
7547 /* Obtain the addend kept there. */
7548 lo16_howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, lo16_type
, FALSE
);
7549 l
= mips_elf_read_rel_addend (abfd
, lo16_relocation
, lo16_howto
, contents
);
7551 l
<<= lo16_howto
->rightshift
;
7552 l
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (l
, 16);
7559 /* Try to read the contents of section SEC in bfd ABFD. Return true and
7560 store the contents in *CONTENTS on success. Assume that *CONTENTS
7561 already holds the contents if it is nonull on entry. */
7564 mips_elf_get_section_contents (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
, bfd_byte
**contents
)
7569 /* Get cached copy if it exists. */
7570 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= NULL
)
7572 *contents
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
;
7576 return bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, sec
, contents
);
7579 /* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase, and
7580 allocate space in the global offset table. */
7583 _bfd_mips_elf_check_relocs (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
7584 asection
*sec
, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
)
7588 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
7589 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
7591 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
7592 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel_end
;
7594 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
7595 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
7598 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
7600 if (info
->relocatable
)
7603 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
7604 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
7606 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
7607 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
7608 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
7609 extsymoff
= (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
7611 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
7612 rel_end
= relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
7614 /* Check for the mips16 stub sections. */
7616 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
);
7617 if (FN_STUB_P (name
))
7619 unsigned long r_symndx
;
7621 /* Look at the relocation information to figure out which symbol
7624 r_symndx
= mips16_stub_symndx (bed
, sec
, relocs
, rel_end
);
7627 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
7628 (_("%B: Warning: cannot determine the target function for"
7629 " stub section `%s'"),
7631 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
7635 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
7636 || sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
] == NULL
)
7640 /* This stub is for a local symbol. This stub will only be
7641 needed if there is some relocation in this BFD, other
7642 than a 16 bit function call, which refers to this symbol. */
7643 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
7645 Elf_Internal_Rela
*sec_relocs
;
7646 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
, *rend
;
7648 /* We can ignore stub sections when looking for relocs. */
7649 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
7650 || o
->reloc_count
== 0
7651 || section_allows_mips16_refs_p (o
))
7655 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, o
, NULL
, NULL
,
7657 if (sec_relocs
== NULL
)
7660 rend
= sec_relocs
+ o
->reloc_count
;
7661 for (r
= sec_relocs
; r
< rend
; r
++)
7662 if (ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, r
->r_info
) == r_symndx
7663 && !mips16_call_reloc_p (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, r
->r_info
)))
7666 if (elf_section_data (o
)->relocs
!= sec_relocs
)
7675 /* There is no non-call reloc for this stub, so we do
7676 not need it. Since this function is called before
7677 the linker maps input sections to output sections, we
7678 can easily discard it by setting the SEC_EXCLUDE
7680 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
7684 /* Record this stub in an array of local symbol stubs for
7686 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_stubs
== NULL
)
7688 unsigned long symcount
;
7692 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
))
7693 symcount
= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr
);
7695 symcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
7696 amt
= symcount
* sizeof (asection
*);
7697 n
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7700 elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_stubs
= n
;
7703 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
7704 elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_stubs
[r_symndx
] = sec
;
7706 /* We don't need to set mips16_stubs_seen in this case.
7707 That flag is used to see whether we need to look through
7708 the global symbol table for stubs. We don't need to set
7709 it here, because we just have a local stub. */
7713 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7715 h
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
7716 sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
7718 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
7719 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
7720 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
7722 /* H is the symbol this stub is for. */
7724 /* If we already have an appropriate stub for this function, we
7725 don't need another one, so we can discard this one. Since
7726 this function is called before the linker maps input sections
7727 to output sections, we can easily discard it by setting the
7728 SEC_EXCLUDE flag. */
7729 if (h
->fn_stub
!= NULL
)
7731 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
7735 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
7737 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->mips16_stubs_seen
= TRUE
;
7740 else if (CALL_STUB_P (name
) || CALL_FP_STUB_P (name
))
7742 unsigned long r_symndx
;
7743 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7746 /* Look at the relocation information to figure out which symbol
7749 r_symndx
= mips16_stub_symndx (bed
, sec
, relocs
, rel_end
);
7752 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
7753 (_("%B: Warning: cannot determine the target function for"
7754 " stub section `%s'"),
7756 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
7760 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
7761 || sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
] == NULL
)
7765 /* This stub is for a local symbol. This stub will only be
7766 needed if there is some relocation (R_MIPS16_26) in this BFD
7767 that refers to this symbol. */
7768 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
7770 Elf_Internal_Rela
*sec_relocs
;
7771 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
, *rend
;
7773 /* We can ignore stub sections when looking for relocs. */
7774 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
7775 || o
->reloc_count
== 0
7776 || section_allows_mips16_refs_p (o
))
7780 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, o
, NULL
, NULL
,
7782 if (sec_relocs
== NULL
)
7785 rend
= sec_relocs
+ o
->reloc_count
;
7786 for (r
= sec_relocs
; r
< rend
; r
++)
7787 if (ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, r
->r_info
) == r_symndx
7788 && ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, r
->r_info
) == R_MIPS16_26
)
7791 if (elf_section_data (o
)->relocs
!= sec_relocs
)
7800 /* There is no non-call reloc for this stub, so we do
7801 not need it. Since this function is called before
7802 the linker maps input sections to output sections, we
7803 can easily discard it by setting the SEC_EXCLUDE
7805 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
7809 /* Record this stub in an array of local symbol call_stubs for
7811 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_call_stubs
== NULL
)
7813 unsigned long symcount
;
7817 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
))
7818 symcount
= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr
);
7820 symcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
7821 amt
= symcount
* sizeof (asection
*);
7822 n
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7825 elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_call_stubs
= n
;
7828 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
7829 elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_call_stubs
[r_symndx
] = sec
;
7831 /* We don't need to set mips16_stubs_seen in this case.
7832 That flag is used to see whether we need to look through
7833 the global symbol table for stubs. We don't need to set
7834 it here, because we just have a local stub. */
7838 h
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
7839 sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
7841 /* H is the symbol this stub is for. */
7843 if (CALL_FP_STUB_P (name
))
7844 loc
= &h
->call_fp_stub
;
7846 loc
= &h
->call_stub
;
7848 /* If we already have an appropriate stub for this function, we
7849 don't need another one, so we can discard this one. Since
7850 this function is called before the linker maps input sections
7851 to output sections, we can easily discard it by setting the
7852 SEC_EXCLUDE flag. */
7855 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
7859 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
7861 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->mips16_stubs_seen
= TRUE
;
7867 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< rel_end
; ++rel
)
7869 unsigned long r_symndx
;
7870 unsigned int r_type
;
7871 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7872 bfd_boolean can_make_dynamic_p
;
7874 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, rel
->r_info
);
7875 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, rel
->r_info
);
7877 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
)
7879 else if (r_symndx
>= extsymoff
+ NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr
))
7881 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
7882 (_("%B: Malformed reloc detected for section %s"),
7884 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
7889 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
];
7891 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
7892 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
))
7893 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
7896 /* Set CAN_MAKE_DYNAMIC_P to true if we can convert this
7897 relocation into a dynamic one. */
7898 can_make_dynamic_p
= FALSE
;
7903 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
7904 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
7905 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
7906 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
7907 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
7908 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
:
7909 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
7910 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
7912 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
:
7913 case R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
7914 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
7915 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
7916 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
:
7917 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
:
7918 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
:
7919 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
:
7920 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
:
7921 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
:
7922 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16
:
7923 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16
:
7924 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
7925 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST
:
7926 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
:
7927 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
7928 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD
:
7929 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM
:
7931 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
= dynobj
= abfd
;
7932 if (!mips_elf_create_got_section (dynobj
, info
))
7934 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& !info
->shared
)
7936 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
7937 (_("%B: GOT reloc at 0x%lx not expected in executables"),
7938 abfd
, (unsigned long) rel
->r_offset
);
7939 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
7944 /* This is just a hint; it can safely be ignored. Don't set
7945 has_static_relocs for the corresponding symbol. */
7947 case R_MICROMIPS_JALR
:
7953 /* In VxWorks executables, references to external symbols
7954 must be handled using copy relocs or PLT entries; it is not
7955 possible to convert this relocation into a dynamic one.
7957 For executables that use PLTs and copy-relocs, we have a
7958 choice between converting the relocation into a dynamic
7959 one or using copy relocations or PLT entries. It is
7960 usually better to do the former, unless the relocation is
7961 against a read-only section. */
7964 && !htab
->is_vxworks
7965 && strcmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "__gnu_local_gp") != 0
7966 && !(!info
->nocopyreloc
7967 && !PIC_OBJECT_P (abfd
)
7968 && MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec
))))
7969 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
7971 can_make_dynamic_p
= TRUE
;
7973 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
= dynobj
= abfd
;
7976 /* For sections that are not SEC_ALLOC a copy reloc would be
7977 output if possible (implying questionable semantics for
7978 read-only data objects) or otherwise the final link would
7979 fail as ld.so will not process them and could not therefore
7980 handle any outstanding dynamic relocations.
7982 For such sections that are also SEC_DEBUGGING, we can avoid
7983 these problems by simply ignoring any relocs as these
7984 sections have a predefined use and we know it is safe to do
7987 This is needed in cases such as a global symbol definition
7988 in a shared library causing a common symbol from an object
7989 file to be converted to an undefined reference. If that
7990 happens, then all the relocations against this symbol from
7991 SEC_DEBUGGING sections in the object file will resolve to
7993 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0)
7998 /* Most static relocations require pointer equality, except
8001 h
->pointer_equality_needed
= TRUE
;
8007 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
:
8008 case R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
:
8009 case R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
:
8010 case R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
:
8011 case R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2
:
8013 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
)->has_static_relocs
= TRUE
;
8019 /* Relocations against the special VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ and
8020 __GOTT_INDEX__ symbols must be left to the loader. Allocate
8021 room for them in .rela.dyn. */
8022 if (is_gott_symbol (info
, h
))
8026 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, TRUE
);
8030 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
, 1);
8031 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec
))
8032 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are
8033 relocations against the text segment. */
8034 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
8037 else if (call_lo16_reloc_p (r_type
)
8038 || got_lo16_reloc_p (r_type
)
8039 || got_disp_reloc_p (r_type
)
8040 || (got16_reloc_p (r_type
) && htab
->is_vxworks
))
8042 /* We may need a local GOT entry for this relocation. We
8043 don't count R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE because we can estimate the
8044 maximum number of pages needed by looking at the size of
8045 the segment. Similar comments apply to R_MIPS*_GOT16 and
8046 R_MIPS*_CALL16, except on VxWorks, where GOT relocations
8047 always evaluate to "G". We don't count R_MIPS_GOT_HI16, or
8048 R_MIPS_CALL_HI16 because these are always followed by an
8049 R_MIPS_GOT_LO16 or R_MIPS_CALL_LO16. */
8050 if (!mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (abfd
, r_symndx
,
8051 rel
->r_addend
, info
, 0))
8056 && mips_elf_relocation_needs_la25_stub (abfd
, r_type
,
8057 ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h
->other
)))
8058 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
)->has_nonpic_branches
= TRUE
;
8063 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
8064 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
:
8067 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
8068 (_("%B: CALL16 reloc at 0x%lx not against global symbol"),
8069 abfd
, (unsigned long) rel
->r_offset
);
8070 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8075 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
8076 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
8077 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
:
8078 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
:
8081 /* Make sure there is room in the regular GOT to hold the
8082 function's address. We may eliminate it in favour of
8083 a .got.plt entry later; see mips_elf_count_got_symbols. */
8084 if (!mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h
, abfd
, info
, TRUE
, 0))
8087 /* We need a stub, not a plt entry for the undefined
8088 function. But we record it as if it needs plt. See
8089 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol. */
8095 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
8096 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
8097 /* If this is a global, overridable symbol, GOT_PAGE will
8098 decay to GOT_DISP, so we'll need a GOT entry for it. */
8101 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
=
8102 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
8104 /* This symbol is definitely not overridable. */
8105 if (hmips
->root
.def_regular
8106 && ! (info
->shared
&& ! info
->symbolic
8107 && ! hmips
->root
.forced_local
))
8112 case R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
8114 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
8115 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
8116 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
:
8117 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16
:
8118 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16
:
8119 if (!h
|| got_page_reloc_p (r_type
))
8121 /* This relocation needs (or may need, if h != NULL) a
8122 page entry in the GOT. For R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE we do not
8123 know for sure until we know whether the symbol is
8125 if (mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (abfd
, sec
, relocs
, rel
))
8127 if (!mips_elf_get_section_contents (abfd
, sec
, &contents
))
8129 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, r_type
, FALSE
);
8130 addend
= mips_elf_read_rel_addend (abfd
, rel
,
8132 if (got16_reloc_p (r_type
))
8133 mips_elf_add_lo16_rel_addend (abfd
, rel
, rel_end
,
8136 addend
<<= howto
->rightshift
;
8139 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
8140 if (!mips_elf_record_got_page_entry (info
, abfd
, r_symndx
,
8146 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
8147 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
:
8148 if (h
&& !mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h
, abfd
, info
,
8153 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
8154 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
8155 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
8157 info
->flags
|= DF_STATIC_TLS
;
8160 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
:
8161 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
:
8162 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM
:
8163 if (tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type
))
8165 r_symndx
= STN_UNDEF
;
8171 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
:
8172 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD
:
8173 /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry, or two
8174 for TLS GD relocations. */
8178 flag
= (tls_gd_reloc_p (r_type
)
8180 : tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type
) ? GOT_TLS_LDM
: GOT_TLS_IE
);
8183 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
=
8184 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
8185 hmips
->tls_type
|= flag
;
8187 if (h
&& !mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h
, abfd
, info
,
8193 BFD_ASSERT (flag
== GOT_TLS_LDM
|| r_symndx
!= STN_UNDEF
);
8195 if (!mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (abfd
, r_symndx
,
8206 /* In VxWorks executables, references to external symbols
8207 are handled using copy relocs or PLT stubs, so there's
8208 no need to add a .rela.dyn entry for this relocation. */
8209 if (can_make_dynamic_p
)
8213 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, TRUE
);
8217 if (info
->shared
&& h
== NULL
)
8219 /* When creating a shared object, we must copy these
8220 reloc types into the output file as R_MIPS_REL32
8221 relocs. Make room for this reloc in .rel(a).dyn. */
8222 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
, 1);
8223 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec
))
8224 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are
8225 relocations against the text segment. */
8226 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
8230 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
8232 /* For a shared object, we must copy this relocation
8233 unless the symbol turns out to be undefined and
8234 weak with non-default visibility, in which case
8235 it will be left as zero.
8237 We could elide R_MIPS_REL32 for locally binding symbols
8238 in shared libraries, but do not yet do so.
8240 For an executable, we only need to copy this
8241 reloc if the symbol is defined in a dynamic
8243 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
8244 ++hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
;
8245 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec
))
8246 /* We need it to tell the dynamic linker if there
8247 are relocations against the text segment. */
8248 hmips
->readonly_reloc
= TRUE
;
8252 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
8253 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->compact_rel_size
+=
8254 sizeof (Elf32_External_crinfo
);
8258 case R_MIPS_GPREL16
:
8259 case R_MIPS_LITERAL
:
8260 case R_MIPS_GPREL32
:
8261 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
:
8262 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL16
:
8263 case R_MICROMIPS_LITERAL
:
8264 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL7_S2
:
8265 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
8266 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->compact_rel_size
+=
8267 sizeof (Elf32_External_crinfo
);
8270 /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
8271 Reconstruct it for later use during GC. */
8272 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
8273 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd
, sec
, h
, rel
->r_offset
))
8277 /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
8278 used. Record for later use during GC. */
8279 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY
:
8280 BFD_ASSERT (h
!= NULL
);
8282 && !bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd
, sec
, h
, rel
->r_offset
))
8290 /* We must not create a stub for a symbol that has relocations
8291 related to taking the function's address. This doesn't apply to
8292 VxWorks, where CALL relocs refer to a .got.plt entry instead of
8293 a normal .got entry. */
8294 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
&& h
!= NULL
)
8298 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
)->no_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
8300 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
8302 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
8303 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
8305 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
:
8306 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
:
8307 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
:
8308 case R_MICROMIPS_JALR
:
8312 /* See if this reloc would need to refer to a MIPS16 hard-float stub,
8313 if there is one. We only need to handle global symbols here;
8314 we decide whether to keep or delete stubs for local symbols
8315 when processing the stub's relocations. */
8317 && !mips16_call_reloc_p (r_type
)
8318 && !section_allows_mips16_refs_p (sec
))
8320 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*mh
;
8322 mh
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
8323 mh
->need_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
8326 /* Refuse some position-dependent relocations when creating a
8327 shared library. Do not refuse R_MIPS_32 / R_MIPS_64; they're
8328 not PIC, but we can create dynamic relocations and the result
8329 will be fine. Also do not refuse R_MIPS_LO16, which can be
8330 combined with R_MIPS_GOT16. */
8338 case R_MIPS_HIGHEST
:
8339 case R_MICROMIPS_HI16
:
8340 case R_MICROMIPS_HIGHER
:
8341 case R_MICROMIPS_HIGHEST
:
8342 /* Don't refuse a high part relocation if it's against
8343 no symbol (e.g. part of a compound relocation). */
8344 if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
8347 /* R_MIPS_HI16 against _gp_disp is used for $gp setup,
8348 and has a special meaning. */
8349 if (!NEWABI_P (abfd
) && h
!= NULL
8350 && strcmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "_gp_disp") == 0)
8353 /* Likewise __GOTT_BASE__ and __GOTT_INDEX__ on VxWorks. */
8354 if (is_gott_symbol (info
, h
))
8361 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
:
8362 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, r_type
, FALSE
);
8363 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
8364 (_("%B: relocation %s against `%s' can not be used when making a shared object; recompile with -fPIC"),
8366 (h
) ? h
->root
.root
.string
: "a local symbol");
8367 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8379 _bfd_mips_relax_section (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
,
8380 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
,
8383 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
8384 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
, *irelend
;
8385 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
8386 bfd_byte
*contents
= NULL
;
8388 bfd_boolean changed_contents
= FALSE
;
8389 bfd_vma sec_start
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
8390 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
= NULL
;
8392 /* We are not currently changing any sizes, so only one pass. */
8395 if (link_info
->relocatable
)
8398 internal_relocs
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
8399 link_info
->keep_memory
);
8400 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
8403 irelend
= internal_relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
8404 * get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
8405 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
8406 extsymoff
= (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
8408 for (irel
= internal_relocs
; irel
< irelend
; irel
++)
8411 bfd_signed_vma sym_offset
;
8412 unsigned int r_type
;
8413 unsigned long r_symndx
;
8415 unsigned long instruction
;
8417 /* Turn jalr into bgezal, and jr into beq, if they're marked
8418 with a JALR relocation, that indicate where they jump to.
8419 This saves some pipeline bubbles. */
8420 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, irel
->r_info
);
8421 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS_JALR
)
8424 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, irel
->r_info
);
8425 /* Compute the address of the jump target. */
8426 if (r_symndx
>= extsymoff
)
8428 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
8429 = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
8430 elf_sym_hashes (abfd
) [r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
8432 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
8433 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
8434 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
8436 /* If a symbol is undefined, or if it may be overridden,
8438 if (! ((h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
8439 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
8440 && h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
)
8441 || (link_info
->shared
&& ! link_info
->symbolic
8442 && !h
->root
.forced_local
))
8445 sym_sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
8446 if (sym_sec
->output_section
)
8447 symval
= (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
8448 + sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
8449 + sym_sec
->output_offset
);
8451 symval
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
8455 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
8457 /* Read this BFD's symbols if we haven't done so already. */
8458 if (isymbuf
== NULL
&& symtab_hdr
->sh_info
!= 0)
8460 isymbuf
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
8461 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
8462 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, symtab_hdr
,
8463 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
, 0,
8465 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
8469 isym
= isymbuf
+ r_symndx
;
8470 if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
8472 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
8473 sym_sec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
8474 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
)
8475 sym_sec
= bfd_com_section_ptr
;
8478 = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
8479 symval
= isym
->st_value
8480 + sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
8481 + sym_sec
->output_offset
;
8484 /* Compute branch offset, from delay slot of the jump to the
8486 sym_offset
= (symval
+ irel
->r_addend
)
8487 - (sec_start
+ irel
->r_offset
+ 4);
8489 /* Branch offset must be properly aligned. */
8490 if ((sym_offset
& 3) != 0)
8495 /* Check that it's in range. */
8496 if (sym_offset
< -0x8000 || sym_offset
>= 0x8000)
8499 /* Get the section contents if we haven't done so already. */
8500 if (!mips_elf_get_section_contents (abfd
, sec
, &contents
))
8503 instruction
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, contents
+ irel
->r_offset
);
8505 /* If it was jalr <reg>, turn it into bgezal $zero, <target>. */
8506 if ((instruction
& 0xfc1fffff) == 0x0000f809)
8507 instruction
= 0x04110000;
8508 /* If it was jr <reg>, turn it into b <target>. */
8509 else if ((instruction
& 0xfc1fffff) == 0x00000008)
8510 instruction
= 0x10000000;
8514 instruction
|= (sym_offset
& 0xffff);
8515 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, instruction
, contents
+ irel
->r_offset
);
8516 changed_contents
= TRUE
;
8519 if (contents
!= NULL
8520 && elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= contents
)
8522 if (!changed_contents
&& !link_info
->keep_memory
)
8526 /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd. */
8527 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= contents
;
8533 if (contents
!= NULL
8534 && elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= contents
)
8539 /* Allocate space for global sym dynamic relocs. */
8542 allocate_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
8544 struct bfd_link_info
*info
= inf
;
8546 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
8547 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
8549 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
8550 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
8552 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
8553 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
8555 /* VxWorks executables are handled elsewhere; we only need to
8556 allocate relocations in shared objects. */
8557 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& !info
->shared
)
8560 /* Ignore indirect symbols. All relocations against such symbols
8561 will be redirected to the target symbol. */
8562 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
8565 /* If this symbol is defined in a dynamic object, or we are creating
8566 a shared library, we will need to copy any R_MIPS_32 or
8567 R_MIPS_REL32 relocs against it into the output file. */
8568 if (! info
->relocatable
8569 && hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
!= 0
8570 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
8571 || (!h
->def_regular
&& !ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h
))
8574 bfd_boolean do_copy
= TRUE
;
8576 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
8578 /* Do not copy relocations for undefined weak symbols with
8579 non-default visibility. */
8580 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_DEFAULT
)
8583 /* Make sure undefined weak symbols are output as a dynamic
8585 else if (h
->dynindx
== -1 && !h
->forced_local
)
8587 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
8594 /* Even though we don't directly need a GOT entry for this symbol,
8595 the SVR4 psABI requires it to have a dynamic symbol table
8596 index greater that DT_MIPS_GOTSYM if there are dynamic
8597 relocations against it.
8599 VxWorks does not enforce the same mapping between the GOT
8600 and the symbol table, so the same requirement does not
8602 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
)
8604 if (hmips
->global_got_area
> GGA_RELOC_ONLY
)
8605 hmips
->global_got_area
= GGA_RELOC_ONLY
;
8606 hmips
->got_only_for_calls
= FALSE
;
8609 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations
8610 (dynobj
, info
, hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
);
8611 if (hmips
->readonly_reloc
)
8612 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are relocations
8613 against the text segment. */
8614 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
8621 /* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
8622 regular object. The current definition is in some section of the
8623 dynamic object, but we're not including those sections. We have to
8624 change the definition to something the rest of the link can
8628 _bfd_mips_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
8629 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
8632 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
8633 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
8635 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
8636 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
8638 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
8639 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
8641 /* Make sure we know what is going on here. */
8642 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj
!= NULL
8644 || h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
8647 && !h
->def_regular
)));
8649 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
8651 /* If there are call relocations against an externally-defined symbol,
8652 see whether we can create a MIPS lazy-binding stub for it. We can
8653 only do this if all references to the function are through call
8654 relocations, and in that case, the traditional lazy-binding stubs
8655 are much more efficient than PLT entries.
8657 Traditional stubs are only available on SVR4 psABI-based systems;
8658 VxWorks always uses PLTs instead. */
8659 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
&& h
->needs_plt
&& !hmips
->no_fn_stub
)
8661 if (! elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
8664 /* If this symbol is not defined in a regular file, then set
8665 the symbol to the stub location. This is required to make
8666 function pointers compare as equal between the normal
8667 executable and the shared library. */
8668 if (!h
->def_regular
)
8670 hmips
->needs_lazy_stub
= TRUE
;
8671 htab
->lazy_stub_count
++;
8675 /* As above, VxWorks requires PLT entries for externally-defined
8676 functions that are only accessed through call relocations.
8678 Both VxWorks and non-VxWorks targets also need PLT entries if there
8679 are static-only relocations against an externally-defined function.
8680 This can technically occur for shared libraries if there are
8681 branches to the symbol, although it is unlikely that this will be
8682 used in practice due to the short ranges involved. It can occur
8683 for any relative or absolute relocation in executables; in that
8684 case, the PLT entry becomes the function's canonical address. */
8685 else if (((h
->needs_plt
&& !hmips
->no_fn_stub
)
8686 || (h
->type
== STT_FUNC
&& hmips
->has_static_relocs
))
8687 && htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
8688 && !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, h
)
8689 && !(ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_DEFAULT
8690 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
8692 /* If this is the first symbol to need a PLT entry, allocate room
8694 if (htab
->splt
->size
== 0)
8696 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->sgotplt
->size
== 0);
8698 /* If we're using the PLT additions to the psABI, each PLT
8699 entry is 16 bytes and the PLT0 entry is 32 bytes.
8700 Encourage better cache usage by aligning. We do this
8701 lazily to avoid pessimizing traditional objects. */
8702 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
8703 && !bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj
, htab
->splt
, 5))
8706 /* Make sure that .got.plt is word-aligned. We do this lazily
8707 for the same reason as above. */
8708 if (!bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj
, htab
->sgotplt
,
8709 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (dynobj
)))
8712 htab
->splt
->size
+= htab
->plt_header_size
;
8714 /* On non-VxWorks targets, the first two entries in .got.plt
8716 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
)
8718 += get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->got_header_size
;
8720 /* On VxWorks, also allocate room for the header's
8721 .rela.plt.unloaded entries. */
8722 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& !info
->shared
)
8723 htab
->srelplt2
->size
+= 2 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
8726 /* Assign the next .plt entry to this symbol. */
8727 h
->plt
.offset
= htab
->splt
->size
;
8728 htab
->splt
->size
+= htab
->plt_entry_size
;
8730 /* If the output file has no definition of the symbol, set the
8731 symbol's value to the address of the stub. */
8732 if (!info
->shared
&& !h
->def_regular
)
8734 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= htab
->splt
;
8735 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= h
->plt
.offset
;
8736 /* For VxWorks, point at the PLT load stub rather than the
8737 lazy resolution stub; this stub will become the canonical
8738 function address. */
8739 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
8740 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
+= 8;
8743 /* Make room for the .got.plt entry and the R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT
8745 htab
->sgotplt
->size
+= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj
);
8746 htab
->srelplt
->size
+= (htab
->is_vxworks
8747 ? MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE (dynobj
)
8748 : MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (dynobj
));
8750 /* Make room for the .rela.plt.unloaded relocations. */
8751 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& !info
->shared
)
8752 htab
->srelplt2
->size
+= 3 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
8754 /* All relocations against this symbol that could have been made
8755 dynamic will now refer to the PLT entry instead. */
8756 hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
= 0;
8761 /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
8762 processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
8763 real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */
8764 if (h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
)
8766 BFD_ASSERT (h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
8767 || h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
8768 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
8769 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
8773 /* Otherwise, there is nothing further to do for symbols defined
8774 in regular objects. */
8778 /* There's also nothing more to do if we'll convert all relocations
8779 against this symbol into dynamic relocations. */
8780 if (!hmips
->has_static_relocs
)
8783 /* We're now relying on copy relocations. Complain if we have
8784 some that we can't convert. */
8785 if (!htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
|| info
->shared
)
8787 (*_bfd_error_handler
) (_("non-dynamic relocations refer to "
8788 "dynamic symbol %s"),
8789 h
->root
.root
.string
);
8790 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8794 /* We must allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section, which will
8795 become part of the .bss section of the executable. There will be
8796 an entry for this symbol in the .dynsym section. The dynamic
8797 object will contain position independent code, so all references
8798 from the dynamic object to this symbol will go through the global
8799 offset table. The dynamic linker will use the .dynsym entry to
8800 determine the address it must put in the global offset table, so
8801 both the dynamic object and the regular object will refer to the
8802 same memory location for the variable. */
8804 if ((h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
8806 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
8807 htab
->srelbss
->size
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
8809 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
, 1);
8813 /* All relocations against this symbol that could have been made
8814 dynamic will now refer to the local copy instead. */
8815 hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
= 0;
8817 return _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (h
, htab
->sdynbss
);
8820 /* This function is called after all the input files have been read,
8821 and the input sections have been assigned to output sections. We
8822 check for any mips16 stub sections that we can discard. */
8825 _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
8826 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
8829 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
8830 struct mips_htab_traverse_info hti
;
8832 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
8833 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
8835 /* The .reginfo section has a fixed size. */
8836 ri
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".reginfo");
8838 bfd_set_section_size (output_bfd
, ri
, sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
));
8841 hti
.output_bfd
= output_bfd
;
8843 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (mips_elf_hash_table (info
),
8844 mips_elf_check_symbols
, &hti
);
8851 /* If the link uses a GOT, lay it out and work out its size. */
8854 mips_elf_lay_out_got (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
8858 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
8859 bfd_size_type loadable_size
= 0;
8860 bfd_size_type page_gotno
;
8862 struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg count_tls_arg
;
8863 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
8865 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
8866 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
8872 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
8875 /* Allocate room for the reserved entries. VxWorks always reserves
8876 3 entries; other objects only reserve 2 entries. */
8877 BFD_ASSERT (g
->assigned_gotno
== 0);
8878 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
8879 htab
->reserved_gotno
= 3;
8881 htab
->reserved_gotno
= 2;
8882 g
->local_gotno
+= htab
->reserved_gotno
;
8883 g
->assigned_gotno
= htab
->reserved_gotno
;
8885 /* Replace entries for indirect and warning symbols with entries for
8886 the target symbol. */
8887 if (!mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (g
))
8890 /* Count the number of GOT symbols. */
8891 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (htab
, mips_elf_count_got_symbols
, info
);
8893 /* Calculate the total loadable size of the output. That
8894 will give us the maximum number of GOT_PAGE entries
8896 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
; sub
= sub
->link_next
)
8898 asection
*subsection
;
8900 for (subsection
= sub
->sections
;
8902 subsection
= subsection
->next
)
8904 if ((subsection
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0)
8906 loadable_size
+= ((subsection
->size
+ 0xf)
8907 &~ (bfd_size_type
) 0xf);
8911 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
8912 /* There's no need to allocate page entries for VxWorks; R_MIPS*_GOT16
8913 relocations against local symbols evaluate to "G", and the EABI does
8914 not include R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE. */
8917 /* Assume there are two loadable segments consisting of contiguous
8918 sections. Is 5 enough? */
8919 page_gotno
= (loadable_size
>> 16) + 5;
8921 /* Choose the smaller of the two estimates; both are intended to be
8923 if (page_gotno
> g
->page_gotno
)
8924 page_gotno
= g
->page_gotno
;
8926 g
->local_gotno
+= page_gotno
;
8927 s
->size
+= g
->local_gotno
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
8928 s
->size
+= g
->global_gotno
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
8930 /* We need to calculate tls_gotno for global symbols at this point
8931 instead of building it up earlier, to avoid doublecounting
8932 entries for one global symbol from multiple input files. */
8933 count_tls_arg
.info
= info
;
8934 count_tls_arg
.needed
= 0;
8935 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
8936 mips_elf_count_global_tls_entries
,
8938 g
->tls_gotno
+= count_tls_arg
.needed
;
8939 s
->size
+= g
->tls_gotno
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
8941 /* VxWorks does not support multiple GOTs. It initializes $gp to
8942 __GOTT_BASE__[__GOTT_INDEX__], the value of which is set by the
8944 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
8946 /* VxWorks executables do not need a GOT. */
8949 /* Each VxWorks GOT entry needs an explicit relocation. */
8952 count
= g
->global_gotno
+ g
->local_gotno
- htab
->reserved_gotno
;
8954 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
, count
);
8957 else if (s
->size
> MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (info
))
8959 if (!mips_elf_multi_got (output_bfd
, info
, s
, page_gotno
))
8964 struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg arg
;
8966 /* Set up TLS entries. */
8967 g
->tls_assigned_gotno
= g
->global_gotno
+ g
->local_gotno
;
8968 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_initialize_tls_index
, g
);
8970 /* Allocate room for the TLS relocations. */
8973 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_count_local_tls_relocs
, &arg
);
8974 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
8975 mips_elf_count_global_tls_relocs
,
8978 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
, arg
.needed
);
8984 /* Estimate the size of the .MIPS.stubs section. */
8987 mips_elf_estimate_stub_size (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
8989 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
8990 bfd_size_type dynsymcount
;
8992 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
8993 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
8995 if (htab
->lazy_stub_count
== 0)
8998 /* IRIX rld assumes that a function stub isn't at the end of the .text
8999 section, so add a dummy entry to the end. */
9000 htab
->lazy_stub_count
++;
9002 /* Get a worst-case estimate of the number of dynamic symbols needed.
9003 At this point, dynsymcount does not account for section symbols
9004 and count_section_dynsyms may overestimate the number that will
9006 dynsymcount
= (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
9007 + count_section_dynsyms (output_bfd
, info
));
9009 /* Determine the size of one stub entry. */
9010 htab
->function_stub_size
= (dynsymcount
> 0x10000
9011 ? MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
9012 : MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE
);
9014 htab
->sstubs
->size
= htab
->lazy_stub_count
* htab
->function_stub_size
;
9017 /* A mips_elf_link_hash_traverse callback for which DATA points to the
9018 MIPS hash table. If H needs a traditional MIPS lazy-binding stub,
9019 allocate an entry in the stubs section. */
9022 mips_elf_allocate_lazy_stub (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void **data
)
9024 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9026 htab
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*) data
;
9027 if (h
->needs_lazy_stub
)
9029 h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
= htab
->sstubs
;
9030 h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
= htab
->sstubs
->size
;
9031 h
->root
.plt
.offset
= htab
->sstubs
->size
;
9032 htab
->sstubs
->size
+= htab
->function_stub_size
;
9037 /* Allocate offsets in the stubs section to each symbol that needs one.
9038 Set the final size of the .MIPS.stub section. */
9041 mips_elf_lay_out_lazy_stubs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9043 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9045 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9046 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9048 if (htab
->lazy_stub_count
== 0)
9051 htab
->sstubs
->size
= 0;
9052 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (htab
, mips_elf_allocate_lazy_stub
, htab
);
9053 htab
->sstubs
->size
+= htab
->function_stub_size
;
9054 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->sstubs
->size
9055 == htab
->lazy_stub_count
* htab
->function_stub_size
);
9058 /* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections. */
9061 _bfd_mips_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
9062 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9065 asection
*s
, *sreldyn
;
9066 bfd_boolean reltext
;
9067 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9069 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9070 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9071 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
9072 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj
!= NULL
);
9074 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
9076 /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter. */
9077 if (info
->executable
)
9079 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".interp");
9080 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
9082 = strlen (ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER (output_bfd
)) + 1;
9084 = (bfd_byte
*) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER (output_bfd
);
9087 /* Create a symbol for the PLT, if we know that we are using it. */
9088 if (htab
->splt
&& htab
->splt
->size
> 0 && htab
->root
.hplt
== NULL
)
9090 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
9092 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
9094 h
= _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (dynobj
, info
, htab
->splt
,
9095 "_PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_");
9096 htab
->root
.hplt
= h
;
9103 /* Allocate space for global sym dynamic relocs. */
9104 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab
->root
, allocate_dynrelocs
, info
);
9106 mips_elf_estimate_stub_size (output_bfd
, info
);
9108 if (!mips_elf_lay_out_got (output_bfd
, info
))
9111 mips_elf_lay_out_lazy_stubs (info
);
9113 /* The check_relocs and adjust_dynamic_symbol entry points have
9114 determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections. Allocate
9117 for (s
= dynobj
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
9121 /* It's OK to base decisions on the section name, because none
9122 of the dynobj section names depend upon the input files. */
9123 name
= bfd_get_section_name (dynobj
, s
);
9125 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0)
9128 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".rel"))
9132 const char *outname
;
9135 /* If this relocation section applies to a read only
9136 section, then we probably need a DT_TEXTREL entry.
9137 If the relocation section is .rel(a).dyn, we always
9138 assert a DT_TEXTREL entry rather than testing whether
9139 there exists a relocation to a read only section or
9141 outname
= bfd_get_section_name (output_bfd
,
9143 target
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, outname
+ 4);
9145 && (target
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) != 0
9146 && (target
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
9147 || strcmp (outname
, MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info
)) == 0)
9150 /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
9151 to copy relocs into the output file. */
9152 if (strcmp (name
, MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info
)) != 0)
9155 /* If combreloc is enabled, elf_link_sort_relocs() will
9156 sort relocations, but in a different way than we do,
9157 and before we're done creating relocations. Also, it
9158 will move them around between input sections'
9159 relocation's contents, so our sorting would be
9160 broken, so don't let it run. */
9161 info
->combreloc
= 0;
9164 else if (! info
->shared
9165 && ! mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
9166 && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".rld_map"))
9168 /* We add a room for __rld_map. It will be filled in by the
9169 rtld to contain a pointer to the _r_debug structure. */
9170 s
->size
+= MIPS_ELF_RLD_MAP_SIZE (output_bfd
);
9172 else if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
)
9173 && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".compact_rel"))
9174 s
->size
+= mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->compact_rel_size
;
9175 else if (s
== htab
->splt
)
9177 /* If the last PLT entry has a branch delay slot, allocate
9178 room for an extra nop to fill the delay slot. This is
9179 for CPUs without load interlocking. */
9180 if (! LOAD_INTERLOCKS_P (output_bfd
)
9181 && ! htab
->is_vxworks
&& s
->size
> 0)
9184 else if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".init")
9186 && s
!= htab
->sgotplt
9187 && s
!= htab
->sstubs
9188 && s
!= htab
->sdynbss
)
9190 /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space. */
9196 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
9200 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0)
9203 /* Allocate memory for the section contents. */
9204 s
->contents
= bfd_zalloc (dynobj
, s
->size
);
9205 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
9207 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory
);
9212 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
9214 /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in the
9215 values later, in _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
9216 must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
9217 the .dynamic section. */
9219 /* SGI object has the equivalence of DT_DEBUG in the
9220 DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP entry. This must come first because glibc
9221 only fills in DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP (not DT_DEBUG) and some tools
9222 may only look at the first one they see. */
9224 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP
, 0))
9227 /* The DT_DEBUG entry may be filled in by the dynamic linker and
9228 used by the debugger. */
9229 if (info
->executable
9230 && !SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
)
9231 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_DEBUG
, 0))
9234 if (reltext
&& (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
) || htab
->is_vxworks
))
9235 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
9237 if ((info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
) != 0)
9239 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_TEXTREL
, 0))
9242 /* Clear the DF_TEXTREL flag. It will be set again if we
9243 write out an actual text relocation; we may not, because
9244 at this point we do not know whether e.g. any .eh_frame
9245 absolute relocations have been converted to PC-relative. */
9246 info
->flags
&= ~DF_TEXTREL
;
9249 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_PLTGOT
, 0))
9252 sreldyn
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
9253 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
9255 /* VxWorks uses .rela.dyn instead of .rel.dyn. It does not
9256 use any of the DT_MIPS_* tags. */
9257 if (sreldyn
&& sreldyn
->size
> 0)
9259 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELA
, 0))
9262 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELASZ
, 0))
9265 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELAENT
, 0))
9271 if (sreldyn
&& sreldyn
->size
> 0)
9273 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_REL
, 0))
9276 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELSZ
, 0))
9279 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELENT
, 0))
9283 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION
, 0))
9286 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_FLAGS
, 0))
9289 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS
, 0))
9292 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO
, 0))
9295 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO
, 0))
9298 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO
, 0))
9301 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_GOTSYM
, 0))
9304 if (IRIX_COMPAT (dynobj
) == ict_irix5
9305 && ! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO
, 0))
9308 if (IRIX_COMPAT (dynobj
) == ict_irix6
9309 && (bfd_get_section_by_name
9310 (output_bfd
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (dynobj
)))
9311 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_OPTIONS
, 0))
9314 if (htab
->splt
->size
> 0)
9316 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_PLTREL
, 0))
9319 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_JMPREL
, 0))
9322 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_PLTRELSZ
, 0))
9325 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_PLTGOT
, 0))
9328 if (htab
->is_vxworks
9329 && !elf_vxworks_add_dynamic_entries (output_bfd
, info
))
9336 /* REL is a relocation in INPUT_BFD that is being copied to OUTPUT_BFD.
9337 Adjust its R_ADDEND field so that it is correct for the output file.
9338 LOCAL_SYMS and LOCAL_SECTIONS are arrays of INPUT_BFD's local symbols
9339 and sections respectively; both use symbol indexes. */
9342 mips_elf_adjust_addend (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9343 bfd
*input_bfd
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
,
9344 asection
**local_sections
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
9346 unsigned int r_type
, r_symndx
;
9347 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
9350 if (mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, rel
, local_sections
))
9352 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
9353 if (gprel16_reloc_p (r_type
)
9354 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GPREL32
9355 || literal_reloc_p (r_type
))
9357 rel
->r_addend
+= _bfd_get_gp_value (input_bfd
);
9358 rel
->r_addend
-= _bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd
);
9361 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
9362 sym
= local_syms
+ r_symndx
;
9364 /* Adjust REL's addend to account for section merging. */
9365 if (!info
->relocatable
)
9367 sec
= local_sections
[r_symndx
];
9368 _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (output_bfd
, sym
, &sec
, rel
);
9371 /* This would normally be done by the rela_normal code in elflink.c. */
9372 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
9373 rel
->r_addend
+= local_sections
[r_symndx
]->output_offset
;
9377 /* Handle relocations against symbols from removed linkonce sections,
9378 or sections discarded by a linker script. We use this wrapper around
9379 RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION to handle triplets of compound relocs
9380 on 64-bit ELF targets. In this case for any relocation handled, which
9381 always be the first in a triplet, the remaining two have to be processed
9382 together with the first, even if they are R_MIPS_NONE. It is the symbol
9383 index referred by the first reloc that applies to all the three and the
9384 remaining two never refer to an object symbol. And it is the final
9385 relocation (the last non-null one) that determines the output field of
9386 the whole relocation so retrieve the corresponding howto structure for
9387 the relocatable field to be cleared by RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION.
9389 Note that RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION is a macro that uses "continue"
9390 and therefore requires to be pasted in a loop. It also defines a block
9391 and does not protect any of its arguments, hence the extra brackets. */
9394 mips_reloc_against_discarded_section (bfd
*output_bfd
,
9395 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9396 bfd
*input_bfd
, asection
*input_section
,
9397 Elf_Internal_Rela
**rel
,
9398 const Elf_Internal_Rela
**relend
,
9399 bfd_boolean rel_reloc
,
9400 reloc_howto_type
*howto
,
9403 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
9404 int count
= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
9405 unsigned int r_type
;
9408 for (i
= count
- 1; i
> 0; i
--)
9410 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd
, (*rel
)[i
].r_info
);
9411 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS_NONE
)
9413 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd
, r_type
, !rel_reloc
);
9419 RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION (info
, input_bfd
, input_section
,
9420 (*rel
), count
, (*relend
),
9421 howto
, i
, contents
);
9426 /* Relocate a MIPS ELF section. */
9429 _bfd_mips_elf_relocate_section (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9430 bfd
*input_bfd
, asection
*input_section
,
9431 bfd_byte
*contents
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
,
9432 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
,
9433 asection
**local_sections
)
9435 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
9436 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
;
9438 bfd_boolean use_saved_addend_p
= FALSE
;
9439 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
9441 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
9442 relend
= relocs
+ input_section
->reloc_count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
9443 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< relend
; ++rel
)
9447 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
9448 bfd_boolean cross_mode_jump_p
;
9449 /* TRUE if the relocation is a RELA relocation, rather than a
9451 bfd_boolean rela_relocation_p
= TRUE
;
9452 unsigned int r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
9454 unsigned long r_symndx
;
9456 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
9457 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
9458 bfd_boolean rel_reloc
;
9460 rel_reloc
= (NEWABI_P (input_bfd
)
9461 && mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (input_bfd
, input_section
,
9463 /* Find the relocation howto for this relocation. */
9464 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd
, r_type
, !rel_reloc
);
9466 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
9467 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
9468 if (mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, rel
, local_sections
))
9470 sec
= local_sections
[r_symndx
];
9475 unsigned long extsymoff
;
9478 if (!elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
))
9479 extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
9480 h
= elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
) [r_symndx
- extsymoff
];
9481 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
9482 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
9483 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
9486 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
9487 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
9488 sec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
9491 if (sec
!= NULL
&& discarded_section (sec
))
9493 mips_reloc_against_discarded_section (output_bfd
, info
, input_bfd
,
9494 input_section
, &rel
, &relend
,
9495 rel_reloc
, howto
, contents
);
9499 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (input_bfd
))
9501 /* Some 32-bit code uses R_MIPS_64. In particular, people use
9502 64-bit code, but make sure all their addresses are in the
9503 lowermost or uppermost 32-bit section of the 64-bit address
9504 space. Thus, when they use an R_MIPS_64 they mean what is
9505 usually meant by R_MIPS_32, with the exception that the
9506 stored value is sign-extended to 64 bits. */
9507 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd
, R_MIPS_32
, FALSE
);
9509 /* On big-endian systems, we need to lie about the position
9511 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
9515 if (!use_saved_addend_p
)
9517 /* If these relocations were originally of the REL variety,
9518 we must pull the addend out of the field that will be
9519 relocated. Otherwise, we simply use the contents of the
9521 if (mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (input_bfd
, input_section
,
9524 rela_relocation_p
= FALSE
;
9525 addend
= mips_elf_read_rel_addend (input_bfd
, rel
,
9527 if (hi16_reloc_p (r_type
)
9528 || (got16_reloc_p (r_type
)
9529 && mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, rel
,
9532 if (!mips_elf_add_lo16_rel_addend (input_bfd
, rel
, relend
,
9536 name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
9538 name
= bfd_elf_sym_name (input_bfd
, symtab_hdr
,
9539 local_syms
+ r_symndx
,
9541 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
9542 (_("%B: Can't find matching LO16 reloc against `%s' for %s at 0x%lx in section `%A'"),
9543 input_bfd
, input_section
, name
, howto
->name
,
9548 addend
<<= howto
->rightshift
;
9551 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
9552 mips_elf_adjust_addend (output_bfd
, info
, input_bfd
,
9553 local_syms
, local_sections
, rel
);
9556 if (info
->relocatable
)
9558 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
)
9559 && bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
9562 if (!rela_relocation_p
&& rel
->r_addend
)
9564 addend
+= rel
->r_addend
;
9565 if (hi16_reloc_p (r_type
) || got16_reloc_p (r_type
))
9566 addend
= mips_elf_high (addend
);
9567 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS_HIGHER
)
9568 addend
= mips_elf_higher (addend
);
9569 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS_HIGHEST
)
9570 addend
= mips_elf_highest (addend
);
9572 addend
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
9574 /* We use the source mask, rather than the destination
9575 mask because the place to which we are writing will be
9576 source of the addend in the final link. */
9577 addend
&= howto
->src_mask
;
9579 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
))
9580 /* See the comment above about using R_MIPS_64 in the 32-bit
9581 ABI. Here, we need to update the addend. It would be
9582 possible to get away with just using the R_MIPS_32 reloc
9583 but for endianness. */
9589 if (addend
& ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 31))
9591 sign_bits
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 32) - 1;
9598 /* If we don't know that we have a 64-bit type,
9599 do two separate stores. */
9600 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
9602 /* Store the sign-bits (which are most significant)
9604 low_bits
= sign_bits
;
9610 high_bits
= sign_bits
;
9612 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, low_bits
,
9613 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
9614 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, high_bits
,
9615 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
9619 if (! mips_elf_perform_relocation (info
, howto
, rel
, addend
,
9620 input_bfd
, input_section
,
9625 /* Go on to the next relocation. */
9629 /* In the N32 and 64-bit ABIs there may be multiple consecutive
9630 relocations for the same offset. In that case we are
9631 supposed to treat the output of each relocation as the addend
9633 if (rel
+ 1 < relend
9634 && rel
->r_offset
== rel
[1].r_offset
9635 && ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, rel
[1].r_info
) != R_MIPS_NONE
)
9636 use_saved_addend_p
= TRUE
;
9638 use_saved_addend_p
= FALSE
;
9640 /* Figure out what value we are supposed to relocate. */
9641 switch (mips_elf_calculate_relocation (output_bfd
, input_bfd
,
9642 input_section
, info
, rel
,
9643 addend
, howto
, local_syms
,
9644 local_sections
, &value
,
9645 &name
, &cross_mode_jump_p
,
9646 use_saved_addend_p
))
9648 case bfd_reloc_continue
:
9649 /* There's nothing to do. */
9652 case bfd_reloc_undefined
:
9653 /* mips_elf_calculate_relocation already called the
9654 undefined_symbol callback. There's no real point in
9655 trying to perform the relocation at this point, so we
9656 just skip ahead to the next relocation. */
9659 case bfd_reloc_notsupported
:
9660 msg
= _("internal error: unsupported relocation error");
9661 info
->callbacks
->warning
9662 (info
, msg
, name
, input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
);
9665 case bfd_reloc_overflow
:
9666 if (use_saved_addend_p
)
9667 /* Ignore overflow until we reach the last relocation for
9668 a given location. */
9672 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9674 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9675 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9676 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
);
9677 if (!htab
->small_data_overflow_reported
9678 && (gprel16_reloc_p (howto
->type
)
9679 || literal_reloc_p (howto
->type
)))
9681 msg
= _("small-data section exceeds 64KB;"
9682 " lower small-data size limit (see option -G)");
9684 htab
->small_data_overflow_reported
= TRUE
;
9685 (*info
->callbacks
->einfo
) ("%P: %s\n", msg
);
9687 if (! ((*info
->callbacks
->reloc_overflow
)
9688 (info
, NULL
, name
, howto
->name
, (bfd_vma
) 0,
9689 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
)))
9697 case bfd_reloc_outofrange
:
9698 if (jal_reloc_p (howto
->type
))
9700 msg
= _("JALX to a non-word-aligned address");
9701 info
->callbacks
->warning
9702 (info
, msg
, name
, input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
);
9712 /* If we've got another relocation for the address, keep going
9713 until we reach the last one. */
9714 if (use_saved_addend_p
)
9720 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
))
9721 /* See the comment above about using R_MIPS_64 in the 32-bit
9722 ABI. Until now, we've been using the HOWTO for R_MIPS_32;
9723 that calculated the right value. Now, however, we
9724 sign-extend the 32-bit result to 64-bits, and store it as a
9725 64-bit value. We are especially generous here in that we
9726 go to extreme lengths to support this usage on systems with
9727 only a 32-bit VMA. */
9733 if (value
& ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 31))
9735 sign_bits
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 32) - 1;
9742 /* If we don't know that we have a 64-bit type,
9743 do two separate stores. */
9744 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
9746 /* Undo what we did above. */
9748 /* Store the sign-bits (which are most significant)
9750 low_bits
= sign_bits
;
9756 high_bits
= sign_bits
;
9758 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, low_bits
,
9759 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
9760 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, high_bits
,
9761 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
9765 /* Actually perform the relocation. */
9766 if (! mips_elf_perform_relocation (info
, howto
, rel
, value
,
9767 input_bfd
, input_section
,
9768 contents
, cross_mode_jump_p
))
9775 /* A function that iterates over each entry in la25_stubs and fills
9776 in the code for each one. DATA points to a mips_htab_traverse_info. */
9779 mips_elf_create_la25_stub (void **slot
, void *data
)
9781 struct mips_htab_traverse_info
*hti
;
9782 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9783 struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*stub
;
9786 bfd_vma offset
, target
, target_high
, target_low
;
9788 stub
= (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*) *slot
;
9789 hti
= (struct mips_htab_traverse_info
*) data
;
9790 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (hti
->info
);
9791 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9793 /* Create the section contents, if we haven't already. */
9794 s
= stub
->stub_section
;
9798 loc
= bfd_malloc (s
->size
);
9807 /* Work out where in the section this stub should go. */
9808 offset
= stub
->offset
;
9810 /* Work out the target address. */
9811 target
= mips_elf_get_la25_target (stub
, &s
);
9812 target
+= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
9814 target_high
= ((target
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
9815 target_low
= (target
& 0xffff);
9817 if (stub
->stub_section
!= htab
->strampoline
)
9819 /* This is a simple LUI/ADDIU stub. Zero out the beginning
9820 of the section and write the two instructions at the end. */
9821 memset (loc
, 0, offset
);
9823 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (stub
->h
->root
.other
))
9825 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti
->output_bfd
,
9826 LA25_LUI_MICROMIPS (target_high
),
9828 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti
->output_bfd
,
9829 LA25_ADDIU_MICROMIPS (target_low
),
9834 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, LA25_LUI (target_high
), loc
);
9835 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, LA25_ADDIU (target_low
), loc
+ 4);
9840 /* This is trampoline. */
9842 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (stub
->h
->root
.other
))
9844 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti
->output_bfd
,
9845 LA25_LUI_MICROMIPS (target_high
), loc
);
9846 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti
->output_bfd
,
9847 LA25_J_MICROMIPS (target
), loc
+ 4);
9848 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti
->output_bfd
,
9849 LA25_ADDIU_MICROMIPS (target_low
), loc
+ 8);
9850 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, 0, loc
+ 12);
9854 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, LA25_LUI (target_high
), loc
);
9855 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, LA25_J (target
), loc
+ 4);
9856 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, LA25_ADDIU (target_low
), loc
+ 8);
9857 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, 0, loc
+ 12);
9863 /* If NAME is one of the special IRIX6 symbols defined by the linker,
9864 adjust it appropriately now. */
9867 mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9868 const char *name
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
9870 /* The linker script takes care of providing names and values for
9871 these, but we must place them into the right sections. */
9872 static const char* const text_section_symbols
[] = {
9875 "__dso_displacement",
9877 "__program_header_table",
9881 static const char* const data_section_symbols
[] = {
9889 const char* const *p
;
9892 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; ++i
)
9893 for (p
= (i
== 0) ? text_section_symbols
: data_section_symbols
;
9896 if (strcmp (*p
, name
) == 0)
9898 /* All of these symbols are given type STT_SECTION by the
9900 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
9901 sym
->st_other
= STO_PROTECTED
;
9903 /* The IRIX linker puts these symbols in special sections. */
9905 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_TEXT
;
9907 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_DATA
;
9913 /* Finish up dynamic symbol handling. We set the contents of various
9914 dynamic sections here. */
9917 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd
*output_bfd
,
9918 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9919 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
9920 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
9924 struct mips_got_info
*g
, *gg
;
9927 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9928 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
9930 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9931 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9932 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
9933 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
9935 BFD_ASSERT (!htab
->is_vxworks
);
9937 if (h
->plt
.offset
!= MINUS_ONE
&& hmips
->no_fn_stub
)
9939 /* We've decided to create a PLT entry for this symbol. */
9941 bfd_vma header_address
, plt_index
, got_address
;
9942 bfd_vma got_address_high
, got_address_low
, load
;
9943 const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
;
9945 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
9946 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
9947 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->splt
!= NULL
);
9948 BFD_ASSERT (h
->plt
.offset
<= htab
->splt
->size
);
9949 BFD_ASSERT (!h
->def_regular
);
9951 /* Calculate the address of the PLT header. */
9952 header_address
= (htab
->splt
->output_section
->vma
9953 + htab
->splt
->output_offset
);
9955 /* Calculate the index of the entry. */
9956 plt_index
= ((h
->plt
.offset
- htab
->plt_header_size
)
9957 / htab
->plt_entry_size
);
9959 /* Calculate the address of the .got.plt entry. */
9960 got_address
= (htab
->sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
9961 + htab
->sgotplt
->output_offset
9962 + (2 + plt_index
) * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj
));
9963 got_address_high
= ((got_address
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
9964 got_address_low
= got_address
& 0xffff;
9966 /* Initially point the .got.plt entry at the PLT header. */
9967 loc
= (htab
->sgotplt
->contents
9968 + (2 + plt_index
) * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj
));
9969 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
9970 bfd_put_64 (output_bfd
, header_address
, loc
);
9972 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, header_address
, loc
);
9974 /* Find out where the .plt entry should go. */
9975 loc
= htab
->splt
->contents
+ h
->plt
.offset
;
9977 /* Pick the load opcode. */
9978 load
= MIPS_ELF_LOAD_WORD (output_bfd
);
9980 /* Fill in the PLT entry itself. */
9981 plt_entry
= mips_exec_plt_entry
;
9982 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | got_address_high
, loc
);
9983 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | got_address_low
| load
, loc
+ 4);
9985 if (! LOAD_INTERLOCKS_P (output_bfd
))
9987 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2] | got_address_low
, loc
+ 8);
9988 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], loc
+ 12);
9992 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], loc
+ 8);
9993 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2] | got_address_low
, loc
+ 12);
9996 /* Emit an R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT relocation against the .got.plt entry. */
9997 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation (output_bfd
, htab
->srelplt
,
9998 plt_index
, h
->dynindx
,
9999 R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT
, got_address
);
10001 /* We distinguish between PLT entries and lazy-binding stubs by
10002 giving the former an st_other value of STO_MIPS_PLT. Set the
10003 flag and leave the value if there are any relocations in the
10004 binary where pointer equality matters. */
10005 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
10006 if (h
->pointer_equality_needed
)
10007 sym
->st_other
= STO_MIPS_PLT
;
10011 else if (h
->plt
.offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
10013 /* We've decided to create a lazy-binding stub. */
10014 bfd_byte stub
[MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
];
10016 /* This symbol has a stub. Set it up. */
10018 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
10020 BFD_ASSERT ((htab
->function_stub_size
== MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
)
10021 || (h
->dynindx
<= 0xffff));
10023 /* Values up to 2^31 - 1 are allowed. Larger values would cause
10024 sign extension at runtime in the stub, resulting in a negative
10026 if (h
->dynindx
& ~0x7fffffff)
10029 /* Fill the stub. */
10031 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LW (output_bfd
), stub
+ idx
);
10033 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_MOVE (output_bfd
), stub
+ idx
);
10035 if (htab
->function_stub_size
== MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
)
10037 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LUI ((h
->dynindx
>> 16) & 0x7fff),
10041 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_JALR
, stub
+ idx
);
10044 /* If a large stub is not required and sign extension is not a
10045 problem, then use legacy code in the stub. */
10046 if (htab
->function_stub_size
== MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
)
10047 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_ORI (h
->dynindx
& 0xffff), stub
+ idx
);
10048 else if (h
->dynindx
& ~0x7fff)
10049 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LI16U (h
->dynindx
& 0xffff), stub
+ idx
);
10051 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LI16S (output_bfd
, h
->dynindx
),
10054 BFD_ASSERT (h
->plt
.offset
<= htab
->sstubs
->size
);
10055 memcpy (htab
->sstubs
->contents
+ h
->plt
.offset
,
10056 stub
, htab
->function_stub_size
);
10058 /* Mark the symbol as undefined. plt.offset != -1 occurs
10059 only for the referenced symbol. */
10060 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
10062 /* The run-time linker uses the st_value field of the symbol
10063 to reset the global offset table entry for this external
10064 to its stub address when unlinking a shared object. */
10065 sym
->st_value
= (htab
->sstubs
->output_section
->vma
10066 + htab
->sstubs
->output_offset
10070 /* If we have a MIPS16 function with a stub, the dynamic symbol must
10071 refer to the stub, since only the stub uses the standard calling
10073 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1 && hmips
->fn_stub
!= NULL
)
10075 BFD_ASSERT (hmips
->need_fn_stub
);
10076 sym
->st_value
= (hmips
->fn_stub
->output_section
->vma
10077 + hmips
->fn_stub
->output_offset
);
10078 sym
->st_size
= hmips
->fn_stub
->size
;
10079 sym
->st_other
= ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
->st_other
);
10082 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1
10083 || h
->forced_local
);
10086 g
= htab
->got_info
;
10087 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
10089 /* Run through the global symbol table, creating GOT entries for all
10090 the symbols that need them. */
10091 if (hmips
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
)
10096 value
= sym
->st_value
;
10097 offset
= mips_elf_global_got_index (dynobj
, output_bfd
, h
,
10098 R_MIPS_GOT16
, info
);
10099 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, value
, sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
10102 if (hmips
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
&& g
->next
&& h
->type
!= STT_TLS
)
10104 struct mips_got_entry e
, *p
;
10110 e
.abfd
= output_bfd
;
10115 for (g
= g
->next
; g
->next
!= gg
; g
= g
->next
)
10118 && (p
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) htab_find (g
->got_entries
,
10121 offset
= p
->gotidx
;
10123 || (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
10125 && p
->d
.h
->root
.def_dynamic
10126 && !p
->d
.h
->root
.def_regular
))
10128 /* Create an R_MIPS_REL32 relocation for this entry. Due to
10129 the various compatibility problems, it's easier to mock
10130 up an R_MIPS_32 or R_MIPS_64 relocation and leave
10131 mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation to calculate the
10132 appropriate addend. */
10133 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
[3];
10135 memset (rel
, 0, sizeof (rel
));
10136 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
10137 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_64
);
10139 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_32
);
10140 rel
[0].r_offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
= rel
[2].r_offset
= offset
;
10143 if (! (mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
10144 (output_bfd
, info
, rel
,
10145 e
.d
.h
, NULL
, sym
->st_value
, &entry
, sgot
)))
10149 entry
= sym
->st_value
;
10150 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, entry
, sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
10155 /* Mark _DYNAMIC and _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ as absolute. */
10156 name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
10157 if (h
== elf_hash_table (info
)->hdynamic
10158 || h
== elf_hash_table (info
)->hgot
)
10159 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
10160 else if (strcmp (name
, "_DYNAMIC_LINK") == 0
10161 || strcmp (name
, "_DYNAMIC_LINKING") == 0)
10163 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
10164 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
10167 else if (strcmp (name
, "_gp_disp") == 0 && ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
))
10169 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
10170 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
10171 sym
->st_value
= elf_gp (output_bfd
);
10173 else if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
10175 if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[0]) == 0
10176 || strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[1]) == 0)
10178 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
10179 sym
->st_other
= STO_PROTECTED
;
10181 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_DATA
;
10183 else if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[2]) == 0)
10185 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
10186 sym
->st_other
= STO_PROTECTED
;
10187 sym
->st_value
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->procedure_count
;
10188 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
10190 else if (sym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
&& sym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_ABS
)
10192 if (h
->type
== STT_FUNC
)
10193 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_TEXT
;
10194 else if (h
->type
== STT_OBJECT
)
10195 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_DATA
;
10199 /* Emit a copy reloc, if needed. */
10205 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
10206 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
10208 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
10209 symval
= (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
10210 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
10211 + h
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
10212 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation (output_bfd
, s
, s
->reloc_count
++,
10213 h
->dynindx
, R_MIPS_COPY
, symval
);
10216 /* Handle the IRIX6-specific symbols. */
10217 if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd
) == ict_irix6
)
10218 mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol (output_bfd
, name
, sym
);
10220 /* Keep dynamic MIPS16 symbols odd. This allows the dynamic linker to
10221 treat MIPS16 symbols like any other. */
10222 if (ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (sym
->st_other
))
10224 BFD_ASSERT (sym
->st_value
& 1);
10225 sym
->st_other
-= STO_MIPS16
;
10231 /* Likewise, for VxWorks. */
10234 _bfd_mips_vxworks_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd
*output_bfd
,
10235 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
10236 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
10237 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
10241 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
10242 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
10243 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
10245 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
10246 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
10247 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
10248 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
10250 if (h
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
10253 bfd_vma plt_address
, plt_index
, got_address
, got_offset
, branch_offset
;
10254 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
;
10255 static const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
;
10257 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
10258 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->splt
!= NULL
);
10259 BFD_ASSERT (h
->plt
.offset
<= htab
->splt
->size
);
10261 /* Calculate the address of the .plt entry. */
10262 plt_address
= (htab
->splt
->output_section
->vma
10263 + htab
->splt
->output_offset
10266 /* Calculate the index of the entry. */
10267 plt_index
= ((h
->plt
.offset
- htab
->plt_header_size
)
10268 / htab
->plt_entry_size
);
10270 /* Calculate the address of the .got.plt entry. */
10271 got_address
= (htab
->sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
10272 + htab
->sgotplt
->output_offset
10275 /* Calculate the offset of the .got.plt entry from
10276 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
10277 got_offset
= mips_elf_gotplt_index (info
, h
);
10279 /* Calculate the offset for the branch at the start of the PLT
10280 entry. The branch jumps to the beginning of .plt. */
10281 branch_offset
= -(h
->plt
.offset
/ 4 + 1) & 0xffff;
10283 /* Fill in the initial value of the .got.plt entry. */
10284 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_address
,
10285 htab
->sgotplt
->contents
+ plt_index
* 4);
10287 /* Find out where the .plt entry should go. */
10288 loc
= htab
->splt
->contents
+ h
->plt
.offset
;
10292 plt_entry
= mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry
;
10293 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | branch_offset
, loc
);
10294 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | plt_index
, loc
+ 4);
10298 bfd_vma got_address_high
, got_address_low
;
10300 plt_entry
= mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry
;
10301 got_address_high
= ((got_address
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
10302 got_address_low
= got_address
& 0xffff;
10304 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | branch_offset
, loc
);
10305 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | plt_index
, loc
+ 4);
10306 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2] | got_address_high
, loc
+ 8);
10307 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3] | got_address_low
, loc
+ 12);
10308 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 16);
10309 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], loc
+ 20);
10310 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[6], loc
+ 24);
10311 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[7], loc
+ 28);
10313 loc
= (htab
->srelplt2
->contents
10314 + (plt_index
* 3 + 2) * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
10316 /* Emit a relocation for the .got.plt entry. */
10317 rel
.r_offset
= got_address
;
10318 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hplt
->indx
, R_MIPS_32
);
10319 rel
.r_addend
= h
->plt
.offset
;
10320 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
10322 /* Emit a relocation for the lui of %hi(<.got.plt slot>). */
10323 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
10324 rel
.r_offset
= plt_address
+ 8;
10325 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_HI16
);
10326 rel
.r_addend
= got_offset
;
10327 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
10329 /* Emit a relocation for the addiu of %lo(<.got.plt slot>). */
10330 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
10332 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_LO16
);
10333 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
10336 /* Emit an R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT relocation against the .got.plt entry. */
10337 loc
= htab
->srelplt
->contents
+ plt_index
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
10338 rel
.r_offset
= got_address
;
10339 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT
);
10341 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
10343 if (!h
->def_regular
)
10344 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
10347 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1 || h
->forced_local
);
10350 g
= htab
->got_info
;
10351 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
10353 /* See if this symbol has an entry in the GOT. */
10354 if (hmips
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
)
10357 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
;
10361 /* Install the symbol value in the GOT. */
10362 offset
= mips_elf_global_got_index (dynobj
, output_bfd
, h
,
10363 R_MIPS_GOT16
, info
);
10364 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, sym
->st_value
, sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
10366 /* Add a dynamic relocation for it. */
10367 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
10368 loc
= s
->contents
+ (s
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
10369 outrel
.r_offset
= (sgot
->output_section
->vma
10370 + sgot
->output_offset
10372 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_MIPS_32
);
10373 outrel
.r_addend
= 0;
10374 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (dynobj
, &outrel
, loc
);
10377 /* Emit a copy reloc, if needed. */
10380 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
;
10382 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
10384 rel
.r_offset
= (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
10385 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
10386 + h
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
10387 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_MIPS_COPY
);
10389 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
,
10390 htab
->srelbss
->contents
10391 + (htab
->srelbss
->reloc_count
10392 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
)));
10393 ++htab
->srelbss
->reloc_count
;
10396 /* If this is a mips16/microMIPS symbol, force the value to be even. */
10397 if (ELF_ST_IS_COMPRESSED (sym
->st_other
))
10398 sym
->st_value
&= ~1;
10403 /* Write out a plt0 entry to the beginning of .plt. */
10406 mips_finish_exec_plt (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
10409 bfd_vma gotplt_value
, gotplt_value_high
, gotplt_value_low
;
10410 static const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
;
10411 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
10413 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
10414 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
10416 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
10417 plt_entry
= mips_n64_exec_plt0_entry
;
10418 else if (ABI_N32_P (output_bfd
))
10419 plt_entry
= mips_n32_exec_plt0_entry
;
10421 plt_entry
= mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
;
10423 /* Calculate the value of .got.plt. */
10424 gotplt_value
= (htab
->sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
10425 + htab
->sgotplt
->output_offset
);
10426 gotplt_value_high
= ((gotplt_value
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
10427 gotplt_value_low
= gotplt_value
& 0xffff;
10429 /* The PLT sequence is not safe for N64 if .got.plt's address can
10430 not be loaded in two instructions. */
10431 BFD_ASSERT ((gotplt_value
& ~(bfd_vma
) 0x7fffffff) == 0
10432 || ~(gotplt_value
| 0x7fffffff) == 0);
10434 /* Install the PLT header. */
10435 loc
= htab
->splt
->contents
;
10436 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | gotplt_value_high
, loc
);
10437 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | gotplt_value_low
, loc
+ 4);
10438 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2] | gotplt_value_low
, loc
+ 8);
10439 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], loc
+ 12);
10440 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 16);
10441 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], loc
+ 20);
10442 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[6], loc
+ 24);
10443 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[7], loc
+ 28);
10446 /* Install the PLT header for a VxWorks executable and finalize the
10447 contents of .rela.plt.unloaded. */
10450 mips_vxworks_finish_exec_plt (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
10452 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
10454 bfd_vma got_value
, got_value_high
, got_value_low
, plt_address
;
10455 static const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
;
10456 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
10458 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
10459 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
10461 plt_entry
= mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry
;
10463 /* Calculate the value of _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
10464 got_value
= (htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
10465 + htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
10466 + htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
10468 got_value_high
= ((got_value
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
10469 got_value_low
= got_value
& 0xffff;
10471 /* Calculate the address of the PLT header. */
10472 plt_address
= htab
->splt
->output_section
->vma
+ htab
->splt
->output_offset
;
10474 /* Install the PLT header. */
10475 loc
= htab
->splt
->contents
;
10476 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | got_value_high
, loc
);
10477 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | got_value_low
, loc
+ 4);
10478 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2], loc
+ 8);
10479 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], loc
+ 12);
10480 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 16);
10481 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], loc
+ 20);
10483 /* Output the relocation for the lui of %hi(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_). */
10484 loc
= htab
->srelplt2
->contents
;
10485 rela
.r_offset
= plt_address
;
10486 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_HI16
);
10488 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
10489 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
10491 /* Output the relocation for the following addiu of
10492 %lo(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_). */
10493 rela
.r_offset
+= 4;
10494 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_LO16
);
10495 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
10496 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
10498 /* Fix up the remaining relocations. They may have the wrong
10499 symbol index for _G_O_T_ or _P_L_T_ depending on the order
10500 in which symbols were output. */
10501 while (loc
< htab
->srelplt2
->contents
+ htab
->srelplt2
->size
)
10503 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
;
10505 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd
, loc
, &rel
);
10506 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hplt
->indx
, R_MIPS_32
);
10507 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
10508 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
10510 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd
, loc
, &rel
);
10511 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_HI16
);
10512 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
10513 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
10515 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd
, loc
, &rel
);
10516 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_LO16
);
10517 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
10518 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
10522 /* Install the PLT header for a VxWorks shared library. */
10525 mips_vxworks_finish_shared_plt (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
10528 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
10530 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
10531 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
10533 /* We just need to copy the entry byte-by-byte. */
10534 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry
); i
++)
10535 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry
[i
],
10536 htab
->splt
->contents
+ i
* 4);
10539 /* Finish up the dynamic sections. */
10542 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
10543 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
10548 struct mips_got_info
*gg
, *g
;
10549 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
10551 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
10552 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
10554 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
10556 sdyn
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynamic");
10559 gg
= htab
->got_info
;
10561 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
10564 int dyn_to_skip
= 0, dyn_skipped
= 0;
10566 BFD_ASSERT (sdyn
!= NULL
);
10567 BFD_ASSERT (gg
!= NULL
);
10569 g
= mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (gg
, output_bfd
);
10570 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
10572 for (b
= sdyn
->contents
;
10573 b
< sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->size
;
10574 b
+= MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj
))
10576 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
10580 bfd_boolean swap_out_p
;
10582 /* Read in the current dynamic entry. */
10583 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
) (dynobj
, b
, &dyn
);
10585 /* Assume that we're going to modify it and write it out. */
10591 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (dynobj
);
10595 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->is_vxworks
);
10596 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE (dynobj
);
10600 /* Rewrite DT_STRSZ. */
10602 _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
);
10607 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
10610 case DT_MIPS_PLTGOT
:
10612 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
10615 case DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION
:
10616 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= 1; /* XXX */
10619 case DT_MIPS_FLAGS
:
10620 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= RHF_NOTPOT
; /* XXX */
10623 case DT_MIPS_TIME_STAMP
:
10627 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= t
;
10631 case DT_MIPS_ICHECKSUM
:
10633 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
10636 case DT_MIPS_IVERSION
:
10638 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
10641 case DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS
:
10642 s
= output_bfd
->sections
;
10643 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
10644 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->vma
& ~(bfd_vma
) 0xffff;
10647 case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO
:
10648 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= g
->local_gotno
;
10651 case DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO
:
10652 /* The index into the dynamic symbol table which is the
10653 entry of the first external symbol that is not
10654 referenced within the same object. */
10655 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= bfd_count_sections (output_bfd
) + 1;
10658 case DT_MIPS_GOTSYM
:
10659 if (gg
->global_gotsym
)
10661 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= gg
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
;
10664 /* In case if we don't have global got symbols we default
10665 to setting DT_MIPS_GOTSYM to the same value as
10666 DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO, so we just fall through. */
10668 case DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO
:
10670 elemsize
= MIPS_ELF_SYM_SIZE (output_bfd
);
10671 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, name
);
10672 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
10674 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= s
->size
/ elemsize
;
10677 case DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO
:
10678 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= g
->local_gotno
- htab
->reserved_gotno
;
10681 case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP
:
10683 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
10684 h
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_symbol
;
10687 dyn_to_skip
= MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj
);
10688 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
10691 s
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
10692 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= (s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
10693 + h
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
10697 case DT_MIPS_OPTIONS
:
10698 s
= (bfd_get_section_by_name
10699 (output_bfd
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (output_bfd
)));
10700 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->vma
;
10704 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->is_vxworks
);
10705 /* The count does not include the JUMP_SLOT relocations. */
10707 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
-= htab
->srelplt
->size
;
10711 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
10712 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
10713 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= DT_RELA
;
10715 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= DT_REL
;
10719 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
10720 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= htab
->srelplt
->size
;
10724 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
10725 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= (htab
->srelplt
->output_section
->vma
10726 + htab
->srelplt
->output_offset
);
10730 /* If we didn't need any text relocations after all, delete
10731 the dynamic tag. */
10732 if (!(info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
))
10734 dyn_to_skip
= MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj
);
10735 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
10740 /* If we didn't need any text relocations after all, clear
10741 DF_TEXTREL from DT_FLAGS. */
10742 if (!(info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
))
10743 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
&= ~DF_TEXTREL
;
10745 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
10749 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
10750 if (htab
->is_vxworks
10751 && elf_vxworks_finish_dynamic_entry (output_bfd
, &dyn
))
10756 if (swap_out_p
|| dyn_skipped
)
10757 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_out
)
10758 (dynobj
, &dyn
, b
- dyn_skipped
);
10762 dyn_skipped
+= dyn_to_skip
;
10767 /* Wipe out any trailing entries if we shifted down a dynamic tag. */
10768 if (dyn_skipped
> 0)
10769 memset (b
- dyn_skipped
, 0, dyn_skipped
);
10772 if (sgot
!= NULL
&& sgot
->size
> 0
10773 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sgot
->output_section
))
10775 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
10777 /* The first entry of the global offset table points to the
10778 ".dynamic" section. The second is initialized by the
10779 loader and contains the shared library identifier.
10780 The third is also initialized by the loader and points
10781 to the lazy resolution stub. */
10782 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
,
10783 sdyn
->output_offset
+ sdyn
->output_section
->vma
,
10785 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, 0,
10786 sgot
->contents
+ MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
10787 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, 0,
10789 + 2 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
10793 /* The first entry of the global offset table will be filled at
10794 runtime. The second entry will be used by some runtime loaders.
10795 This isn't the case of IRIX rld. */
10796 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, (bfd_vma
) 0, sgot
->contents
);
10797 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, MIPS_ELF_GNU_GOT1_MASK (output_bfd
),
10798 sgot
->contents
+ MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
10801 elf_section_data (sgot
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
10802 = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
10805 /* Generate dynamic relocations for the non-primary gots. */
10806 if (gg
!= NULL
&& gg
->next
)
10808 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
[3];
10809 bfd_vma addend
= 0;
10811 memset (rel
, 0, sizeof (rel
));
10812 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_REL32
);
10814 for (g
= gg
->next
; g
->next
!= gg
; g
= g
->next
)
10816 bfd_vma got_index
= g
->next
->local_gotno
+ g
->next
->global_gotno
10817 + g
->next
->tls_gotno
;
10819 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, 0, sgot
->contents
10820 + got_index
++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
10821 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, MIPS_ELF_GNU_GOT1_MASK (output_bfd
),
10823 + got_index
++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
10825 if (! info
->shared
)
10828 while (got_index
< g
->assigned_gotno
)
10830 rel
[0].r_offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
= rel
[2].r_offset
10831 = got_index
++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
10832 if (!(mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
10833 (output_bfd
, info
, rel
, NULL
,
10834 bfd_abs_section_ptr
,
10835 0, &addend
, sgot
)))
10837 BFD_ASSERT (addend
== 0);
10842 /* The generation of dynamic relocations for the non-primary gots
10843 adds more dynamic relocations. We cannot count them until
10846 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
10849 bfd_boolean swap_out_p
;
10851 BFD_ASSERT (sdyn
!= NULL
);
10853 for (b
= sdyn
->contents
;
10854 b
< sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->size
;
10855 b
+= MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj
))
10857 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
10860 /* Read in the current dynamic entry. */
10861 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
) (dynobj
, b
, &dyn
);
10863 /* Assume that we're going to modify it and write it out. */
10869 /* Reduce DT_RELSZ to account for any relocations we
10870 decided not to make. This is for the n64 irix rld,
10871 which doesn't seem to apply any relocations if there
10872 are trailing null entries. */
10873 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
10874 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= (s
->reloc_count
10875 * (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
)
10876 ? sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
)
10877 : sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
)));
10878 /* Adjust the section size too. Tools like the prelinker
10879 can reasonably expect the values to the same. */
10880 elf_section_data (s
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_size
10885 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
10890 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_out
)
10897 Elf32_compact_rel cpt
;
10899 if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
10901 /* Write .compact_rel section out. */
10902 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".compact_rel");
10906 cpt
.num
= s
->reloc_count
;
10908 cpt
.offset
= (s
->output_section
->filepos
10909 + sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel
));
10912 bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out (output_bfd
, &cpt
,
10913 ((Elf32_External_compact_rel
*)
10916 /* Clean up a dummy stub function entry in .text. */
10917 if (htab
->sstubs
!= NULL
)
10919 file_ptr dummy_offset
;
10921 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->sstubs
->size
>= htab
->function_stub_size
);
10922 dummy_offset
= htab
->sstubs
->size
- htab
->function_stub_size
;
10923 memset (htab
->sstubs
->contents
+ dummy_offset
, 0,
10924 htab
->function_stub_size
);
10929 /* The psABI says that the dynamic relocations must be sorted in
10930 increasing order of r_symndx. The VxWorks EABI doesn't require
10931 this, and because the code below handles REL rather than RELA
10932 relocations, using it for VxWorks would be outright harmful. */
10933 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
)
10935 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
10937 && s
->size
> (bfd_vma
)2 * MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (output_bfd
))
10939 reldyn_sorting_bfd
= output_bfd
;
10941 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
10942 qsort ((Elf64_External_Rel
*) s
->contents
+ 1,
10943 s
->reloc_count
- 1, sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
),
10944 sort_dynamic_relocs_64
);
10946 qsort ((Elf32_External_Rel
*) s
->contents
+ 1,
10947 s
->reloc_count
- 1, sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
),
10948 sort_dynamic_relocs
);
10953 if (htab
->splt
&& htab
->splt
->size
> 0)
10955 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
10958 mips_vxworks_finish_shared_plt (output_bfd
, info
);
10960 mips_vxworks_finish_exec_plt (output_bfd
, info
);
10964 BFD_ASSERT (!info
->shared
);
10965 mips_finish_exec_plt (output_bfd
, info
);
10972 /* Set ABFD's EF_MIPS_ARCH and EF_MIPS_MACH flags. */
10975 mips_set_isa_flags (bfd
*abfd
)
10979 switch (bfd_get_mach (abfd
))
10982 case bfd_mach_mips3000
:
10983 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_1
;
10986 case bfd_mach_mips3900
:
10987 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_1
| E_MIPS_MACH_3900
;
10990 case bfd_mach_mips6000
:
10991 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_2
;
10994 case bfd_mach_mips4000
:
10995 case bfd_mach_mips4300
:
10996 case bfd_mach_mips4400
:
10997 case bfd_mach_mips4600
:
10998 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
;
11001 case bfd_mach_mips4010
:
11002 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4010
;
11005 case bfd_mach_mips4100
:
11006 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4100
;
11009 case bfd_mach_mips4111
:
11010 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4111
;
11013 case bfd_mach_mips4120
:
11014 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4120
;
11017 case bfd_mach_mips4650
:
11018 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4650
;
11021 case bfd_mach_mips5400
:
11022 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
| E_MIPS_MACH_5400
;
11025 case bfd_mach_mips5500
:
11026 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
| E_MIPS_MACH_5500
;
11029 case bfd_mach_mips9000
:
11030 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
| E_MIPS_MACH_9000
;
11033 case bfd_mach_mips5000
:
11034 case bfd_mach_mips7000
:
11035 case bfd_mach_mips8000
:
11036 case bfd_mach_mips10000
:
11037 case bfd_mach_mips12000
:
11038 case bfd_mach_mips14000
:
11039 case bfd_mach_mips16000
:
11040 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
;
11043 case bfd_mach_mips5
:
11044 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_5
;
11047 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e
:
11048 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_LS2E
;
11051 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f
:
11052 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_LS2F
;
11055 case bfd_mach_mips_sb1
:
11056 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64
| E_MIPS_MACH_SB1
;
11059 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_3a
:
11060 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64
| E_MIPS_MACH_LS3A
;
11063 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon
:
11064 case bfd_mach_mips_octeonp
:
11065 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
| E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON
;
11068 case bfd_mach_mips_xlr
:
11069 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64
| E_MIPS_MACH_XLR
;
11072 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon2
:
11073 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
| E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON2
;
11076 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32
:
11077 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_32
;
11080 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64
:
11081 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64
;
11084 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
:
11085 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
;
11088 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
:
11089 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
;
11092 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
);
11093 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
|= val
;
11098 /* The final processing done just before writing out a MIPS ELF object
11099 file. This gets the MIPS architecture right based on the machine
11100 number. This is used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
11103 _bfd_mips_elf_final_write_processing (bfd
*abfd
,
11104 bfd_boolean linker ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
11107 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**hdrpp
;
11111 /* Keep the existing EF_MIPS_MACH and EF_MIPS_ARCH flags if the former
11112 is nonzero. This is for compatibility with old objects, which used
11113 a combination of a 32-bit EF_MIPS_ARCH and a 64-bit EF_MIPS_MACH. */
11114 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_MACH
) == 0)
11115 mips_set_isa_flags (abfd
);
11117 /* Set the sh_info field for .gptab sections and other appropriate
11118 info for each special section. */
11119 for (i
= 1, hdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
) + 1;
11120 i
< elf_numsections (abfd
);
11123 switch ((*hdrpp
)->sh_type
)
11125 case SHT_MIPS_MSYM
:
11126 case SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST
:
11127 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynstr");
11129 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
11132 case SHT_MIPS_GPTAB
:
11133 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
!= NULL
);
11134 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, (*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
);
11135 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
11136 && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gptab."));
11137 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
+ sizeof ".gptab" - 1);
11138 BFD_ASSERT (sec
!= NULL
);
11139 (*hdrpp
)->sh_info
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
11142 case SHT_MIPS_CONTENT
:
11143 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
!= NULL
);
11144 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, (*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
);
11145 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
11146 && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.content"));
11147 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
11148 name
+ sizeof ".MIPS.content" - 1);
11149 BFD_ASSERT (sec
!= NULL
);
11150 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
11153 case SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
:
11154 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
11156 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
11157 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".liblist");
11159 (*hdrpp
)->sh_info
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
11162 case SHT_MIPS_EVENTS
:
11163 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
!= NULL
);
11164 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, (*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
);
11165 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
);
11166 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.events"))
11167 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
11168 name
+ sizeof ".MIPS.events" - 1);
11171 BFD_ASSERT (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.post_rel"));
11172 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
11174 + sizeof ".MIPS.post_rel" - 1));
11176 BFD_ASSERT (sec
!= NULL
);
11177 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
11184 /* When creating an IRIX5 executable, we need REGINFO and RTPROC
11188 _bfd_mips_elf_additional_program_headers (bfd
*abfd
,
11189 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
11194 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_REGINFO segment. */
11195 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".reginfo");
11196 if (s
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
))
11199 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_OPTIONS segment. */
11200 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
11201 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
11202 MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd
)))
11205 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_RTPROC segment. */
11206 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
11207 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic")
11208 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".mdebug"))
11211 /* Allocate a PT_NULL header in dynamic objects. See
11212 _bfd_mips_elf_modify_segment_map for details. */
11213 if (!SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
11214 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic"))
11220 /* Modify the segment map for an IRIX5 executable. */
11223 _bfd_mips_elf_modify_segment_map (bfd
*abfd
,
11224 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
11227 struct elf_segment_map
*m
, **pm
;
11230 /* If there is a .reginfo section, we need a PT_MIPS_REGINFO
11232 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".reginfo");
11233 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
11235 for (m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
11236 if (m
->p_type
== PT_MIPS_REGINFO
)
11241 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
11245 m
->p_type
= PT_MIPS_REGINFO
;
11247 m
->sections
[0] = s
;
11249 /* We want to put it after the PHDR and INTERP segments. */
11250 pm
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
;
11252 && ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_PHDR
11253 || (*pm
)->p_type
== PT_INTERP
))
11261 /* For IRIX 6, we don't have .mdebug sections, nor does anything but
11262 .dynamic end up in PT_DYNAMIC. However, we do have to insert a
11263 PT_MIPS_OPTIONS segment immediately following the program header
11265 if (NEWABI_P (abfd
)
11266 /* On non-IRIX6 new abi, we'll have already created a segment
11267 for this section, so don't create another. I'm not sure this
11268 is not also the case for IRIX 6, but I can't test it right
11270 && IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
)
11272 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
; s
= s
->next
)
11273 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
)
11278 struct elf_segment_map
*options_segment
;
11280 pm
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
;
11282 && ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_PHDR
11283 || (*pm
)->p_type
== PT_INTERP
))
11286 if (*pm
== NULL
|| (*pm
)->p_type
!= PT_MIPS_OPTIONS
)
11288 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
11289 options_segment
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
11290 options_segment
->next
= *pm
;
11291 options_segment
->p_type
= PT_MIPS_OPTIONS
;
11292 options_segment
->p_flags
= PF_R
;
11293 options_segment
->p_flags_valid
= TRUE
;
11294 options_segment
->count
= 1;
11295 options_segment
->sections
[0] = s
;
11296 *pm
= options_segment
;
11302 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
)
11304 /* If there are .dynamic and .mdebug sections, we make a room
11305 for the RTPROC header. FIXME: Rewrite without section names. */
11306 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".interp") == NULL
11307 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") != NULL
11308 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".mdebug") != NULL
)
11310 for (m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
11311 if (m
->p_type
== PT_MIPS_RTPROC
)
11316 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
11320 m
->p_type
= PT_MIPS_RTPROC
;
11322 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rtproc");
11327 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
11332 m
->sections
[0] = s
;
11335 /* We want to put it after the DYNAMIC segment. */
11336 pm
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
;
11337 while (*pm
!= NULL
&& (*pm
)->p_type
!= PT_DYNAMIC
)
11347 /* On IRIX5, the PT_DYNAMIC segment includes the .dynamic,
11348 .dynstr, .dynsym, and .hash sections, and everything in
11350 for (pm
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
; *pm
!= NULL
;
11352 if ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_DYNAMIC
)
11355 if (m
!= NULL
&& IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_none
)
11357 /* For a normal mips executable the permissions for the PT_DYNAMIC
11358 segment are read, write and execute. We do that here since
11359 the code in elf.c sets only the read permission. This matters
11360 sometimes for the dynamic linker. */
11361 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") != NULL
)
11363 m
->p_flags
= PF_R
| PF_W
| PF_X
;
11364 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
11367 /* GNU/Linux binaries do not need the extended PT_DYNAMIC section.
11368 glibc's dynamic linker has traditionally derived the number of
11369 tags from the p_filesz field, and sometimes allocates stack
11370 arrays of that size. An overly-big PT_DYNAMIC segment can
11371 be actively harmful in such cases. Making PT_DYNAMIC contain
11372 other sections can also make life hard for the prelinker,
11373 which might move one of the other sections to a different
11374 PT_LOAD segment. */
11375 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
11378 && strcmp (m
->sections
[0]->name
, ".dynamic") == 0)
11380 static const char *sec_names
[] =
11382 ".dynamic", ".dynstr", ".dynsym", ".hash"
11386 struct elf_segment_map
*n
;
11388 low
= ~(bfd_vma
) 0;
11390 for (i
= 0; i
< sizeof sec_names
/ sizeof sec_names
[0]; i
++)
11392 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, sec_names
[i
]);
11393 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
11400 if (high
< s
->vma
+ sz
)
11401 high
= s
->vma
+ sz
;
11406 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
11407 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
11409 && s
->vma
+ s
->size
<= high
)
11412 amt
= sizeof *n
+ (bfd_size_type
) (c
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
11413 n
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
11420 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
11422 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
11424 && s
->vma
+ s
->size
<= high
)
11426 n
->sections
[i
] = s
;
11435 /* Allocate a spare program header in dynamic objects so that tools
11436 like the prelinker can add an extra PT_LOAD entry.
11438 If the prelinker needs to make room for a new PT_LOAD entry, its
11439 standard procedure is to move the first (read-only) sections into
11440 the new (writable) segment. However, the MIPS ABI requires
11441 .dynamic to be in a read-only segment, and the section will often
11442 start within sizeof (ElfNN_Phdr) bytes of the last program header.
11444 Although the prelinker could in principle move .dynamic to a
11445 writable segment, it seems better to allocate a spare program
11446 header instead, and avoid the need to move any sections.
11447 There is a long tradition of allocating spare dynamic tags,
11448 so allocating a spare program header seems like a natural
11451 If INFO is NULL, we may be copying an already prelinked binary
11452 with objcopy or strip, so do not add this header. */
11454 && !SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
11455 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic"))
11457 for (pm
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
; *pm
!= NULL
; pm
= &(*pm
)->next
)
11458 if ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_NULL
)
11462 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*m
));
11466 m
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
11474 /* Return the section that should be marked against GC for a given
11478 _bfd_mips_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection
*sec
,
11479 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
11480 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
11481 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
11482 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
11484 /* ??? Do mips16 stub sections need to be handled special? */
11487 switch (ELF_R_TYPE (sec
->owner
, rel
->r_info
))
11489 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
11490 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY
:
11494 return _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec
, info
, rel
, h
, sym
);
11497 /* Update the got entry reference counts for the section being removed. */
11500 _bfd_mips_elf_gc_sweep_hook (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
11501 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
11502 asection
*sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
11503 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
11506 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
11507 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
11508 bfd_signed_vma
*local_got_refcounts
;
11509 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
, *relend
;
11510 unsigned long r_symndx
;
11511 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
11513 if (info
->relocatable
)
11516 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
11517 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
11518 local_got_refcounts
= elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd
);
11520 relend
= relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
11521 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< relend
; rel
++)
11522 switch (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, rel
->r_info
))
11524 case R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
11525 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
11527 case R_MIPS_CALL16
:
11528 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
11529 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
11530 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
11531 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
11532 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
11533 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
11534 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
:
11535 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
:
11536 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
:
11537 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
:
11538 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
:
11539 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16
:
11540 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16
:
11541 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
:
11542 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
11543 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST
:
11544 /* ??? It would seem that the existing MIPS code does no sort
11545 of reference counting or whatnot on its GOT and PLT entries,
11546 so it is not possible to garbage collect them at this time. */
11557 /* Copy data from a MIPS ELF indirect symbol to its direct symbol,
11558 hiding the old indirect symbol. Process additional relocation
11559 information. Also called for weakdefs, in which case we just let
11560 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect copy the flags for us. */
11563 _bfd_mips_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
11564 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*dir
,
11565 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ind
)
11567 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*dirmips
, *indmips
;
11569 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (info
, dir
, ind
);
11571 dirmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) dir
;
11572 indmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) ind
;
11573 /* Any absolute non-dynamic relocations against an indirect or weak
11574 definition will be against the target symbol. */
11575 if (indmips
->has_static_relocs
)
11576 dirmips
->has_static_relocs
= TRUE
;
11578 if (ind
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
11581 dirmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
+= indmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
;
11582 if (indmips
->readonly_reloc
)
11583 dirmips
->readonly_reloc
= TRUE
;
11584 if (indmips
->no_fn_stub
)
11585 dirmips
->no_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
11586 if (indmips
->fn_stub
)
11588 dirmips
->fn_stub
= indmips
->fn_stub
;
11589 indmips
->fn_stub
= NULL
;
11591 if (indmips
->need_fn_stub
)
11593 dirmips
->need_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
11594 indmips
->need_fn_stub
= FALSE
;
11596 if (indmips
->call_stub
)
11598 dirmips
->call_stub
= indmips
->call_stub
;
11599 indmips
->call_stub
= NULL
;
11601 if (indmips
->call_fp_stub
)
11603 dirmips
->call_fp_stub
= indmips
->call_fp_stub
;
11604 indmips
->call_fp_stub
= NULL
;
11606 if (indmips
->global_got_area
< dirmips
->global_got_area
)
11607 dirmips
->global_got_area
= indmips
->global_got_area
;
11608 if (indmips
->global_got_area
< GGA_NONE
)
11609 indmips
->global_got_area
= GGA_NONE
;
11610 if (indmips
->has_nonpic_branches
)
11611 dirmips
->has_nonpic_branches
= TRUE
;
11613 if (dirmips
->tls_type
== 0)
11614 dirmips
->tls_type
= indmips
->tls_type
;
11617 #define PDR_SIZE 32
11620 _bfd_mips_elf_discard_info (bfd
*abfd
, struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
11621 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
11624 bfd_boolean ret
= FALSE
;
11625 unsigned char *tdata
;
11628 o
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".pdr");
11633 if (o
->size
% PDR_SIZE
!= 0)
11635 if (o
->output_section
!= NULL
11636 && bfd_is_abs_section (o
->output_section
))
11639 tdata
= bfd_zmalloc (o
->size
/ PDR_SIZE
);
11643 cookie
->rels
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, o
, NULL
, NULL
,
11644 info
->keep_memory
);
11651 cookie
->rel
= cookie
->rels
;
11652 cookie
->relend
= cookie
->rels
+ o
->reloc_count
;
11654 for (i
= 0, skip
= 0; i
< o
->size
/ PDR_SIZE
; i
++)
11656 if (bfd_elf_reloc_symbol_deleted_p (i
* PDR_SIZE
, cookie
))
11665 mips_elf_section_data (o
)->u
.tdata
= tdata
;
11666 o
->size
-= skip
* PDR_SIZE
;
11672 if (! info
->keep_memory
)
11673 free (cookie
->rels
);
11679 _bfd_mips_elf_ignore_discarded_relocs (asection
*sec
)
11681 if (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".pdr") == 0)
11687 _bfd_mips_elf_write_section (bfd
*output_bfd
,
11688 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
11689 asection
*sec
, bfd_byte
*contents
)
11691 bfd_byte
*to
, *from
, *end
;
11694 if (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".pdr") != 0)
11697 if (mips_elf_section_data (sec
)->u
.tdata
== NULL
)
11701 end
= contents
+ sec
->size
;
11702 for (from
= contents
, i
= 0;
11704 from
+= PDR_SIZE
, i
++)
11706 if ((mips_elf_section_data (sec
)->u
.tdata
)[i
] == 1)
11709 memcpy (to
, from
, PDR_SIZE
);
11712 bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd
, sec
->output_section
, contents
,
11713 sec
->output_offset
, sec
->size
);
11717 /* microMIPS code retains local labels for linker relaxation. Omit them
11718 from output by default for clarity. */
11721 _bfd_mips_elf_is_target_special_symbol (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*sym
)
11723 return _bfd_elf_is_local_label_name (abfd
, sym
->name
);
11726 /* MIPS ELF uses a special find_nearest_line routine in order the
11727 handle the ECOFF debugging information. */
11729 struct mips_elf_find_line
11731 struct ecoff_debug_info d
;
11732 struct ecoff_find_line i
;
11736 _bfd_mips_elf_find_nearest_line (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*section
,
11737 asymbol
**symbols
, bfd_vma offset
,
11738 const char **filename_ptr
,
11739 const char **functionname_ptr
,
11740 unsigned int *line_ptr
)
11744 if (_bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
11745 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
11749 if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd
, dwarf_debug_sections
,
11750 section
, symbols
, offset
,
11751 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
11752 line_ptr
, NULL
, ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? 8 : 0,
11753 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
))
11756 msec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".mdebug");
11759 flagword origflags
;
11760 struct mips_elf_find_line
*fi
;
11761 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
* const swap
=
11762 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
11764 /* If we are called during a link, mips_elf_final_link may have
11765 cleared the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS field. We force it back on here
11766 if appropriate (which it normally will be). */
11767 origflags
= msec
->flags
;
11768 if (elf_section_data (msec
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
11769 msec
->flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
11771 fi
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->find_line_info
;
11774 bfd_size_type external_fdr_size
;
11777 struct fdr
*fdr_ptr
;
11778 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct mips_elf_find_line
);
11780 fi
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
11783 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
11787 if (! _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (abfd
, msec
, &fi
->d
))
11789 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
11793 /* Swap in the FDR information. */
11794 amt
= fi
->d
.symbolic_header
.ifdMax
* sizeof (struct fdr
);
11795 fi
->d
.fdr
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
11796 if (fi
->d
.fdr
== NULL
)
11798 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
11801 external_fdr_size
= swap
->external_fdr_size
;
11802 fdr_ptr
= fi
->d
.fdr
;
11803 fraw_src
= (char *) fi
->d
.external_fdr
;
11804 fraw_end
= (fraw_src
11805 + fi
->d
.symbolic_header
.ifdMax
* external_fdr_size
);
11806 for (; fraw_src
< fraw_end
; fraw_src
+= external_fdr_size
, fdr_ptr
++)
11807 (*swap
->swap_fdr_in
) (abfd
, fraw_src
, fdr_ptr
);
11809 elf_tdata (abfd
)->find_line_info
= fi
;
11811 /* Note that we don't bother to ever free this information.
11812 find_nearest_line is either called all the time, as in
11813 objdump -l, so the information should be saved, or it is
11814 rarely called, as in ld error messages, so the memory
11815 wasted is unimportant. Still, it would probably be a
11816 good idea for free_cached_info to throw it away. */
11819 if (_bfd_ecoff_locate_line (abfd
, section
, offset
, &fi
->d
, swap
,
11820 &fi
->i
, filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
11823 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
11827 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
11830 /* Fall back on the generic ELF find_nearest_line routine. */
11832 return _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
11833 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
11838 _bfd_mips_elf_find_inliner_info (bfd
*abfd
,
11839 const char **filename_ptr
,
11840 const char **functionname_ptr
,
11841 unsigned int *line_ptr
)
11844 found
= _bfd_dwarf2_find_inliner_info (abfd
, filename_ptr
,
11845 functionname_ptr
, line_ptr
,
11846 & elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
11851 /* When are writing out the .options or .MIPS.options section,
11852 remember the bytes we are writing out, so that we can install the
11853 GP value in the section_processing routine. */
11856 _bfd_mips_elf_set_section_contents (bfd
*abfd
, sec_ptr section
,
11857 const void *location
,
11858 file_ptr offset
, bfd_size_type count
)
11860 if (MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (section
->name
))
11864 if (elf_section_data (section
) == NULL
)
11866 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct bfd_elf_section_data
);
11867 section
->used_by_bfd
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
11868 if (elf_section_data (section
) == NULL
)
11871 c
= mips_elf_section_data (section
)->u
.tdata
;
11874 c
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, section
->size
);
11877 mips_elf_section_data (section
)->u
.tdata
= c
;
11880 memcpy (c
+ offset
, location
, count
);
11883 return _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (abfd
, section
, location
, offset
,
11887 /* This is almost identical to bfd_generic_get_... except that some
11888 MIPS relocations need to be handled specially. Sigh. */
11891 _bfd_elf_mips_get_relocated_section_contents
11893 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
,
11894 struct bfd_link_order
*link_order
,
11896 bfd_boolean relocatable
,
11899 /* Get enough memory to hold the stuff */
11900 bfd
*input_bfd
= link_order
->u
.indirect
.section
->owner
;
11901 asection
*input_section
= link_order
->u
.indirect
.section
;
11904 long reloc_size
= bfd_get_reloc_upper_bound (input_bfd
, input_section
);
11905 arelent
**reloc_vector
= NULL
;
11908 if (reloc_size
< 0)
11911 reloc_vector
= bfd_malloc (reloc_size
);
11912 if (reloc_vector
== NULL
&& reloc_size
!= 0)
11915 /* read in the section */
11916 sz
= input_section
->rawsize
? input_section
->rawsize
: input_section
->size
;
11917 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd
, input_section
, data
, 0, sz
))
11920 reloc_count
= bfd_canonicalize_reloc (input_bfd
,
11924 if (reloc_count
< 0)
11927 if (reloc_count
> 0)
11932 bfd_vma gp
= 0x12345678; /* initialize just to shut gcc up */
11935 struct bfd_hash_entry
*h
;
11936 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*lh
;
11937 /* Skip all this stuff if we aren't mixing formats. */
11938 if (abfd
&& input_bfd
11939 && abfd
->xvec
== input_bfd
->xvec
)
11943 h
= bfd_hash_lookup (&link_info
->hash
->table
, "_gp", FALSE
, FALSE
);
11944 lh
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
11951 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
11952 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
11953 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
11956 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
11957 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
11959 gp
= lh
->u
.def
.value
;
11961 case bfd_link_hash_indirect
:
11962 case bfd_link_hash_warning
:
11964 /* @@FIXME ignoring warning for now */
11966 case bfd_link_hash_new
:
11975 for (parent
= reloc_vector
; *parent
!= NULL
; parent
++)
11977 char *error_message
= NULL
;
11978 bfd_reloc_status_type r
;
11980 /* Specific to MIPS: Deal with relocation types that require
11981 knowing the gp of the output bfd. */
11982 asymbol
*sym
= *(*parent
)->sym_ptr_ptr
;
11984 /* If we've managed to find the gp and have a special
11985 function for the relocation then go ahead, else default
11986 to the generic handling. */
11988 && (*parent
)->howto
->special_function
11989 == _bfd_mips_elf32_gprel16_reloc
)
11990 r
= _bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (input_bfd
, sym
, *parent
,
11991 input_section
, relocatable
,
11994 r
= bfd_perform_relocation (input_bfd
, *parent
, data
,
11996 relocatable
? abfd
: NULL
,
12001 asection
*os
= input_section
->output_section
;
12003 /* A partial link, so keep the relocs */
12004 os
->orelocation
[os
->reloc_count
] = *parent
;
12008 if (r
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
12012 case bfd_reloc_undefined
:
12013 if (!((*link_info
->callbacks
->undefined_symbol
)
12014 (link_info
, bfd_asymbol_name (*(*parent
)->sym_ptr_ptr
),
12015 input_bfd
, input_section
, (*parent
)->address
, TRUE
)))
12018 case bfd_reloc_dangerous
:
12019 BFD_ASSERT (error_message
!= NULL
);
12020 if (!((*link_info
->callbacks
->reloc_dangerous
)
12021 (link_info
, error_message
, input_bfd
, input_section
,
12022 (*parent
)->address
)))
12025 case bfd_reloc_overflow
:
12026 if (!((*link_info
->callbacks
->reloc_overflow
)
12028 bfd_asymbol_name (*(*parent
)->sym_ptr_ptr
),
12029 (*parent
)->howto
->name
, (*parent
)->addend
,
12030 input_bfd
, input_section
, (*parent
)->address
)))
12033 case bfd_reloc_outofrange
:
12042 if (reloc_vector
!= NULL
)
12043 free (reloc_vector
);
12047 if (reloc_vector
!= NULL
)
12048 free (reloc_vector
);
12053 mips_elf_relax_delete_bytes (bfd
*abfd
,
12054 asection
*sec
, bfd_vma addr
, int count
)
12056 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
12057 unsigned int sec_shndx
;
12058 bfd_byte
*contents
;
12059 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
, *irelend
;
12060 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
12061 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
12062 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
12063 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**end_hashes
;
12064 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**start_hashes
;
12065 unsigned int symcount
;
12067 sec_shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, sec
);
12068 contents
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
;
12070 irel
= elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
;
12071 irelend
= irel
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
12073 /* Actually delete the bytes. */
12074 memmove (contents
+ addr
, contents
+ addr
+ count
,
12075 (size_t) (sec
->size
- addr
- count
));
12076 sec
->size
-= count
;
12078 /* Adjust all the relocs. */
12079 for (irel
= elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
; irel
< irelend
; irel
++)
12081 /* Get the new reloc address. */
12082 if (irel
->r_offset
> addr
)
12083 irel
->r_offset
-= count
;
12086 BFD_ASSERT (addr
% 2 == 0);
12087 BFD_ASSERT (count
% 2 == 0);
12089 /* Adjust the local symbols defined in this section. */
12090 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
12091 isym
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
12092 for (isymend
= isym
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
; isym
< isymend
; isym
++)
12093 if (isym
->st_shndx
== sec_shndx
&& isym
->st_value
> addr
)
12094 isym
->st_value
-= count
;
12096 /* Now adjust the global symbols defined in this section. */
12097 symcount
= (symtab_hdr
->sh_size
/ sizeof (Elf32_External_Sym
)
12098 - symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
12099 sym_hashes
= start_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
12100 end_hashes
= sym_hashes
+ symcount
;
12102 for (; sym_hashes
< end_hashes
; sym_hashes
++)
12104 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sym_hash
= *sym_hashes
;
12106 if ((sym_hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
12107 || sym_hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
12108 && sym_hash
->root
.u
.def
.section
== sec
)
12110 bfd_vma value
= sym_hash
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
12112 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (sym_hash
->other
))
12113 value
&= MINUS_TWO
;
12115 sym_hash
->root
.u
.def
.value
-= count
;
12123 /* Opcodes needed for microMIPS relaxation as found in
12124 opcodes/micromips-opc.c. */
12126 struct opcode_descriptor
{
12127 unsigned long match
;
12128 unsigned long mask
;
12131 /* The $ra register aka $31. */
12135 /* 32-bit instruction format register fields. */
12137 #define OP32_SREG(opcode) (((opcode) >> 16) & 0x1f)
12138 #define OP32_TREG(opcode) (((opcode) >> 21) & 0x1f)
12140 /* Check if a 5-bit register index can be abbreviated to 3 bits. */
12142 #define OP16_VALID_REG(r) \
12143 ((2 <= (r) && (r) <= 7) || (16 <= (r) && (r) <= 17))
12146 /* 32-bit and 16-bit branches. */
12148 static const struct opcode_descriptor b_insns_32
[] = {
12149 { /* "b", "p", */ 0x40400000, 0xffff0000 }, /* bgez 0 */
12150 { /* "b", "p", */ 0x94000000, 0xffff0000 }, /* beq 0, 0 */
12151 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
12154 static const struct opcode_descriptor bc_insn_32
=
12155 { /* "bc(1|2)(ft)", "N,p", */ 0x42800000, 0xfec30000 };
12157 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_insn_32
=
12158 { /* "b(g|l)(e|t)z", "s,p", */ 0x40000000, 0xff200000 };
12160 static const struct opcode_descriptor bzal_insn_32
=
12161 { /* "b(ge|lt)zal", "s,p", */ 0x40200000, 0xffa00000 };
12163 static const struct opcode_descriptor beq_insn_32
=
12164 { /* "b(eq|ne)", "s,t,p", */ 0x94000000, 0xdc000000 };
12166 static const struct opcode_descriptor b_insn_16
=
12167 { /* "b", "mD", */ 0xcc00, 0xfc00 };
12169 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_insn_16
=
12170 { /* "b(eq|ne)z", "md,mE", */ 0x8c00, 0xdc00 };
12173 /* 32-bit and 16-bit branch EQ and NE zero. */
12175 /* NOTE: All opcode tables have BEQ/BNE in the same order: first the
12176 eq and second the ne. This convention is used when replacing a
12177 32-bit BEQ/BNE with the 16-bit version. */
12179 #define BZC32_REG_FIELD(r) (((r) & 0x1f) << 16)
12181 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_rs_insns_32
[] = {
12182 { /* "beqz", "s,p", */ 0x94000000, 0xffe00000 },
12183 { /* "bnez", "s,p", */ 0xb4000000, 0xffe00000 },
12184 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
12187 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_rt_insns_32
[] = {
12188 { /* "beqz", "t,p", */ 0x94000000, 0xfc01f000 },
12189 { /* "bnez", "t,p", */ 0xb4000000, 0xfc01f000 },
12190 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
12193 static const struct opcode_descriptor bzc_insns_32
[] = {
12194 { /* "beqzc", "s,p", */ 0x40e00000, 0xffe00000 },
12195 { /* "bnezc", "s,p", */ 0x40a00000, 0xffe00000 },
12196 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
12199 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_insns_16
[] = {
12200 { /* "beqz", "md,mE", */ 0x8c00, 0xfc00 },
12201 { /* "bnez", "md,mE", */ 0xac00, 0xfc00 },
12202 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
12205 /* Switch between a 5-bit register index and its 3-bit shorthand. */
12207 #define BZ16_REG(opcode) ((((((opcode) >> 7) & 7) + 0x1e) & 0x17) + 2)
12208 #define BZ16_REG_FIELD(r) \
12209 (((2 <= (r) && (r) <= 7) ? (r) : ((r) - 16)) << 7)
12212 /* 32-bit instructions with a delay slot. */
12214 static const struct opcode_descriptor jal_insn_32_bd16
=
12215 { /* "jals", "a", */ 0x74000000, 0xfc000000 };
12217 static const struct opcode_descriptor jal_insn_32_bd32
=
12218 { /* "jal", "a", */ 0xf4000000, 0xfc000000 };
12220 static const struct opcode_descriptor jal_x_insn_32_bd32
=
12221 { /* "jal[x]", "a", */ 0xf0000000, 0xf8000000 };
12223 static const struct opcode_descriptor j_insn_32
=
12224 { /* "j", "a", */ 0xd4000000, 0xfc000000 };
12226 static const struct opcode_descriptor jalr_insn_32
=
12227 { /* "jalr[.hb]", "t,s", */ 0x00000f3c, 0xfc00efff };
12229 /* This table can be compacted, because no opcode replacement is made. */
12231 static const struct opcode_descriptor ds_insns_32_bd16
[] = {
12232 { /* "jals", "a", */ 0x74000000, 0xfc000000 },
12234 { /* "jalrs[.hb]", "t,s", */ 0x00004f3c, 0xfc00efff },
12235 { /* "b(ge|lt)zals", "s,p", */ 0x42200000, 0xffa00000 },
12237 { /* "b(g|l)(e|t)z", "s,p", */ 0x40000000, 0xff200000 },
12238 { /* "b(eq|ne)", "s,t,p", */ 0x94000000, 0xdc000000 },
12239 { /* "j", "a", */ 0xd4000000, 0xfc000000 },
12240 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
12243 /* This table can be compacted, because no opcode replacement is made. */
12245 static const struct opcode_descriptor ds_insns_32_bd32
[] = {
12246 { /* "jal[x]", "a", */ 0xf0000000, 0xf8000000 },
12248 { /* "jalr[.hb]", "t,s", */ 0x00000f3c, 0xfc00efff },
12249 { /* "b(ge|lt)zal", "s,p", */ 0x40200000, 0xffa00000 },
12250 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
12254 /* 16-bit instructions with a delay slot. */
12256 static const struct opcode_descriptor jalr_insn_16_bd16
=
12257 { /* "jalrs", "my,mj", */ 0x45e0, 0xffe0 };
12259 static const struct opcode_descriptor jalr_insn_16_bd32
=
12260 { /* "jalr", "my,mj", */ 0x45c0, 0xffe0 };
12262 static const struct opcode_descriptor jr_insn_16
=
12263 { /* "jr", "mj", */ 0x4580, 0xffe0 };
12265 #define JR16_REG(opcode) ((opcode) & 0x1f)
12267 /* This table can be compacted, because no opcode replacement is made. */
12269 static const struct opcode_descriptor ds_insns_16_bd16
[] = {
12270 { /* "jalrs", "my,mj", */ 0x45e0, 0xffe0 },
12272 { /* "b", "mD", */ 0xcc00, 0xfc00 },
12273 { /* "b(eq|ne)z", "md,mE", */ 0x8c00, 0xdc00 },
12274 { /* "jr", "mj", */ 0x4580, 0xffe0 },
12275 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
12279 /* LUI instruction. */
12281 static const struct opcode_descriptor lui_insn
=
12282 { /* "lui", "s,u", */ 0x41a00000, 0xffe00000 };
12285 /* ADDIU instruction. */
12287 static const struct opcode_descriptor addiu_insn
=
12288 { /* "addiu", "t,r,j", */ 0x30000000, 0xfc000000 };
12290 static const struct opcode_descriptor addiupc_insn
=
12291 { /* "addiu", "mb,$pc,mQ", */ 0x78000000, 0xfc000000 };
12293 #define ADDIUPC_REG_FIELD(r) \
12294 (((2 <= (r) && (r) <= 7) ? (r) : ((r) - 16)) << 23)
12297 /* Relaxable instructions in a JAL delay slot: MOVE. */
12299 /* The 16-bit move has rd in 9:5 and rs in 4:0. The 32-bit moves
12300 (ADDU, OR) have rd in 15:11 and rs in 10:16. */
12301 #define MOVE32_RD(opcode) (((opcode) >> 11) & 0x1f)
12302 #define MOVE32_RS(opcode) (((opcode) >> 16) & 0x1f)
12304 #define MOVE16_RD_FIELD(r) (((r) & 0x1f) << 5)
12305 #define MOVE16_RS_FIELD(r) (((r) & 0x1f) )
12307 static const struct opcode_descriptor move_insns_32
[] = {
12308 { /* "move", "d,s", */ 0x00000150, 0xffe007ff }, /* addu d,s,$0 */
12309 { /* "move", "d,s", */ 0x00000290, 0xffe007ff }, /* or d,s,$0 */
12310 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
12313 static const struct opcode_descriptor move_insn_16
=
12314 { /* "move", "mp,mj", */ 0x0c00, 0xfc00 };
12317 /* NOP instructions. */
12319 static const struct opcode_descriptor nop_insn_32
=
12320 { /* "nop", "", */ 0x00000000, 0xffffffff };
12322 static const struct opcode_descriptor nop_insn_16
=
12323 { /* "nop", "", */ 0x0c00, 0xffff };
12326 /* Instruction match support. */
12328 #define MATCH(opcode, insn) ((opcode & insn.mask) == insn.match)
12331 find_match (unsigned long opcode
, const struct opcode_descriptor insn
[])
12333 unsigned long indx
;
12335 for (indx
= 0; insn
[indx
].mask
!= 0; indx
++)
12336 if (MATCH (opcode
, insn
[indx
]))
12343 /* Branch and delay slot decoding support. */
12345 /* If PTR points to what *might* be a 16-bit branch or jump, then
12346 return the minimum length of its delay slot, otherwise return 0.
12347 Non-zero results are not definitive as we might be checking against
12348 the second half of another instruction. */
12351 check_br16_dslot (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*ptr
)
12353 unsigned long opcode
;
12356 opcode
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, ptr
);
12357 if (MATCH (opcode
, jalr_insn_16_bd32
) != 0)
12358 /* 16-bit branch/jump with a 32-bit delay slot. */
12360 else if (MATCH (opcode
, jalr_insn_16_bd16
) != 0
12361 || find_match (opcode
, ds_insns_16_bd16
) >= 0)
12362 /* 16-bit branch/jump with a 16-bit delay slot. */
12365 /* No delay slot. */
12371 /* If PTR points to what *might* be a 32-bit branch or jump, then
12372 return the minimum length of its delay slot, otherwise return 0.
12373 Non-zero results are not definitive as we might be checking against
12374 the second half of another instruction. */
12377 check_br32_dslot (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*ptr
)
12379 unsigned long opcode
;
12382 opcode
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, ptr
);
12383 if (find_match (opcode
, ds_insns_32_bd32
) >= 0)
12384 /* 32-bit branch/jump with a 32-bit delay slot. */
12386 else if (find_match (opcode
, ds_insns_32_bd16
) >= 0)
12387 /* 32-bit branch/jump with a 16-bit delay slot. */
12390 /* No delay slot. */
12396 /* If PTR points to a 16-bit branch or jump with a 32-bit delay slot
12397 that doesn't fiddle with REG, then return TRUE, otherwise FALSE. */
12400 check_br16 (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*ptr
, unsigned long reg
)
12402 unsigned long opcode
;
12404 opcode
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, ptr
);
12405 if (MATCH (opcode
, b_insn_16
)
12407 || (MATCH (opcode
, jr_insn_16
) && reg
!= JR16_REG (opcode
))
12409 || (MATCH (opcode
, bz_insn_16
) && reg
!= BZ16_REG (opcode
))
12410 /* BEQZ16, BNEZ16 */
12411 || (MATCH (opcode
, jalr_insn_16_bd32
)
12413 && reg
!= JR16_REG (opcode
) && reg
!= RA
))
12419 /* If PTR points to a 32-bit branch or jump that doesn't fiddle with REG,
12420 then return TRUE, otherwise FALSE. */
12423 check_br32 (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*ptr
, unsigned long reg
)
12425 unsigned long opcode
;
12427 opcode
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, ptr
);
12428 if (MATCH (opcode
, j_insn_32
)
12430 || MATCH (opcode
, bc_insn_32
)
12431 /* BC1F, BC1T, BC2F, BC2T */
12432 || (MATCH (opcode
, jal_x_insn_32_bd32
) && reg
!= RA
)
12434 || (MATCH (opcode
, bz_insn_32
) && reg
!= OP32_SREG (opcode
))
12435 /* BGEZ, BGTZ, BLEZ, BLTZ */
12436 || (MATCH (opcode
, bzal_insn_32
)
12437 /* BGEZAL, BLTZAL */
12438 && reg
!= OP32_SREG (opcode
) && reg
!= RA
)
12439 || ((MATCH (opcode
, jalr_insn_32
) || MATCH (opcode
, beq_insn_32
))
12440 /* JALR, JALR.HB, BEQ, BNE */
12441 && reg
!= OP32_SREG (opcode
) && reg
!= OP32_TREG (opcode
)))
12447 /* If the instruction encoding at PTR and relocations [INTERNAL_RELOCS,
12448 IRELEND) at OFFSET indicate that there must be a compact branch there,
12449 then return TRUE, otherwise FALSE. */
12452 check_relocated_bzc (bfd
*abfd
, const bfd_byte
*ptr
, bfd_vma offset
,
12453 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
,
12454 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*irelend
)
12456 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
;
12457 unsigned long opcode
;
12459 opcode
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, ptr
);
12460 if (find_match (opcode
, bzc_insns_32
) < 0)
12463 for (irel
= internal_relocs
; irel
< irelend
; irel
++)
12464 if (irel
->r_offset
== offset
12465 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
->r_info
) == R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
)
12471 /* Bitsize checking. */
12472 #define IS_BITSIZE(val, N) \
12473 (((((val) & ((1ULL << (N)) - 1)) ^ (1ULL << ((N) - 1))) \
12474 - (1ULL << ((N) - 1))) == (val))
12478 _bfd_mips_elf_relax_section (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
,
12479 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
,
12480 bfd_boolean
*again
)
12482 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
12483 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
12484 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
, *irelend
;
12485 bfd_byte
*contents
= NULL
;
12486 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
= NULL
;
12488 /* Assume nothing changes. */
12491 /* We don't have to do anything for a relocatable link, if
12492 this section does not have relocs, or if this is not a
12495 if (link_info
->relocatable
12496 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
12497 || sec
->reloc_count
== 0
12498 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) == 0)
12501 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
12503 /* Get a copy of the native relocations. */
12504 internal_relocs
= (_bfd_elf_link_read_relocs
12505 (abfd
, sec
, NULL
, (Elf_Internal_Rela
*) NULL
,
12506 link_info
->keep_memory
));
12507 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
12510 /* Walk through them looking for relaxing opportunities. */
12511 irelend
= internal_relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
12512 for (irel
= internal_relocs
; irel
< irelend
; irel
++)
12514 unsigned long r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (irel
->r_info
);
12515 unsigned int r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
->r_info
);
12516 bfd_boolean target_is_micromips_code_p
;
12517 unsigned long opcode
;
12523 /* The number of bytes to delete for relaxation and from where
12524 to delete these bytes starting at irel->r_offset. */
12528 /* If this isn't something that can be relaxed, then ignore
12530 if (r_type
!= R_MICROMIPS_HI16
12531 && r_type
!= R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
12532 && r_type
!= R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
)
12535 /* Get the section contents if we haven't done so already. */
12536 if (contents
== NULL
)
12538 /* Get cached copy if it exists. */
12539 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= NULL
)
12540 contents
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
;
12541 /* Go get them off disk. */
12542 else if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, sec
, &contents
))
12545 ptr
= contents
+ irel
->r_offset
;
12547 /* Read this BFD's local symbols if we haven't done so already. */
12548 if (isymbuf
== NULL
&& symtab_hdr
->sh_info
!= 0)
12550 isymbuf
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
12551 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
12552 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, symtab_hdr
,
12553 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
, 0,
12555 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
12559 /* Get the value of the symbol referred to by the reloc. */
12560 if (r_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
12562 /* A local symbol. */
12563 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
12566 isym
= isymbuf
+ r_symndx
;
12567 if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
12568 sym_sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
12569 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
12570 sym_sec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
12571 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
)
12572 sym_sec
= bfd_com_section_ptr
;
12574 sym_sec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
12575 symval
= (isym
->st_value
12576 + sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
12577 + sym_sec
->output_offset
);
12578 target_is_micromips_code_p
= ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (isym
->st_other
);
12582 unsigned long indx
;
12583 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
12585 /* An external symbol. */
12586 indx
= r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
12587 h
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
)[indx
];
12588 BFD_ASSERT (h
!= NULL
);
12590 if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
12591 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
12592 /* This appears to be a reference to an undefined
12593 symbol. Just ignore it -- it will be caught by the
12594 regular reloc processing. */
12597 symval
= (h
->root
.u
.def
.value
12598 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
12599 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
);
12600 target_is_micromips_code_p
= (!h
->needs_plt
12601 && ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (h
->other
));
12605 /* For simplicity of coding, we are going to modify the
12606 section contents, the section relocs, and the BFD symbol
12607 table. We must tell the rest of the code not to free up this
12608 information. It would be possible to instead create a table
12609 of changes which have to be made, as is done in coff-mips.c;
12610 that would be more work, but would require less memory when
12611 the linker is run. */
12613 /* Only 32-bit instructions relaxed. */
12614 if (irel
->r_offset
+ 4 > sec
->size
)
12617 opcode
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, ptr
);
12619 /* This is the pc-relative distance from the instruction the
12620 relocation is applied to, to the symbol referred. */
12622 - (sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
)
12625 /* R_MICROMIPS_HI16 / LUI relaxation to nil, performing relaxation
12626 of corresponding R_MICROMIPS_LO16 to R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16 or
12627 R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2. The R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2 condition is
12629 (symval % 4 == 0 && IS_BITSIZE (pcrval, 25))
12631 where pcrval has first to be adjusted to apply against the LO16
12632 location (we make the adjustment later on, when we have figured
12633 out the offset). */
12634 if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_HI16
&& MATCH (opcode
, lui_insn
))
12636 bfd_boolean bzc
= FALSE
;
12637 unsigned long nextopc
;
12641 /* Give up if the previous reloc was a HI16 against this symbol
12643 if (irel
> internal_relocs
12644 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
[-1].r_info
) == R_MICROMIPS_HI16
12645 && ELF32_R_SYM (irel
[-1].r_info
) == r_symndx
)
12648 /* Or if the next reloc is not a LO16 against this symbol. */
12649 if (irel
+ 1 >= irelend
12650 || ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
[1].r_info
) != R_MICROMIPS_LO16
12651 || ELF32_R_SYM (irel
[1].r_info
) != r_symndx
)
12654 /* Or if the second next reloc is a LO16 against this symbol too. */
12655 if (irel
+ 2 >= irelend
12656 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
[2].r_info
) == R_MICROMIPS_LO16
12657 && ELF32_R_SYM (irel
[2].r_info
) == r_symndx
)
12660 /* See if the LUI instruction *might* be in a branch delay slot.
12661 We check whether what looks like a 16-bit branch or jump is
12662 actually an immediate argument to a compact branch, and let
12663 it through if so. */
12664 if (irel
->r_offset
>= 2
12665 && check_br16_dslot (abfd
, ptr
- 2)
12666 && !(irel
->r_offset
>= 4
12667 && (bzc
= check_relocated_bzc (abfd
,
12668 ptr
- 4, irel
->r_offset
- 4,
12669 internal_relocs
, irelend
))))
12671 if (irel
->r_offset
>= 4
12673 && check_br32_dslot (abfd
, ptr
- 4))
12676 reg
= OP32_SREG (opcode
);
12678 /* We only relax adjacent instructions or ones separated with
12679 a branch or jump that has a delay slot. The branch or jump
12680 must not fiddle with the register used to hold the address.
12681 Subtract 4 for the LUI itself. */
12682 offset
= irel
[1].r_offset
- irel
[0].r_offset
;
12683 switch (offset
- 4)
12688 if (check_br16 (abfd
, ptr
+ 4, reg
))
12692 if (check_br32 (abfd
, ptr
+ 4, reg
))
12699 nextopc
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, contents
+ irel
[1].r_offset
);
12701 /* Give up unless the same register is used with both
12703 if (OP32_SREG (nextopc
) != reg
)
12706 /* Now adjust pcrval, subtracting the offset to the LO16 reloc
12707 and rounding up to take masking of the two LSBs into account. */
12708 pcrval
= ((pcrval
- offset
+ 3) | 3) ^ 3;
12710 /* R_MICROMIPS_LO16 relaxation to R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16. */
12711 if (IS_BITSIZE (symval
, 16))
12713 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
12714 irel
[1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16
);
12716 /* Instructions using R_MICROMIPS_LO16 have the base or
12717 source register in bits 20:16. This register becomes $0
12718 (zero) as the result of the R_MICROMIPS_HI16 being 0. */
12719 nextopc
&= ~0x001f0000;
12720 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, (nextopc
>> 16) & 0xffff,
12721 contents
+ irel
[1].r_offset
);
12724 /* R_MICROMIPS_LO16 / ADDIU relaxation to R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2.
12725 We add 4 to take LUI deletion into account while checking
12726 the PC-relative distance. */
12727 else if (symval
% 4 == 0
12728 && IS_BITSIZE (pcrval
+ 4, 25)
12729 && MATCH (nextopc
, addiu_insn
)
12730 && OP32_TREG (nextopc
) == OP32_SREG (nextopc
)
12731 && OP16_VALID_REG (OP32_TREG (nextopc
)))
12733 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
12734 irel
[1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2
);
12736 /* Replace ADDIU with the ADDIUPC version. */
12737 nextopc
= (addiupc_insn
.match
12738 | ADDIUPC_REG_FIELD (OP32_TREG (nextopc
)));
12740 bfd_put_micromips_32 (abfd
, nextopc
,
12741 contents
+ irel
[1].r_offset
);
12744 /* Can't do anything, give up, sigh... */
12748 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
12749 irel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_MIPS_NONE
);
12751 /* Delete the LUI instruction: 4 bytes at irel->r_offset. */
12756 /* Compact branch relaxation -- due to the multitude of macros
12757 employed by the compiler/assembler, compact branches are not
12758 always generated. Obviously, this can/will be fixed elsewhere,
12759 but there is no drawback in double checking it here. */
12760 else if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
12761 && irel
->r_offset
+ 5 < sec
->size
12762 && ((fndopc
= find_match (opcode
, bz_rs_insns_32
)) >= 0
12763 || (fndopc
= find_match (opcode
, bz_rt_insns_32
)) >= 0)
12764 && MATCH (bfd_get_16 (abfd
, ptr
+ 4), nop_insn_16
))
12768 reg
= OP32_SREG (opcode
) ? OP32_SREG (opcode
) : OP32_TREG (opcode
);
12770 /* Replace BEQZ/BNEZ with the compact version. */
12771 opcode
= (bzc_insns_32
[fndopc
].match
12772 | BZC32_REG_FIELD (reg
)
12773 | (opcode
& 0xffff)); /* Addend value. */
12775 bfd_put_micromips_32 (abfd
, opcode
, ptr
);
12777 /* Delete the 16-bit delay slot NOP: two bytes from
12778 irel->offset + 4. */
12783 /* R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1 relaxation to R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1. We need
12784 to check the distance from the next instruction, so subtract 2. */
12785 else if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
12786 && IS_BITSIZE (pcrval
- 2, 11)
12787 && find_match (opcode
, b_insns_32
) >= 0)
12789 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
12790 irel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
);
12792 /* Replace the 32-bit opcode with a 16-bit opcode. */
12795 | (opcode
& 0x3ff)), /* Addend value. */
12798 /* Delete 2 bytes from irel->r_offset + 2. */
12803 /* R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1 relaxation to R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1. We need
12804 to check the distance from the next instruction, so subtract 2. */
12805 else if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
12806 && IS_BITSIZE (pcrval
- 2, 8)
12807 && (((fndopc
= find_match (opcode
, bz_rs_insns_32
)) >= 0
12808 && OP16_VALID_REG (OP32_SREG (opcode
)))
12809 || ((fndopc
= find_match (opcode
, bz_rt_insns_32
)) >= 0
12810 && OP16_VALID_REG (OP32_TREG (opcode
)))))
12814 reg
= OP32_SREG (opcode
) ? OP32_SREG (opcode
) : OP32_TREG (opcode
);
12816 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
12817 irel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
);
12819 /* Replace the 32-bit opcode with a 16-bit opcode. */
12821 (bz_insns_16
[fndopc
].match
12822 | BZ16_REG_FIELD (reg
)
12823 | (opcode
& 0x7f)), /* Addend value. */
12826 /* Delete 2 bytes from irel->r_offset + 2. */
12831 /* R_MICROMIPS_26_S1 -- JAL to JALS relaxation for microMIPS targets. */
12832 else if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
12833 && target_is_micromips_code_p
12834 && irel
->r_offset
+ 7 < sec
->size
12835 && MATCH (opcode
, jal_insn_32_bd32
))
12837 unsigned long n32opc
;
12838 bfd_boolean relaxed
= FALSE
;
12840 n32opc
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, ptr
+ 4);
12842 if (MATCH (n32opc
, nop_insn_32
))
12844 /* Replace delay slot 32-bit NOP with a 16-bit NOP. */
12845 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, nop_insn_16
.match
, ptr
+ 4);
12849 else if (find_match (n32opc
, move_insns_32
) >= 0)
12851 /* Replace delay slot 32-bit MOVE with 16-bit MOVE. */
12853 (move_insn_16
.match
12854 | MOVE16_RD_FIELD (MOVE32_RD (n32opc
))
12855 | MOVE16_RS_FIELD (MOVE32_RS (n32opc
))),
12860 /* Other 32-bit instructions relaxable to 16-bit
12861 instructions will be handled here later. */
12865 /* JAL with 32-bit delay slot that is changed to a JALS
12866 with 16-bit delay slot. */
12867 bfd_put_micromips_32 (abfd
, jal_insn_32_bd16
.match
, ptr
);
12869 /* Delete 2 bytes from irel->r_offset + 6. */
12877 /* Note that we've changed the relocs, section contents, etc. */
12878 elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
= internal_relocs
;
12879 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= contents
;
12880 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) isymbuf
;
12882 /* Delete bytes depending on the delcnt and deloff. */
12883 if (!mips_elf_relax_delete_bytes (abfd
, sec
,
12884 irel
->r_offset
+ deloff
, delcnt
))
12887 /* That will change things, so we should relax again.
12888 Note that this is not required, and it may be slow. */
12893 if (isymbuf
!= NULL
12894 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) isymbuf
)
12896 if (! link_info
->keep_memory
)
12900 /* Cache the symbols for elf_link_input_bfd. */
12901 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) isymbuf
;
12905 if (contents
!= NULL
12906 && elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= contents
)
12908 if (! link_info
->keep_memory
)
12912 /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd. */
12913 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= contents
;
12917 if (internal_relocs
!= NULL
12918 && elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= internal_relocs
)
12919 free (internal_relocs
);
12924 if (isymbuf
!= NULL
12925 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) isymbuf
)
12927 if (contents
!= NULL
12928 && elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= contents
)
12930 if (internal_relocs
!= NULL
12931 && elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= internal_relocs
)
12932 free (internal_relocs
);
12937 /* Create a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
12939 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*
12940 _bfd_mips_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd
*abfd
)
12942 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*ret
;
12943 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
);
12945 ret
= bfd_malloc (amt
);
12949 if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret
->root
, abfd
,
12950 mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc
,
12951 sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
),
12959 /* We no longer use this. */
12960 for (i
= 0; i
< SIZEOF_MIPS_DYNSYM_SECNAMES
; i
++)
12961 ret
->dynsym_sec_strindex
[i
] = (bfd_size_type
) -1;
12963 ret
->procedure_count
= 0;
12964 ret
->compact_rel_size
= 0;
12965 ret
->use_rld_obj_head
= FALSE
;
12966 ret
->rld_symbol
= NULL
;
12967 ret
->mips16_stubs_seen
= FALSE
;
12968 ret
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
= FALSE
;
12969 ret
->is_vxworks
= FALSE
;
12970 ret
->small_data_overflow_reported
= FALSE
;
12971 ret
->srelbss
= NULL
;
12972 ret
->sdynbss
= NULL
;
12973 ret
->srelplt
= NULL
;
12974 ret
->srelplt2
= NULL
;
12975 ret
->sgotplt
= NULL
;
12977 ret
->sstubs
= NULL
;
12979 ret
->got_info
= NULL
;
12980 ret
->plt_header_size
= 0;
12981 ret
->plt_entry_size
= 0;
12982 ret
->lazy_stub_count
= 0;
12983 ret
->function_stub_size
= 0;
12984 ret
->strampoline
= NULL
;
12985 ret
->la25_stubs
= NULL
;
12986 ret
->add_stub_section
= NULL
;
12988 return &ret
->root
.root
;
12991 /* Likewise, but indicate that the target is VxWorks. */
12993 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*
12994 _bfd_mips_vxworks_link_hash_table_create (bfd
*abfd
)
12996 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*ret
;
12998 ret
= _bfd_mips_elf_link_hash_table_create (abfd
);
13001 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
13003 htab
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*) ret
;
13004 htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
= TRUE
;
13005 htab
->is_vxworks
= TRUE
;
13010 /* A function that the linker calls if we are allowed to use PLTs
13011 and copy relocs. */
13014 _bfd_mips_elf_use_plts_and_copy_relocs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
13016 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
= TRUE
;
13019 /* We need to use a special link routine to handle the .reginfo and
13020 the .mdebug sections. We need to merge all instances of these
13021 sections together, not write them all out sequentially. */
13024 _bfd_mips_elf_final_link (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
13027 struct bfd_link_order
*p
;
13028 asection
*reginfo_sec
, *mdebug_sec
, *gptab_data_sec
, *gptab_bss_sec
;
13029 asection
*rtproc_sec
;
13030 Elf32_RegInfo reginfo
;
13031 struct ecoff_debug_info debug
;
13032 struct mips_htab_traverse_info hti
;
13033 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
13034 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
= bed
->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
13035 HDRR
*symhdr
= &debug
.symbolic_header
;
13036 void *mdebug_handle
= NULL
;
13041 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
13043 static const char * const secname
[] =
13045 ".text", ".init", ".fini", ".data",
13046 ".rodata", ".sdata", ".sbss", ".bss"
13048 static const int sc
[] =
13050 scText
, scInit
, scFini
, scData
,
13051 scRData
, scSData
, scSBss
, scBss
13054 /* Sort the dynamic symbols so that those with GOT entries come after
13056 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
13057 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
13059 if (!mips_elf_sort_hash_table (abfd
, info
))
13062 /* Create any scheduled LA25 stubs. */
13064 hti
.output_bfd
= abfd
;
13066 htab_traverse (htab
->la25_stubs
, mips_elf_create_la25_stub
, &hti
);
13070 /* Get a value for the GP register. */
13071 if (elf_gp (abfd
) == 0)
13073 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*h
;
13075 h
= bfd_link_hash_lookup (info
->hash
, "_gp", FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
13076 if (h
!= NULL
&& h
->type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
)
13077 elf_gp (abfd
) = (h
->u
.def
.value
13078 + h
->u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
13079 + h
->u
.def
.section
->output_offset
);
13080 else if (htab
->is_vxworks
13081 && (h
= bfd_link_hash_lookup (info
->hash
,
13082 "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_",
13083 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
))
13084 && h
->type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
)
13085 elf_gp (abfd
) = (h
->u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
13086 + h
->u
.def
.section
->output_offset
13088 else if (info
->relocatable
)
13090 bfd_vma lo
= MINUS_ONE
;
13092 /* Find the GP-relative section with the lowest offset. */
13093 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
13095 && (elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.sh_flags
& SHF_MIPS_GPREL
))
13098 /* And calculate GP relative to that. */
13099 elf_gp (abfd
) = lo
+ ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET (info
);
13103 /* If the relocate_section function needs to do a reloc
13104 involving the GP value, it should make a reloc_dangerous
13105 callback to warn that GP is not defined. */
13109 /* Go through the sections and collect the .reginfo and .mdebug
13111 reginfo_sec
= NULL
;
13113 gptab_data_sec
= NULL
;
13114 gptab_bss_sec
= NULL
;
13115 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
13117 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".reginfo") == 0)
13119 memset (®info
, 0, sizeof reginfo
);
13121 /* We have found the .reginfo section in the output file.
13122 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and merge
13123 the information together. */
13124 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
13126 asection
*input_section
;
13128 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext
;
13131 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
13133 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
13138 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
13139 input_bfd
= input_section
->owner
;
13141 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd
, input_section
,
13142 &ext
, 0, sizeof ext
))
13145 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (input_bfd
, &ext
, &sub
);
13147 reginfo
.ri_gprmask
|= sub
.ri_gprmask
;
13148 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[0] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[0];
13149 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[1] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[1];
13150 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[2] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[2];
13151 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[3] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[3];
13153 /* ri_gp_value is set by the function
13154 mips_elf32_section_processing when the section is
13155 finally written out. */
13157 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
13158 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
13159 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
13162 /* Size has been set in _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections. */
13163 BFD_ASSERT(o
->size
== sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
));
13165 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
13166 matters, but someday it might). */
13167 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
13172 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".mdebug") == 0)
13174 struct extsym_info einfo
;
13177 /* We have found the .mdebug section in the output file.
13178 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and merge
13179 the information together. */
13180 symhdr
->magic
= swap
->sym_magic
;
13181 /* FIXME: What should the version stamp be? */
13182 symhdr
->vstamp
= 0;
13183 symhdr
->ilineMax
= 0;
13184 symhdr
->cbLine
= 0;
13185 symhdr
->idnMax
= 0;
13186 symhdr
->ipdMax
= 0;
13187 symhdr
->isymMax
= 0;
13188 symhdr
->ioptMax
= 0;
13189 symhdr
->iauxMax
= 0;
13190 symhdr
->issMax
= 0;
13191 symhdr
->issExtMax
= 0;
13192 symhdr
->ifdMax
= 0;
13194 symhdr
->iextMax
= 0;
13196 /* We accumulate the debugging information itself in the
13197 debug_info structure. */
13199 debug
.external_dnr
= NULL
;
13200 debug
.external_pdr
= NULL
;
13201 debug
.external_sym
= NULL
;
13202 debug
.external_opt
= NULL
;
13203 debug
.external_aux
= NULL
;
13205 debug
.ssext
= debug
.ssext_end
= NULL
;
13206 debug
.external_fdr
= NULL
;
13207 debug
.external_rfd
= NULL
;
13208 debug
.external_ext
= debug
.external_ext_end
= NULL
;
13210 mdebug_handle
= bfd_ecoff_debug_init (abfd
, &debug
, swap
, info
);
13211 if (mdebug_handle
== NULL
)
13215 esym
.cobol_main
= 0;
13219 esym
.asym
.iss
= issNil
;
13220 esym
.asym
.st
= stLocal
;
13221 esym
.asym
.reserved
= 0;
13222 esym
.asym
.index
= indexNil
;
13224 for (i
= 0; i
< sizeof (secname
) / sizeof (secname
[0]); i
++)
13226 esym
.asym
.sc
= sc
[i
];
13227 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, secname
[i
]);
13230 esym
.asym
.value
= s
->vma
;
13231 last
= s
->vma
+ s
->size
;
13234 esym
.asym
.value
= last
;
13235 if (!bfd_ecoff_debug_one_external (abfd
, &debug
, swap
,
13236 secname
[i
], &esym
))
13240 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
13242 asection
*input_section
;
13244 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*input_swap
;
13245 struct ecoff_debug_info input_debug
;
13249 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
13251 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
13256 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
13257 input_bfd
= input_section
->owner
;
13259 if (!is_mips_elf (input_bfd
))
13261 /* I don't know what a non MIPS ELF bfd would be
13262 doing with a .mdebug section, but I don't really
13263 want to deal with it. */
13267 input_swap
= (get_elf_backend_data (input_bfd
)
13268 ->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
);
13270 BFD_ASSERT (p
->size
== input_section
->size
);
13272 /* The ECOFF linking code expects that we have already
13273 read in the debugging information and set up an
13274 ecoff_debug_info structure, so we do that now. */
13275 if (! _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (input_bfd
, input_section
,
13279 if (! (bfd_ecoff_debug_accumulate
13280 (mdebug_handle
, abfd
, &debug
, swap
, input_bfd
,
13281 &input_debug
, input_swap
, info
)))
13284 /* Loop through the external symbols. For each one with
13285 interesting information, try to find the symbol in
13286 the linker global hash table and save the information
13287 for the output external symbols. */
13288 eraw_src
= input_debug
.external_ext
;
13289 eraw_end
= (eraw_src
13290 + (input_debug
.symbolic_header
.iextMax
13291 * input_swap
->external_ext_size
));
13293 eraw_src
< eraw_end
;
13294 eraw_src
+= input_swap
->external_ext_size
)
13298 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
13300 (*input_swap
->swap_ext_in
) (input_bfd
, eraw_src
, &ext
);
13301 if (ext
.asym
.sc
== scNil
13302 || ext
.asym
.sc
== scUndefined
13303 || ext
.asym
.sc
== scSUndefined
)
13306 name
= input_debug
.ssext
+ ext
.asym
.iss
;
13307 h
= mips_elf_link_hash_lookup (mips_elf_hash_table (info
),
13308 name
, FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
13309 if (h
== NULL
|| h
->esym
.ifd
!= -2)
13314 BFD_ASSERT (ext
.ifd
13315 < input_debug
.symbolic_header
.ifdMax
);
13316 ext
.ifd
= input_debug
.ifdmap
[ext
.ifd
];
13322 /* Free up the information we just read. */
13323 free (input_debug
.line
);
13324 free (input_debug
.external_dnr
);
13325 free (input_debug
.external_pdr
);
13326 free (input_debug
.external_sym
);
13327 free (input_debug
.external_opt
);
13328 free (input_debug
.external_aux
);
13329 free (input_debug
.ss
);
13330 free (input_debug
.ssext
);
13331 free (input_debug
.external_fdr
);
13332 free (input_debug
.external_rfd
);
13333 free (input_debug
.external_ext
);
13335 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
13336 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
13337 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
13340 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) && info
->shared
)
13342 /* Create .rtproc section. */
13343 rtproc_sec
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".rtproc");
13344 if (rtproc_sec
== NULL
)
13346 flagword flags
= (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
13347 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
| SEC_READONLY
);
13349 rtproc_sec
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
,
13352 if (rtproc_sec
== NULL
13353 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, rtproc_sec
, 4))
13357 if (! mips_elf_create_procedure_table (mdebug_handle
, abfd
,
13363 /* Build the external symbol information. */
13366 einfo
.debug
= &debug
;
13368 einfo
.failed
= FALSE
;
13369 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (mips_elf_hash_table (info
),
13370 mips_elf_output_extsym
, &einfo
);
13374 /* Set the size of the .mdebug section. */
13375 o
->size
= bfd_ecoff_debug_size (abfd
, &debug
, swap
);
13377 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
13378 matters, but someday it might). */
13379 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
13384 if (CONST_STRNEQ (o
->name
, ".gptab."))
13386 const char *subname
;
13389 Elf32_External_gptab
*ext_tab
;
13392 /* The .gptab.sdata and .gptab.sbss sections hold
13393 information describing how the small data area would
13394 change depending upon the -G switch. These sections
13395 not used in executables files. */
13396 if (! info
->relocatable
)
13398 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
13400 asection
*input_section
;
13402 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
13404 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
13409 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
13411 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
13412 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
13413 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
13416 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this
13417 currently matters, but someday it might). */
13418 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
13420 /* Really remove the section. */
13421 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd
, o
);
13422 --abfd
->section_count
;
13427 /* There is one gptab for initialized data, and one for
13428 uninitialized data. */
13429 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".gptab.sdata") == 0)
13430 gptab_data_sec
= o
;
13431 else if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".gptab.sbss") == 0)
13435 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
13436 (_("%s: illegal section name `%s'"),
13437 bfd_get_filename (abfd
), o
->name
);
13438 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
13442 /* The linker script always combines .gptab.data and
13443 .gptab.sdata into .gptab.sdata, and likewise for
13444 .gptab.bss and .gptab.sbss. It is possible that there is
13445 no .sdata or .sbss section in the output file, in which
13446 case we must change the name of the output section. */
13447 subname
= o
->name
+ sizeof ".gptab" - 1;
13448 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, subname
) == NULL
)
13450 if (o
== gptab_data_sec
)
13451 o
->name
= ".gptab.data";
13453 o
->name
= ".gptab.bss";
13454 subname
= o
->name
+ sizeof ".gptab" - 1;
13455 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, subname
) != NULL
);
13458 /* Set up the first entry. */
13460 amt
= c
* sizeof (Elf32_gptab
);
13461 tab
= bfd_malloc (amt
);
13464 tab
[0].gt_header
.gt_current_g_value
= elf_gp_size (abfd
);
13465 tab
[0].gt_header
.gt_unused
= 0;
13467 /* Combine the input sections. */
13468 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
13470 asection
*input_section
;
13472 bfd_size_type size
;
13473 unsigned long last
;
13474 bfd_size_type gpentry
;
13476 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
13478 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
13483 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
13484 input_bfd
= input_section
->owner
;
13486 /* Combine the gptab entries for this input section one
13487 by one. We know that the input gptab entries are
13488 sorted by ascending -G value. */
13489 size
= input_section
->size
;
13491 for (gpentry
= sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
13493 gpentry
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
))
13495 Elf32_External_gptab ext_gptab
;
13496 Elf32_gptab int_gptab
;
13502 if (! (bfd_get_section_contents
13503 (input_bfd
, input_section
, &ext_gptab
, gpentry
,
13504 sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
))))
13510 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in (input_bfd
, &ext_gptab
,
13512 val
= int_gptab
.gt_entry
.gt_g_value
;
13513 add
= int_gptab
.gt_entry
.gt_bytes
- last
;
13516 for (look
= 1; look
< c
; look
++)
13518 if (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
>= val
)
13519 tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
+= add
;
13521 if (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
== val
)
13527 Elf32_gptab
*new_tab
;
13530 /* We need a new table entry. */
13531 amt
= (bfd_size_type
) (c
+ 1) * sizeof (Elf32_gptab
);
13532 new_tab
= bfd_realloc (tab
, amt
);
13533 if (new_tab
== NULL
)
13539 tab
[c
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
= val
;
13540 tab
[c
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
= add
;
13542 /* Merge in the size for the next smallest -G
13543 value, since that will be implied by this new
13546 for (look
= 1; look
< c
; look
++)
13548 if (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
< val
13550 || (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
13551 > tab
[max
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
)))
13555 tab
[c
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
+=
13556 tab
[max
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
;
13561 last
= int_gptab
.gt_entry
.gt_bytes
;
13564 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
13565 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
13566 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
13569 /* The table must be sorted by -G value. */
13571 qsort (tab
+ 1, c
- 1, sizeof (tab
[0]), gptab_compare
);
13573 /* Swap out the table. */
13574 amt
= (bfd_size_type
) c
* sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
13575 ext_tab
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
13576 if (ext_tab
== NULL
)
13582 for (j
= 0; j
< c
; j
++)
13583 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out (abfd
, tab
+ j
, ext_tab
+ j
);
13586 o
->size
= c
* sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
13587 o
->contents
= (bfd_byte
*) ext_tab
;
13589 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
13590 matters, but someday it might). */
13591 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
13595 /* Invoke the regular ELF backend linker to do all the work. */
13596 if (!bfd_elf_final_link (abfd
, info
))
13599 /* Now write out the computed sections. */
13601 if (reginfo_sec
!= NULL
)
13603 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext
;
13605 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_out (abfd
, ®info
, &ext
);
13606 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, reginfo_sec
, &ext
, 0, sizeof ext
))
13610 if (mdebug_sec
!= NULL
)
13612 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
->output_has_begun
);
13613 if (! bfd_ecoff_write_accumulated_debug (mdebug_handle
, abfd
, &debug
,
13615 mdebug_sec
->filepos
))
13618 bfd_ecoff_debug_free (mdebug_handle
, abfd
, &debug
, swap
, info
);
13621 if (gptab_data_sec
!= NULL
)
13623 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, gptab_data_sec
,
13624 gptab_data_sec
->contents
,
13625 0, gptab_data_sec
->size
))
13629 if (gptab_bss_sec
!= NULL
)
13631 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, gptab_bss_sec
,
13632 gptab_bss_sec
->contents
,
13633 0, gptab_bss_sec
->size
))
13637 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
13639 rtproc_sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rtproc");
13640 if (rtproc_sec
!= NULL
)
13642 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, rtproc_sec
,
13643 rtproc_sec
->contents
,
13644 0, rtproc_sec
->size
))
13652 /* Structure for saying that BFD machine EXTENSION extends BASE. */
13654 struct mips_mach_extension
{
13655 unsigned long extension
, base
;
13659 /* An array describing how BFD machines relate to one another. The entries
13660 are ordered topologically with MIPS I extensions listed last. */
13662 static const struct mips_mach_extension mips_mach_extensions
[] = {
13663 /* MIPS64r2 extensions. */
13664 { bfd_mach_mips_octeon2
, bfd_mach_mips_octeonp
},
13665 { bfd_mach_mips_octeonp
, bfd_mach_mips_octeon
},
13666 { bfd_mach_mips_octeon
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
},
13668 /* MIPS64 extensions. */
13669 { bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64
},
13670 { bfd_mach_mips_sb1
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64
},
13671 { bfd_mach_mips_xlr
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64
},
13672 { bfd_mach_mips_loongson_3a
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64
},
13674 /* MIPS V extensions. */
13675 { bfd_mach_mipsisa64
, bfd_mach_mips5
},
13677 /* R10000 extensions. */
13678 { bfd_mach_mips12000
, bfd_mach_mips10000
},
13679 { bfd_mach_mips14000
, bfd_mach_mips10000
},
13680 { bfd_mach_mips16000
, bfd_mach_mips10000
},
13682 /* R5000 extensions. Note: the vr5500 ISA is an extension of the core
13683 vr5400 ISA, but doesn't include the multimedia stuff. It seems
13684 better to allow vr5400 and vr5500 code to be merged anyway, since
13685 many libraries will just use the core ISA. Perhaps we could add
13686 some sort of ASE flag if this ever proves a problem. */
13687 { bfd_mach_mips5500
, bfd_mach_mips5400
},
13688 { bfd_mach_mips5400
, bfd_mach_mips5000
},
13690 /* MIPS IV extensions. */
13691 { bfd_mach_mips5
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
13692 { bfd_mach_mips10000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
13693 { bfd_mach_mips5000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
13694 { bfd_mach_mips7000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
13695 { bfd_mach_mips9000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
13697 /* VR4100 extensions. */
13698 { bfd_mach_mips4120
, bfd_mach_mips4100
},
13699 { bfd_mach_mips4111
, bfd_mach_mips4100
},
13701 /* MIPS III extensions. */
13702 { bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
13703 { bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
13704 { bfd_mach_mips8000
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
13705 { bfd_mach_mips4650
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
13706 { bfd_mach_mips4600
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
13707 { bfd_mach_mips4400
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
13708 { bfd_mach_mips4300
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
13709 { bfd_mach_mips4100
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
13710 { bfd_mach_mips4010
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
13712 /* MIPS32 extensions. */
13713 { bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
, bfd_mach_mipsisa32
},
13715 /* MIPS II extensions. */
13716 { bfd_mach_mips4000
, bfd_mach_mips6000
},
13717 { bfd_mach_mipsisa32
, bfd_mach_mips6000
},
13719 /* MIPS I extensions. */
13720 { bfd_mach_mips6000
, bfd_mach_mips3000
},
13721 { bfd_mach_mips3900
, bfd_mach_mips3000
}
13725 /* Return true if bfd machine EXTENSION is an extension of machine BASE. */
13728 mips_mach_extends_p (unsigned long base
, unsigned long extension
)
13732 if (extension
== base
)
13735 if (base
== bfd_mach_mipsisa32
13736 && mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_mach_mipsisa64
, extension
))
13739 if (base
== bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
13740 && mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
, extension
))
13743 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (mips_mach_extensions
); i
++)
13744 if (extension
== mips_mach_extensions
[i
].extension
)
13746 extension
= mips_mach_extensions
[i
].base
;
13747 if (extension
== base
)
13755 /* Return true if the given ELF header flags describe a 32-bit binary. */
13758 mips_32bit_flags_p (flagword flags
)
13760 return ((flags
& EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
) != 0
13761 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32
13762 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
13763 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_1
13764 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_2
13765 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32
13766 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
);
13770 /* Merge object attributes from IBFD into OBFD. Raise an error if
13771 there are conflicting attributes. */
13773 mips_elf_merge_obj_attributes (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
13775 obj_attribute
*in_attr
;
13776 obj_attribute
*out_attr
;
13779 abi_fp_bfd
= mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abi_fp_bfd
;
13780 in_attr
= elf_known_obj_attributes (ibfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
13781 if (!abi_fp_bfd
&& in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
!= 0)
13782 mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abi_fp_bfd
= ibfd
;
13784 if (!elf_known_obj_attributes_proc (obfd
)[0].i
)
13786 /* This is the first object. Copy the attributes. */
13787 _bfd_elf_copy_obj_attributes (ibfd
, obfd
);
13789 /* Use the Tag_null value to indicate the attributes have been
13791 elf_known_obj_attributes_proc (obfd
)[0].i
= 1;
13796 /* Check for conflicting Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP attributes and merge
13797 non-conflicting ones. */
13798 out_attr
= elf_known_obj_attributes (obfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
13799 if (in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
!= out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
)
13801 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].type
= 1;
13802 if (out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
== 0)
13803 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
= in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
;
13804 else if (in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
!= 0)
13805 switch (out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
)
13808 switch (in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
)
13812 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), %B uses %s"),
13813 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
, "-mdouble-float", "-msingle-float");
13818 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), %B uses %s"),
13819 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
, "-mhard-float", "-msoft-float");
13824 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), %B uses %s"),
13825 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
,
13826 "-mdouble-float", "-mips32r2 -mfp64");
13831 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), "
13832 "%B uses unknown floating point ABI %d"),
13833 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
,
13834 "-mdouble-float", in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
);
13840 switch (in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
)
13844 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), %B uses %s"),
13845 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
, "-msingle-float", "-mdouble-float");
13850 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), %B uses %s"),
13851 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
, "-mhard-float", "-msoft-float");
13856 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), %B uses %s"),
13857 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
,
13858 "-msingle-float", "-mips32r2 -mfp64");
13863 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), "
13864 "%B uses unknown floating point ABI %d"),
13865 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
,
13866 "-msingle-float", in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
);
13872 switch (in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
)
13878 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), %B uses %s"),
13879 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
, "-msoft-float", "-mhard-float");
13884 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), "
13885 "%B uses unknown floating point ABI %d"),
13886 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
,
13887 "-msoft-float", in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
);
13893 switch (in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
)
13897 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), %B uses %s"),
13898 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
,
13899 "-mips32r2 -mfp64", "-mdouble-float");
13904 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), %B uses %s"),
13905 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
,
13906 "-mips32r2 -mfp64", "-msingle-float");
13911 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), %B uses %s"),
13912 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
, "-mhard-float", "-msoft-float");
13917 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), "
13918 "%B uses unknown floating point ABI %d"),
13919 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
,
13920 "-mips32r2 -mfp64", in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
);
13926 switch (in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
)
13930 (_("Warning: %B uses unknown floating point ABI %d "
13931 "(set by %B), %B uses %s"),
13932 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
,
13933 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
, "-mdouble-float");
13938 (_("Warning: %B uses unknown floating point ABI %d "
13939 "(set by %B), %B uses %s"),
13940 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
,
13941 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
, "-msingle-float");
13946 (_("Warning: %B uses unknown floating point ABI %d "
13947 "(set by %B), %B uses %s"),
13948 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
,
13949 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
, "-msoft-float");
13954 (_("Warning: %B uses unknown floating point ABI %d "
13955 "(set by %B), %B uses %s"),
13956 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
,
13957 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
, "-mips32r2 -mfp64");
13962 (_("Warning: %B uses unknown floating point ABI %d "
13963 "(set by %B), %B uses unknown floating point ABI %d"),
13964 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
,
13965 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
,
13966 in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
);
13973 /* Merge Tag_compatibility attributes and any common GNU ones. */
13974 _bfd_elf_merge_object_attributes (ibfd
, obfd
);
13979 /* Merge backend specific data from an object file to the output
13980 object file when linking. */
13983 _bfd_mips_elf_merge_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
13985 flagword old_flags
;
13986 flagword new_flags
;
13988 bfd_boolean null_input_bfd
= TRUE
;
13991 /* Check if we have the same endianness. */
13992 if (! _bfd_generic_verify_endian_match (ibfd
, obfd
))
13994 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
13995 (_("%B: endianness incompatible with that of the selected emulation"),
14000 if (!is_mips_elf (ibfd
) || !is_mips_elf (obfd
))
14003 if (strcmp (bfd_get_target (ibfd
), bfd_get_target (obfd
)) != 0)
14005 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
14006 (_("%B: ABI is incompatible with that of the selected emulation"),
14011 if (!mips_elf_merge_obj_attributes (ibfd
, obfd
))
14014 new_flags
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
;
14015 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
;
14016 old_flags
= elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
;
14018 if (! elf_flags_init (obfd
))
14020 elf_flags_init (obfd
) = TRUE
;
14021 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
= new_flags
;
14022 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
14023 = elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
];
14025 if (bfd_get_arch (obfd
) == bfd_get_arch (ibfd
)
14026 && (bfd_get_arch_info (obfd
)->the_default
14027 || mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (obfd
),
14028 bfd_get_mach (ibfd
))))
14030 if (! bfd_set_arch_mach (obfd
, bfd_get_arch (ibfd
),
14031 bfd_get_mach (ibfd
)))
14038 /* Check flag compatibility. */
14040 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
;
14041 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
;
14043 /* Some IRIX 6 BSD-compatibility objects have this bit set. It
14044 doesn't seem to matter. */
14045 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_XGOT
;
14046 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_XGOT
;
14048 /* MIPSpro generates ucode info in n64 objects. Again, we should
14049 just be able to ignore this. */
14050 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_UCODE
;
14051 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_UCODE
;
14053 /* DSOs should only be linked with CPIC code. */
14054 if ((ibfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
14055 new_flags
|= EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
;
14057 if (new_flags
== old_flags
)
14060 /* Check to see if the input BFD actually contains any sections.
14061 If not, its flags may not have been initialised either, but it cannot
14062 actually cause any incompatibility. */
14063 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
14065 /* Ignore synthetic sections and empty .text, .data and .bss sections
14066 which are automatically generated by gas. Also ignore fake
14067 (s)common sections, since merely defining a common symbol does
14068 not affect compatibility. */
14069 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_IS_COMMON
) == 0
14070 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".reginfo")
14071 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".mdebug")
14073 || (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".text")
14074 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".data")
14075 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".bss"))))
14077 null_input_bfd
= FALSE
;
14081 if (null_input_bfd
)
14086 if (((new_flags
& (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
)) != 0)
14087 != ((old_flags
& (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
)) != 0))
14089 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
14090 (_("%B: warning: linking abicalls files with non-abicalls files"),
14095 if (new_flags
& (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
))
14096 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= EF_MIPS_CPIC
;
14097 if (! (new_flags
& EF_MIPS_PIC
))
14098 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_PIC
;
14100 new_flags
&= ~ (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
);
14101 old_flags
&= ~ (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
);
14103 /* Compare the ISAs. */
14104 if (mips_32bit_flags_p (old_flags
) != mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags
))
14106 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
14107 (_("%B: linking 32-bit code with 64-bit code"),
14111 else if (!mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (ibfd
), bfd_get_mach (obfd
)))
14113 /* OBFD's ISA isn't the same as, or an extension of, IBFD's. */
14114 if (mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (obfd
), bfd_get_mach (ibfd
)))
14116 /* Copy the architecture info from IBFD to OBFD. Also copy
14117 the 32-bit flag (if set) so that we continue to recognise
14118 OBFD as a 32-bit binary. */
14119 bfd_set_arch_info (obfd
, bfd_get_arch_info (ibfd
));
14120 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
);
14121 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
14122 |= new_flags
& (EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
| EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
);
14124 /* Copy across the ABI flags if OBFD doesn't use them
14125 and if that was what caused us to treat IBFD as 32-bit. */
14126 if ((old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == 0
14127 && mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags
)
14128 && !mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags
& ~EF_MIPS_ABI
))
14129 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
;
14133 /* The ISAs aren't compatible. */
14134 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
14135 (_("%B: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
14137 bfd_printable_name (ibfd
),
14138 bfd_printable_name (obfd
));
14143 new_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
| EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
);
14144 old_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
| EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
);
14146 /* Compare ABIs. The 64-bit ABI does not use EF_MIPS_ABI. But, it
14147 does set EI_CLASS differently from any 32-bit ABI. */
14148 if ((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) != (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
)
14149 || (elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
14150 != elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]))
14152 /* Only error if both are set (to different values). */
14153 if (((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) && (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
))
14154 || (elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
14155 != elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]))
14157 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
14158 (_("%B: ABI mismatch: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
14160 elf_mips_abi_name (ibfd
),
14161 elf_mips_abi_name (obfd
));
14164 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_ABI
;
14165 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_ABI
;
14168 /* Compare ASEs. Forbid linking MIPS16 and microMIPS ASE modules together
14169 and allow arbitrary mixing of the remaining ASEs (retain the union). */
14170 if ((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
) != (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
))
14172 int old_micro
= old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS
;
14173 int new_micro
= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS
;
14174 int old_m16
= old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16
;
14175 int new_m16
= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16
;
14176 int micro_mis
= old_m16
&& new_micro
;
14177 int m16_mis
= old_micro
&& new_m16
;
14179 if (m16_mis
|| micro_mis
)
14181 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
14182 (_("%B: ASE mismatch: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
14184 m16_mis
? "MIPS16" : "microMIPS",
14185 m16_mis
? "microMIPS" : "MIPS16");
14189 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
;
14191 new_flags
&= ~ EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
;
14192 old_flags
&= ~ EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
;
14195 /* Warn about any other mismatches */
14196 if (new_flags
!= old_flags
)
14198 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
14199 (_("%B: uses different e_flags (0x%lx) fields than previous modules (0x%lx)"),
14200 ibfd
, (unsigned long) new_flags
,
14201 (unsigned long) old_flags
);
14207 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
14214 /* Function to keep MIPS specific file flags like as EF_MIPS_PIC. */
14217 _bfd_mips_elf_set_private_flags (bfd
*abfd
, flagword flags
)
14219 BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (abfd
)
14220 || elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
== flags
);
14222 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
= flags
;
14223 elf_flags_init (abfd
) = TRUE
;
14228 _bfd_mips_elf_get_target_dtag (bfd_vma dtag
)
14232 default: return "";
14233 case DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION
:
14234 return "MIPS_RLD_VERSION";
14235 case DT_MIPS_TIME_STAMP
:
14236 return "MIPS_TIME_STAMP";
14237 case DT_MIPS_ICHECKSUM
:
14238 return "MIPS_ICHECKSUM";
14239 case DT_MIPS_IVERSION
:
14240 return "MIPS_IVERSION";
14241 case DT_MIPS_FLAGS
:
14242 return "MIPS_FLAGS";
14243 case DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS
:
14244 return "MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS";
14246 return "MIPS_MSYM";
14247 case DT_MIPS_CONFLICT
:
14248 return "MIPS_CONFLICT";
14249 case DT_MIPS_LIBLIST
:
14250 return "MIPS_LIBLIST";
14251 case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO
:
14252 return "MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO";
14253 case DT_MIPS_CONFLICTNO
:
14254 return "MIPS_CONFLICTNO";
14255 case DT_MIPS_LIBLISTNO
:
14256 return "MIPS_LIBLISTNO";
14257 case DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO
:
14258 return "MIPS_SYMTABNO";
14259 case DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO
:
14260 return "MIPS_UNREFEXTNO";
14261 case DT_MIPS_GOTSYM
:
14262 return "MIPS_GOTSYM";
14263 case DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO
:
14264 return "MIPS_HIPAGENO";
14265 case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP
:
14266 return "MIPS_RLD_MAP";
14267 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASS
:
14268 return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASS";
14269 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASS_NO
:
14270 return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASS_NO";
14271 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE
:
14272 return "MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE";
14273 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE_NO
:
14274 return "MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE_NO";
14275 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_RELOC
:
14276 return "MIPS_DELTA_RELOC";
14277 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_RELOC_NO
:
14278 return "MIPS_DELTA_RELOC_NO";
14279 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_SYM
:
14280 return "MIPS_DELTA_SYM";
14281 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_SYM_NO
:
14282 return "MIPS_DELTA_SYM_NO";
14283 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM
:
14284 return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM";
14285 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM_NO
:
14286 return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM_NO";
14287 case DT_MIPS_CXX_FLAGS
:
14288 return "MIPS_CXX_FLAGS";
14289 case DT_MIPS_PIXIE_INIT
:
14290 return "MIPS_PIXIE_INIT";
14291 case DT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
:
14292 return "MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB";
14293 case DT_MIPS_LOCALPAGE_GOTIDX
:
14294 return "MIPS_LOCALPAGE_GOTIDX";
14295 case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTIDX
:
14296 return "MIPS_LOCAL_GOTIDX";
14297 case DT_MIPS_HIDDEN_GOTIDX
:
14298 return "MIPS_HIDDEN_GOTIDX";
14299 case DT_MIPS_PROTECTED_GOTIDX
:
14300 return "MIPS_PROTECTED_GOT_IDX";
14301 case DT_MIPS_OPTIONS
:
14302 return "MIPS_OPTIONS";
14303 case DT_MIPS_INTERFACE
:
14304 return "MIPS_INTERFACE";
14305 case DT_MIPS_DYNSTR_ALIGN
:
14306 return "DT_MIPS_DYNSTR_ALIGN";
14307 case DT_MIPS_INTERFACE_SIZE
:
14308 return "DT_MIPS_INTERFACE_SIZE";
14309 case DT_MIPS_RLD_TEXT_RESOLVE_ADDR
:
14310 return "DT_MIPS_RLD_TEXT_RESOLVE_ADDR";
14311 case DT_MIPS_PERF_SUFFIX
:
14312 return "DT_MIPS_PERF_SUFFIX";
14313 case DT_MIPS_COMPACT_SIZE
:
14314 return "DT_MIPS_COMPACT_SIZE";
14315 case DT_MIPS_GP_VALUE
:
14316 return "DT_MIPS_GP_VALUE";
14317 case DT_MIPS_AUX_DYNAMIC
:
14318 return "DT_MIPS_AUX_DYNAMIC";
14319 case DT_MIPS_PLTGOT
:
14320 return "DT_MIPS_PLTGOT";
14321 case DT_MIPS_RWPLT
:
14322 return "DT_MIPS_RWPLT";
14327 _bfd_mips_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd
*abfd
, void *ptr
)
14331 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
!= NULL
&& ptr
!= NULL
);
14333 /* Print normal ELF private data. */
14334 _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (abfd
, ptr
);
14336 /* xgettext:c-format */
14337 fprintf (file
, _("private flags = %lx:"), elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
);
14339 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32
)
14340 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=O32]"));
14341 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_O64
)
14342 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=O64]"));
14343 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
)
14344 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=EABI32]"));
14345 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64
)
14346 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=EABI64]"));
14347 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
))
14348 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi unknown]"));
14349 else if (ABI_N32_P (abfd
))
14350 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=N32]"));
14351 else if (ABI_64_P (abfd
))
14352 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=64]"));
14354 fprintf (file
, _(" [no abi set]"));
14356 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_1
)
14357 fprintf (file
, " [mips1]");
14358 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_2
)
14359 fprintf (file
, " [mips2]");
14360 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_3
)
14361 fprintf (file
, " [mips3]");
14362 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_4
)
14363 fprintf (file
, " [mips4]");
14364 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_5
)
14365 fprintf (file
, " [mips5]");
14366 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32
)
14367 fprintf (file
, " [mips32]");
14368 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64
)
14369 fprintf (file
, " [mips64]");
14370 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
)
14371 fprintf (file
, " [mips32r2]");
14372 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
)
14373 fprintf (file
, " [mips64r2]");
14375 fprintf (file
, _(" [unknown ISA]"));
14377 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MDMX
)
14378 fprintf (file
, " [mdmx]");
14380 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16
)
14381 fprintf (file
, " [mips16]");
14383 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS
)
14384 fprintf (file
, " [micromips]");
14386 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
)
14387 fprintf (file
, " [32bitmode]");
14389 fprintf (file
, _(" [not 32bitmode]"));
14391 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
)
14392 fprintf (file
, " [noreorder]");
14394 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_PIC
)
14395 fprintf (file
, " [PIC]");
14397 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_CPIC
)
14398 fprintf (file
, " [CPIC]");
14400 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_XGOT
)
14401 fprintf (file
, " [XGOT]");
14403 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_UCODE
)
14404 fprintf (file
, " [UCODE]");
14406 fputc ('\n', file
);
14411 const struct bfd_elf_special_section _bfd_mips_elf_special_sections
[] =
14413 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".lit4"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
14414 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".lit8"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
14415 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".mdebug"), 0, SHT_MIPS_DEBUG
, 0 },
14416 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
14417 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
14418 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".ucode"), 0, SHT_MIPS_UCODE
, 0 },
14419 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
14422 /* Merge non visibility st_other attributes. Ensure that the
14423 STO_OPTIONAL flag is copied into h->other, even if this is not a
14424 definiton of the symbol. */
14426 _bfd_mips_elf_merge_symbol_attribute (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
14427 const Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
,
14428 bfd_boolean definition
,
14429 bfd_boolean dynamic ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
14431 if ((isym
->st_other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)) != 0)
14433 unsigned char other
;
14435 other
= (definition
? isym
->st_other
: h
->other
);
14436 other
&= ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1);
14437 h
->other
= other
| ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
);
14441 && ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (isym
->st_other
))
14442 h
->other
|= STO_OPTIONAL
;
14445 /* Decide whether an undefined symbol is special and can be ignored.
14446 This is the case for OPTIONAL symbols on IRIX. */
14448 _bfd_mips_elf_ignore_undef_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
14450 return ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (h
->other
) ? TRUE
: FALSE
;
14454 _bfd_mips_elf_common_definition (Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
14456 return (sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
14457 || sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
14458 || sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
);
14461 /* Return address for Ith PLT stub in section PLT, for relocation REL
14462 or (bfd_vma) -1 if it should not be included. */
14465 _bfd_mips_elf_plt_sym_val (bfd_vma i
, const asection
*plt
,
14466 const arelent
*rel ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
14469 + 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
)
14470 + i
* 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry
));
14474 _bfd_mips_post_process_headers (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
14476 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
14477 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
;
14479 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
14482 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (link_info
);
14483 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
14485 if (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
&& !htab
->is_vxworks
)
14486 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_ABIVERSION
] = 1;